1 10 993 https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/589828048c6e1447a31a7ae9c1485520.jpg 946214b6b3afdabc9ec7190133aa32b5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource <i>Denton Record-Chronicle</i> Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1925-08-28 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Description An account of the resource Yancey Story states he does not know of any graves on his property after suspected bank robbers are arrested. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource <i>Denton Record-Chronicle</i> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available NewspaperARCHIVE.com Title A name given to the resource Yancey Story states he does not know of any graves on his property after suspected bank robbers are arrested. 1925 arrest Arrested bank robbery Yancey Story https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/f3b320dd3120d3260c4b8ce0ed0cc5b4.jpg b4a695218c205ec031a04d114f2dd46d Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource US Military Records Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource WWI Draft Registration Card: William Joseph Simmons Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1918-09-12 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Ancestry.com Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived https://www.ancestry.com/discoveryui-content/view/11659862:6482?tid=&pid=&queryId=c8a2ad13f5cf4e722edf80ab4c6956c2&_phsrc=IqY1127&_phstart=successSource Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource United States, Selective Service System. World War I Selective Service System Draft Registration Cards, 1917-1918 William Joseph Simmons WWI Draft Registration https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/5fc7e28e6cf196006ed5cf99f4d22447.jpg 9854572cded984ad4d2e4f81fd93448e Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource US Military Records Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource WWI Draft Registration Card: Edward Young Clarke Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1918-09-12 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Ancestry.com Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived https://www.ancestry.com/discoveryui-content/view/70944606:6482?tid=&pid=&queryId=f965930ce796ce5f656294760b3dd867&_phsrc=IqY1129&_phstart=successSource Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource United States, Selective Service System. World War I Selective Service System Draft Registration Cards, 1917-1918 Edward Young Clarke https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/5d8b65414a83ddb51e4b9799965a82c9.pdf b9131ae2bc4c47ec3482d01896aae6ac Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource recruitment Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Text Any textual data included in the document The World’s Work ARTHUR W. PAGE, Epitor FRENCH. STROTHER, Manaaine Epiror BURTON J. HENDRICK, Associate Epitor CONTENTS FOR SEPTEMBER, 1923 President Coolidge - - - - - - - - - - - - = = = = = = = = Frontispiece THE MARCH OF EVENTS—AN EpiTorIAL INTERPRETATION - - - - - - - 443 Carl Sherman Magnus Johnson Mrs. Calvin Coolidge Guy E. Tripp Warren Gamaliel Harding THE WAR IN THE CHURCHES (lilustrated) - - - - - Rotuin Lynpe Hartt 469 The First Article in a Series on the Fundamentalists vs. the Liberals BROOKHART, HOWELL, AND “BROTHER CHARLEY” BRYAN (Illustrated) 478 Politics as Fought in Nebraska and lowa Cuester H. Rowe tt THE THREE PER CENT. LOAN SWINDLE - - - - - Joun R. Grecory 486 How Needy Borrowers Are Sometimes Swindled WILD HUMOR AT THE ANTIPODES (lllustrated) - - - Sypney A. CLOMAN “The Monetization of Celluloid” and “The Anting-Anting”’ THE ELECTRIFICATION OF NORTH AMERICA (JI/lustrated) What the “Super-Power Plan”’ Means GENERAL Guy E. Tripp “THE FLEET GRIDIRON” (lllustrated) - - - - ReAr-Apmirat W. S. Sims What the Naval War College at Newport Really Does THE SUCCESS OF OUR SUCCESSORS (Illustrated)- - - Witttam McANnpREWw I. The Faith of the Founders FAKERS AND FALLACIES - - - - - - - - -FLoyp W. Parsons Old and New Schemes to Dupe the Public ANCESTRY AND END OF THE KU KLUX KLAN (JIlustrated) Ropert L. Durrus Its Forebears and Its Probable Course and End CAN AMERICA HELP? (Jilustrated) - - - - - - - = Mark SULLIVAN What Has Been Learned By Our Public Men W hho Are Returning from Europe THE FIRST THOUSAND THE HARDEST - - - - - The Way to Begin Saving Successfully THE WORLD’S WORKSHOP - - - - - - “= Glimpses Behind the Scenes in the Editor’s Office THE RED LETTER BOOK GUIDE - - - - - - - - THomas L. Masson Reviews of and Remarks About New Books SUN-DIAL GOSSIP - - NEAR THE END OF THE FRONT ADVERTISING SECTION Chat About the New Books Published at Country Life Press Copyright, 1923, in the United States, Newfoundland, Great Britain, and other countries by ue Page & Co. Allrights reserved. TERMS: $4.00 a year; single copies 35 cents; Canadian postage 60 cents extra; foreign, $1.00 F. N. DouBLepay, Pres. ARTHUR W. PAGE, Vice-Pres. NELSON DouBLepay, Vice Pres. RUSSELL DOUBLEDAY, Sec’y. S. A. Everitt, Treas. JOHN J. HESSIAN, Asst. Treas. DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY 69) Country LIFE ; ® EDUCATIONAL REVIEW THE GARDEN MAGAZINE RADIO BROADCAST SHORT STORIES GARDEN CITY,N. Y. LOS ANGELES: Van Nuys @ig. CHICAGO: People’s Gas nee NEW YORK: 120 W. 32nd Street BOSTON: Tremont Bldg © Harris & Ewing CALVIN COOLIDGE The thirtieth President of the United States THE WORLD'S WORK SEPTEMBER, 1923 Votume XLVI NUMBER 5 THE MARCH OF EVENTS HATEVER opinion may be held as to the general effect of the new immigra- tion law, it has accom- plished at least one result of a salutary kind. The pictures which the newspapers present of anxious foreigners pounding for admission, and of the dispairing crowds shipped back to Europe, make rather melancholy reading, yet the question has an- other side. The United States is assuming a different aspect in the eyes of the European peasant and of Europe generally. In the old days the inclination was strong to regard this country as a dumping ground. The European steamship lines looked upon it merely as an opportunity to heap up profits: by the trans- portation of heterogeneous human cargoes. The gates were wide open; the country ap- parently had little interest in the quality of the newcomers it received; almost no ques- tions were asked and the few restrictions laid down in the statutes were constantly evaded. A private house that admits all kinds of guests inspires little respect, and, similarly, the freedom with which all ap- plicants could gain admittance to this country decreased the honor in which American resi- dence and citizenship were held. The im- migration statistics themselves disclose the slight enthusiasm which certain types of im- migrants felt for this country. Many were simply birds of passage; they came, enjoyed for a short time high wages, and then de- parted. Despite large immigration from certain European countries in the last few years, the United States has added nothing to its population from these sources, for the de- partures have frequently exceeded the arrivals. Now, however, the expectant European has only one thought in mind, as, amid the unhappiness of his old world surroundings, he ponders the great adventure: “Can | get in?” Does he possess the moral and physical quali- fications that will permit him to pass the gates? This is the hope that fills his every waking moment on the voyage across the Atlantic. The disappointment is bitter when this aspira- tion is denied; the exultation is correspond- ingly great when it is realized. Access to this country is thus a privilege, something which everyone can not obtain. ‘he fact that an immigrant passes the inspector is instantly a certificate of character and of ef- ficiency. The fine quality of the immigrants now landing at Ellis Island is the point that all observers insist on. Practically all who are now coming possess the stuff of American citizenship. They are the successful contes- tants in the present race for admission. All this must affect their attitude toward theirnew country, for it is a well known human trait to prize a thing in accordance with the difficulty one has in obtaining it, and it may safely be as- sumed that a foothold on American soil means far more to these new arrivals than it did in the old days when no questions were asked. The United States is rapidly becoming the exclusive club among the nations. Every effort should be made to keep it so. © Harris & Ewing CARL SHERMAN Attorney General of New York State who, by an effective campaign against fraudulent promoters and other financial crooks is demonstrating that it is not more laws we need to protect the public from these pirates as much as it is enforcement of our present laws © Harris & Ewing MRS. CALVIN COOLIDGE The new mistress of the White House © Journal Ptg. Co. MAGNUS JOHNSON Elected to the United States Senate on the Farmer-Labor ticket in Minnesota. Senator Johnson was born in Sweden and came to America at the age of 21. He is a “dirt farmer” and owes his election to the discontent aroused among the farmers of the Middle West and Northwest because of the low prices of farm products and the high prices of manufactured goods GUY E. TRIPP Chairman of the Board of the Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company, and an important figure in the movement for the “‘super-power plan” which he describes in an article in this number of the Wor _p’s WorkK [See page 408] © Harris & Ewing Warren Gamaliel Harding Twentp-ninth President of the Anited States. Born in Corsica, Obi, Rovember 2, 1865. Died in San Francisco, California, duqust 2, 1923 The March of Events A Success Built on Character _ (OST of the tributes paid to the late M Warren G. Harding emphasize the man’s lovable personal traits and his dignity and honesty of character. The mass mind of America has an unerring instinct for the predominant qualities in public person- ages, and this tendency to stress the Presi- dent’s personal side may therefore be accepted as expressing the essential truth. Everyone who came into contact with Mr. Harding loved him. His fine, handsome, stalwart figure, his keen and sympathetic blue eyes, his vigorous stride, his manly handclasp, all sug- gested that fundamental Americanism which was the source of his strength and of the confidence that he inspired in his integrity of purpose. The Americanism of President Harding cannot be too emphatically insisted on. It went back many generations, for he came of pioneering stock. His ancestors had fought Indians, leveled trees, and built a home and a farm in primeval Connecticut, and, though Mr. Harding possessed a geniality and flexibility which are not usually regarded as Yankee traits, his origin clearly influenced his every thought and act. He believed in the ideas and the aspirations which launched America in the family of nations and he al- ways unashamedly proclaimed his faith in them. The Constitution and the Supreme Court never had a more robust defender. New-fangled ‘‘modern notions’ found no lodgment in his brain, for the fundamentals of Anglo-Saxon civilization represented, in his mind, the highest inspirations of real progress. Magna Charta, the Bill of Rights, the Dec- laration of Independence, and the Gettys- burg Address he regarded as the fine flower of political thinking. Radicalism, especially the exotic and imported variety, did not seem in his eyes an adequate substitute for the con- ceptions of the “founding fathers.” With Mr. Harding this was an_instinct—‘‘ad- vanced” philosophers would say a prejudice— rather than a reasoned conviction. The late President was not a scholarly man or one greatly given to reading or study, and his sed for ‘“‘normalcy’”’ made him an easy subject for the ridicule of ‘“‘liberals.” But the typical American also is not a deep thinker. The things that make up the fibre of Anglo-Saxon civilization have been worked out in a thousand years’ experience with the 449 problems of daily existence. These things are a belief in public sobriety, in ordered liberty, in majority rule, representative gov- ernment, equality before the law, free demo- cratic opportunity in all the necessities and comforts of existence, and those conceptions of private morality that have been woven into the very texture of our minds. These were the things that President Harding em- bodied in dignified and modest fashion, and for this reason the American masses, brief as was their acquaintance with their twenty- ninth President, had learned to love and re- spect him. Mingled with their admiration was a sense of pride that a sturdy American could step from the ranks and so acceptably fill the duties of the most exacting office on earth. It all made for the capacity and the dignity of American citizenship. Permanent Landmarks of the Harding Administration R. HARDING’S success was thus the M success of character; and that, after all, is the highest praise. However, the mere fact that the late President was so much like millions of other more obscure Americans, lends particular point to a minute examination of his record. What kind of a President was this modest and homely Amer- ican gentleman who was taken almost un- awares and drafted for the White House by the largest popular majority ever accorded a candidate for the office? Here again there is little comfort for the pessimist, for Mr. Harding’s two and a half years at Washington makes a not unimpressive showing. His se- lection of probably the ablest cabinet since MckKinley’s in itself was an achievement of no small order. The readiness with which he surrounded himself with the best talent in his party testifies not only to his capacity for leadership but to the disinterestedness and modesty of his own purposes. Because Mr. Harding met this test so satisfactorily his death is far less of a calamity on the Adminis- trative side than it might otherwise have been. With certain Harding policies, notably the Fordney-McCumber Tariff Law and the Ship Subsidy Bill, this magazine could have no sympathy, but other of Mr. Harding’s achieve- ments will exercise a healthy influence upon the Nation for generations to come. The Budget Bill has reduced American finances to The World’s Work Keystone View Co. PRESIDENT COOLIDGE With Mrs. Coolidge and their two sons something like system—and this for the first time since the early days of the Republic. It is an astonishing truth that, until the Hard- ing Administration came in, Turkey and the United States were practically the only im- portant Powers without a Budget. We had for decades followed the most hit-or-miss method in raising and spending money; thanks to President Harding and his able ad- visers, our financial scheme has so improved that this year, instead of an anticipated deficit of $800,000, the Treasury shows a surplus of $200,000,000. As time goes on the institution of the Federal Budget will become as perma- nent a monument to Mr. Harding’s domestic policy as is the Federal Reserve System to the Administration of Woodrow Wilson. Probably even more important, in the devel- opment of the country, is the new American immigration policy. The apparent deter- mination of eastern and Mediterranean Eu- rope to solve many of their post-war problems by dumping millions of their most undesirable peoples on our Atlantic seaboard brought to sharp focus a matter that has given thoughtful Americans pause for more than half a century. Ever since the Civil War the Nation has been fumbling with the immigration question. So long as immigrants were confined chiefly to northwestern Europe the question had not grown sufficiently acute to bring about re- Strictive measures; the certainty, however, that the immigrants of the future would be composed of eastern Europeans, southern Europeans and miscellaneous Asiatics, meant that the United States was about to discard its birthright and deliver its destinies over to a hopeless mongrelism. In meeting this situation President Harding disclosed that the New England quality known as “horse sense” is far more desirable than a pale intellectual sentimentalism. For the sentimentalists have all too long had their way in the matter of immigration; President Harding and_ his party brushed aside the idea that America is a “refuge,” a place always ready to wel- The March of Events come the distressed and incapable of all races and of all nations, and substituted the more wholesome conception that its first duty to the world and to itself is to become rather the Paradise of the morally and mentally and physically efficient. The 3 per cent. immigra- tion law is therefore one of the greatest monuments of the Harding Administration; this has already succeeded so well that, probably with certain strengthening modifi- cations, it may be regarded as our permanent policy. Greatest Success in Foreign Relations R. HARDING’S veto of the Bonus, M and his insistence on enforcing the Pro- hibition laws, again demonstrated his honesty and his respect for law which were part of the secret of his success. All these things constitute a splendid domestic record, but it is in foreign affairs that his work will probably have its most far-reaching influence. It is one of those paradoxes not unusual in American affairs that an administration placed in power for the purpose of keeping the United States aloof from European politics should have achieved its really epoch-making success in foreign relations. President Hard- ing was himself chiefly proud of two accom- plishments—the international agreement on naval limitation and the Four-Power treaty regulating the future of the Far East. Both will loom large in history not only as achieve- ments in themselves but because they intro- duce new ideas in the relations of nations. For twenty-five years preceding the Great War, several half-hearted attempts had been made to reduce naval and land armaments. Statesmen knew that the reduction of such armaments was the only way of preventing the European war which was every day com- ing nearer. All these attempts failed and failed for one reason: the will to cut down navies and armies did not exist. The prevail- ing will was rather the will for war. President Harding’s Washington Conference succeeded because he and his Secretary of State were able to substitute the peace-desire for the war- desire, and the eloquent way in which they accomplished this forms a brilliant episode in our history. Something greater has come out of the Naval treaties than the limitation of warships; for the first time the Powers have conceded that their armament is not a matter 451 which concerns exclusively themselves, but that it is something about which their fellow nations have the right to be heard. When the greatest naval Powers can come together, sit around a table, and decide what size fleet each one is permitted to have, a tremendous stride has been taken for world coéperation and world peace. The League of Nations has so far accomplished nothing comparable to this single achievement of Mr. Harding’s. At the same time the Harding Administra- tion eliminated the Anglo-Japanese Alliance —something that threatened not only British- American relations, but the peace of the Far East; and, in its place, was created something in the nature of a League of Nations for Pacific Powers. Those who raif against Mr. Harding for his aloofness from the Geneva organization should bear this fact in mind. They should also not forget the splendid legacy which Mr. Harding has left. His last important policy was his advocacy of Amer- ican participation in the International Court of Justice; his last speech—alas! not delivered, but given to the press— was an appeal for its ratification by the Senate. Just what effect Mr. Harding’s death will have upon its fate is not apparent. That unhappy event does, however, add a certain solemnity to the already valid reasons for its success. There are no reasonable objections to the Court; all the arguments so far made are founded not on reason, but rise from ignorance, prejudice, or that demagogism which is one of the pen- alties of democracy. The Court is not a European but an American scheme. It has for twenty-five years been one of the planks of the Republican platform. It did not orig- inate in the League of Nations—though that, if true, would be no respectable argument against it; it originated in the minds of Amer- ican statesmen. It cannot possibly involve the United States in European entanglements; its influence will be quite the reverse. The fact is that President Harding and his asso- ciates were gradually building up a foreign policy of permanent character. Naval limi- tation, the Far Eastern Treaty, and the International Court—here are three accom- plishments that would have madeany adminis- tration memorable, and not the least consoling thought in President Coolidge’s declaration that he intends to continue the Harding policies is the assurance that this work in foreign relations will go on. The World’s Work © Harris & Ewing CALVIN COOLIDGE, JR. The younger of the President's two sons New England Again in the White House OR the first time since Franklin Pierce (1853-7) the White House is tenanted by a lank and raw-boned New England Yankee. For the first time since John Quincy Adams the state of Massachusetts has provided a President for the Nation which she did so much to create. President Hard- ing, too, came of New England stock; but it was stock that had transplanted itself to Ohio; and in two or three generations it had taken on much of that geniality and accessibility which are so natural tothe West. But Calvin Coolidge, in appearance, manner, and senten- tiousness is redolent of the New England soil. There is an appropriateness in the fact that the new President’s first name is Calvin, as there is in the fact that he took his oath of office in a New England town named Ply- mouth. Mr. Coolidge’s published book bears the significant title: ‘‘Have Faith in Massa- chusetts!”’ and the very name Coolidge itself suggests the cabin of the Mayflower. The popular impression of the new President cor- responds with this New England background. Americans know him as a man who acts promptly and vigorously and who does little talking. His published speeches justify this characterization; the fact that chiefly strikes the reader is their astonishing brevity. One of Mr. Coolidge’s inaugural addresses as Governor of Massachusetts consisted of only six lines and most of his state papers and public addresses similarly displayed almost a morbid fear of boring the listener. Yet his English style is packed with an aphoristic quality that almost suggests Emerson. ‘“Ex- pect to be called a standpatter, but don’t be a standpatter. Expect to be called a dema- gogue but don’t be a demagogue. Don’t hesitate to be as revolutionary as science. Don’t hesitate to be as reactionary as the multiplication table.” That is fine philoso- phy and excellently expressed, and this sort of thing is found throughout his writings. “Laws,” he declares, ‘‘must rest on the eterna! foundations of righteousness.” There again is heard the voice of Puritan New England. Indeed, Mr. Coolidge’s devotion to Massa- chusetts and everything that it represents is really Websterian. ‘There she stands!” A Vice-President Elected ISTINCTIVE of New England as President Coolidge is—no other sec- tion of the country could possibly have produced him—geography had nothing to do with his nomination as Vice-President. Neither did the honor come to him as a con- solation prize—as a sop thrown to pacify a disgruntled section of his party. In good old political jargon, Mr. Coolidge was nominated for one purpose: ‘‘to strengthen the ticket.” At the time of the Republican Convention, indeed, Mr. Coolidge was much better known to the American public than was Mr. Harding, for the promptness and courage with which he had checked the policemen’s strike in Boston had sent his name ringing all over the land. Mr. Coolidge was therefore selected for Vice-President for the very good reason that he was himself regarded as Presidential timber. He was chosen as the possible heir apparent for such a sad occasion as has now arisen. This augurs well for his success. That Mr. Coolidge possesses independence of judgment he disclosed early in the cam- paign. Mr. Harding had denounced the League of Nations as a “‘super-government. as SeC- ibly ling ent. “on- ya old ated et.” 10n, own ling, hich e in r the cted ason ntial heir now “CESS. lence cam- the ent.” The March of Events vet in an early speech Mr. Coolidge somewhat drily remarked that he did ‘‘not believe that the covenant intended to create a super- government.” That Mr. Harding was a man who could respect an honest difference of opinion was shown when he invited the Vice- President to attend cabinet meetings to fa- miliarize himself with the duties that he might be called upon to fill. Naturally Mr. Coolidge’s somewhat more cordial attitude towards the League of Na- tions has raised hopes in certain bosoms, but, his campaign remarks need not necessarily be interpreted in the terms of the present situation. They do indicate a benevolent attitude towards American participation in the reconstruction of Europe and in this they are valuable. Especially are they important for the assurance they give that the new President, like the departed one, will make the International Court his leading plank in foreign affairs. It may safely be assumed that the Nation could find no abler or more determined advocate of this great tribunal than the quiet and thoughtful gentleman now in the White House. Most phases of American thought are now well represented at Washington. But now also a touch of the bleak New England conscience can serve a useful purpose, and this the Nation possesses in President Calvin Coolidge. Politics and the Price of Wheat HE price of wheat has always exer- cised an important influence on Amer- ican history. In the seventies it was almost the determining element in political campaigns; in that period it elected no Presi- dents, it is true, but it did elect governors, congressmen, and senators, and it profoundly affected legislation. Its most lasting results were certain decisions of the United States Supreme Court, which settled for all time the powers of Congress in regulating railroads, and the creation of the Interstate Commerce Commission. Twenty years afterward the price of wheat probably elected a President. This was in 1806. Agricultural depression was the cause of the uprising of the farmers in the early ‘nineties—an uprising that delivered the Democratic organization to the “radical”’ wing of the party and culminated in the nomination of Bryan. All through the Bryan © Harris & Ewing JOHN COOLIDGE Ihe older son of the President campaign of 1896 the unhappiness of the farmer was the prevailing note Crops could not be sold, the farms were mortgaged, and ruin apparently faced the great Middle West. What was the cause of this depression? The farmers found it in the transactions of Wall Street, in the manipulations of the speculator, above all, in a currency system, which, they asserted, had been deliberately created for the purpose of robbing them. The econo- mists explained it on other and more rational grounds, such as bad crops, a lessening of European demand, and the like. The argu- ments flew thickly through the air all that warm summer, but had no result except to increase the ill-feeling of both parties to the dispute. A few weeks before the election, however, an event took place of a most practical kind. The wheat crop showed a decided slump in all parts of the world except one—that was the American Middle West. Famine over- whelmed India; Russia and the South Amer- ican countries suffered from pests and other destructive enemies. The result was a sud- den demand for American wheat from all The World’s Work A TYPICAL WHEAT FIELD WITHIN VIEW OF THE ELEVATORS The high freight rates that are in effect at the very time when farm produce is comparatively low in price has been the cause of much opposition on the part of the farmers to the Esch-Cummins Act, which they blame for the high rates. The railroads and, in fact, ‘“‘capital’’ in general and ‘‘ Wall Street” in particular, have all been energetically opposed by the “radical” farmers, who, as a matter of fact, are not radical but are, instead, deeply interested in securing some legislative solution to their problems. With a return of good prices there will probably be a return of the farmers to their former party allegiances parts of the civilized world and immediately prices rose; American farms became bee hives of industry. Instead of an indefinite period of misery, the farmers saw the approaching glow of prosperity, while Mr. Bryan and his fellow campaigners felt their ground giving way. They had been telling the farmer that the one way to increase prices was to debase the currency, but, in the face of all this cam- paign oratory, the farmer perceived that he could sell his crops for the very good reason that there were millions of people who must have them or starve. The effect upon the presidential campaign was immediate; any chance of election Mr. Bryan may have had at once disappeared and William McKinley went into the White House with an enormous majority. History furnishes few instances more striking of a mighty structure of words being so completely demolished by one fact. “Radicalism” and ‘‘Communism”’ in the Election HE same old disturbing influence, the price of agricultural products, is the most potential force in American poli- tics at the present moment. The general election last fall showed the prevailing discon- tent, especially in the farming sections, and the Harding Administration, being in power, naturally became its heir. The tremendous majority of 7,000,000 votes obtained only two years before was greatly reduced, and the Republican margin in both houses of Con- gress cut down almost to the vanishing point. The success of so-called “radicals,” both in the primaries and at the elections, seemed to render the situation especially acute. At that time there was a tendency to minimize this catastrophe as more or less a seasonal phenomenon; elections in the middle of a presidential term not infrequently go against the party in power. The “repudiation” therefore was reported, in certain quarters, as a temporary flurry. The recent election in Minnesota, however, rather disposes of this idea. Last fall the candidate of the so-called Farmer-Labor party in that state succeeded in defeating the candidates of both the old line parties and in obtaining a seat in the senate. At the recent election, a special one held to select a successor to the late Knute Nelson, the same forces won with an even larger majority. The cause of both these victories was the same. The personalities of the candidates, interesting and appealing as they were, did not determine the result. Mr. Magnus Johnson is the type of statesmar who has frequently, in a crisis of this kin¢ succeeded in converting himself into a symbol of the farmer’s woes. A native of Sweden, Johnson came to this country when he was n the rates. ed by some ers to two the Con- oint. th in -d to At mize sonal of a ainst tion” rters, ction f this called eeded d line onate. eld to elson, larger ‘tories f the 1g as Mr. esmar kine ymbol veden, 1e was The March of Events twenty-one and his English naturally still retains traces of his trans-Atlantic origin. In his busy life he has alternately been a seaman, a glass blower, a millhand, a lumberjack, and a farmer. Of his personal popularity there seems to be no question. His election has caused alarm in conservative quarters, the fact that he stood as the candidate of the Farmer-Labor party and that he advocated certain “radical issues” apparently causing certain alarmists to regard him as the van- guard of the revolution. That the “commun- ist’’ party called upon all loyal devotees to support Mr. Johnson is another point in the indictment. Yet these fears have not gained much popular headway. There are probably not 5,000 real “communists” in the United States, and the small representation in the state of Minnesota could not have contributed much to the election of a candidate whose majority was more than 80,000. It is not even clear that the Farmer-Labor party, whose: titular candidate Mr. Johnson was, can clafm’ much credit for his success. “A few days’ before the Minnesota election the Farmer-Labor convention, sitting in Chicago, was captured by a handful of communists, 455 chiefly aliens, led by C. E. Ruthenberz, long a o familiar figure in demonstrations of this kind. Mr. Johnson advocated certain causes gen- erally regarded as “radical,” but it was the radicalism of the LaFollette school. He favored the recognition of Soviet Russia, the curbing of the powers of the Supreme Court, the revaluation of railroads so as to “squeeze out the water,” the repeal of the Esch-Cum- mins law, regarded as responsible for existing railroad rates, and a soldiers’ bonus, while he took his stand against the League of Na- tions and the International Court. But it was doubtful if any of these matters had much influence upon the election. The result was nothing more than a protest against existing agricultural conditions. The deplor- able fact is that the farmers of the great Middle West are in serious difficulties and this is a calamity not only for them but for the nation as a whole. Our farming population compose one third of the American people. To a great extent they form the nation’s back- bone. That the nation is prosperous is evident, yet it is not an entirely grateful pros- perity that leaves one third of our people in difficulties and that third probably its sturdi- & A NORTH DAKOTA WHEAT FIELD The decline in the price of wheat has had a marked effect on politics in the upper Missouri and upper Mississippi val- leys, and “‘radicals’”’ have been elected to the Senate who announce their intention of demanding legislation to help the farmer. As has happened before, the reduced price of wheat and other farm produce, has been caused, at least in part, by over-production 450 est and most deserving element. The reason for this depression is plain. High freight rates, a poor system of marketing, inadequate transportation are contributing causes to agricultural depression, but the basic difficulty is over-production. The farming sections responded heroically to the demands made upon them in war time and they have now become the victims of their patriotic zeal. They have increased their facilities to a point beyond that at which the market can absorb their products; they are overextended, and this situation, as in the ’seventies and the ’nine- ties, has had its political consequences. That accounts for the recent phenomenon in Minnesota. That this strong Republican state has two Farmer-Labor senators at Wash- ington does not mean that a third party is about to be formed. If agricultural condi- tions improve, the farmers will assume once more their political allegiances; if these con- ditions grow worse, then more setbacks of this kind are in store for the Republican party. The fact that the farmer’s position does not seem to be improving is not an encouraging prospect for the forces in power, for it is the party in power that necessarily becomes the target of agricultural dissatisfaction. How to Raise the Price of Wheat HE statesman who will ease the present disturbed political waters is the one who can increase the price of wheat. The only group that has a definite programme to accomplish this is the “bloc”’ which Mr. Magnus Johnson has announced his intention of joining. It demands a special session of Congress for the considera- tion of the agricultural question. The pro- posal that finds most favor is one providing that the Federal Treasury shall purchase all the fall wheat offered at $1.50 a bushel and hold it for higher prices. Like everything associated with agricultural crises, this sugges- tion is not new. It has always been brought forward in all past agrarian depressions, and it will doubtless be brought forward in all future ones. It has never been adopted, except in war time, and it is not likely that it will pass Congress this year. The objections are suf- ficiently obvious. Such authorities are not the proper function of government; they mean taking the money of certain citizens and trans- ferring it to the pockets of others. Even the The World’s Work common plea that agriculture, as the “basic industry,” is entitled to preferential treat- ment, can hardly be maintained. In any structure so complicated as the modern or- ganization of civilization it can not be said that there is any “basic industry,” for each one is absolutely dependent on all the others. This idea of government purchase was pre- sented to the Wheat Conference that recently met in Chicago and was promptly voted down. There is one way to increase the price of farm products that would be more efficacious thar the proposed governmental action. That would be to decrease the price of the commodi- ties which the farmer buys. As a matter of fact, farm products, in most cases, are bring- ing higher prices than before the war; but their exchange value, because of the increase in the use of manufactured articles, is much less. The situation must work itself out gradually, and any assistance the central government can legitimately extend will meet with general approval. Congress, indeed, has already done much, but the problem still seems unsolved. The political possibilities of the crisis are apparently not yet exhausted. Governor Wood and the Filipinos HAT certain Filipino leaders requested President Harding to remove Leonard Wood as Governor-general comes as no surprise to those who have followed ‘the recent course of events in the Phi- lippine Islands. This action has been inevi- table since the day General Wood assumed his new duties. The reason openly given for this request—a disagreement with the Gover- nor-general over the reinstatement of a cer- tain public official—is only the ostensible one. The resignation of the Filipino cabinet brings to a head the old controversy which has raged for more than ten years about American policies in the Islands. Shall the United States give the Philippine Islands immediate and unconditional independence? Or shall this country maintain a guardian hand, care- fully training the Filipino people in the ways of self-government, with the idea of making them a free state just as soon as they have demonstrated their capacity for self rule? Manuel Quezon, who is leading the present movement, stands for the first policy, while General Wood advocates the more cautious ww te ws — = ve The March of Events 45 | © E. M. Newman MANILA AND THE PASIG RIVER The agitation in favor of independence has reached a serious stage in the Philippines, although, from the expressed desire for “‘independence under the protection of the United States” an unusual understanding is shown of the real meaning of the term programme. That is the issue in the present controversy. President Wilson was a believer in absolute Philippine independence, and the new measure of government which his administration pro- vided for the Islands carried out his purpose to a considerable degree. For the last seven years, since 1916, the Philippine Islands have enjoyed a period of almost complete auton- omy. Both branches of the legislature are composed of Filipinos, and the judiciary and all members of the cabinet, having charge of the executive departments, are likewise na- tives. The civil service has been so com- pletely Filipinized that less than 4 per cent. of its members are now Americans. The authority of the United States is represented only by the Governor-general, appointed by the President, who possesses veto power over the acts of the legislatures. For all practical purposes, however, the Philippine Islands have been self-governing, and their history for the last ten years may therefore be regarded as giving a fair demonstration of the justice of the claim they now make to absolute independence. What then, have been the results of this experiment? The report on this subject by Governor Wood and Mr. Cameron Forbes, recently submitted to President Harding, is chiefly responsible for the present agitation. Governor Wood and his associate, as prepara- tion for this survey, made a four months’ tour, covering practically every important section of the Islands. The resulting docu- ment is written in a friendly and_ well mannered spirit; it is by no means the product of an unaccommodating and domineering mind. In the main, it is highly complimen- tary to the people of the Philippines. It pays high tribute to their intelligence, courtesy, patriotism, and capacity for ultimate self- rule. It appears that there has been a ten- dency in this country to depreciate their civilization. The facts are that the Filipinos have a mighty zeal for education; that their children are unusually precocious; that the Filipino mind is well adapted to the profes- sions; that Filipino women, proud, industri- ous, self-sacrificing, and devoted to their homes, are the mainstay of the nation; that Filipinos as a mass are cleanly in their habits, neat in their attire, orderly, and self-respect- ing. Their progress in twenty-three years— © Clinedinst MANUEL L. QUEZON A major in the Philippine Army during the Philippine Insurrection 1898-1900, and a member of Aguinaldo’s staff. Later he was a provincial governor and for ten years was resident commissioner to the United States. He is now the leader of the opposition to General Wood and a leader of the movement for independence of course under American tutelage—is prob- ably the greatest ever made by one of the so- called backward peoples. In one important respect the Filipinos differ from all the other peoples of the Far East who have come under the control of Europeans: the larger number are Christians, the extension of Christianity having been one of the main purposes of the Spanish conquest. A striking point in their character is that they are themselves im- mensely proud of the progress they have made in this short period, and are exceedingly grateful to Americans, who, contrary to what is probably the current view, are very popular in the islands. Despite these encouraging facts, conditions are not satisfactory. A “reasonable propor- tion’”’ of the officials are capable and honest, but the public services are constantly losing in efficiency. Politics is the besetting sin, as in other more enlightened countries. The fine system of highways, established by Ameri- cans, is rapidly deteriorating, and the health The World’s Work service, which was our chief price, 1s in wretched condition: there were 50,000 deaths from small pox last year; typhus, beri-beri, and tuberculosis are almost unchecked, while the treatment of the insane is medieval. Philippine finances are in disorder, largely through the dishonest management of the National Bank; the Philippine government, indeed, has difficulty in meeting its obliga- tions. Public confidence in the administra- tion of justice is greatly shaken. In fact Governor Wood believes that to remove the restraining hand of the United States would simply result in anarchy and probably in subjection to some other power. Do the Filipinos desire their independence? Wherever Governor Wood and Mr. Forbes went, they were usually greeted with signs containing the word “Welcome” and phrases unmistakably voicing an ambition for in- dependence. This was seemingly the unan- imous view of the Christian population; the Mohammedans and pagans, however, are so insistent on maintaining the present régime that, in case independence is granted, they insist that their territories shall remain under American control—in other words they wish to create a situation not unlike that of Ulster in Ireland. How little the Christian popula- tion understand the word “independence”’ is evident from the fact that, whenever they ask for it, they always add that they expect it ‘under the protection of the United States.” There is, of course, no such thing as “ protec- tive independence’’; it must be absolute or it is not independence. Thus it is apparent that even those most desirous of independence do not want an absolute divorce from this country. What they probably do want is complete control of their own affairs, and the American protection against foreign aggres- sion and internal disorder—something like the present régime in Cuba. But General Wood believes that the time has not yet come for this, and probably the best American opinion will sustain this view. England no Longer an Island hangs over the future peace of Europe is the race which has already started for the dominance of the air. The supremacy which France has obtained has caused such great perturbation in England that large ap- p ROBABLY the most serious cloud that The March propriations are already planned for aircraft in the latter country. Something in the nature of a race for the control of the air has already started between the two great allies in the recent war. This fact is more discouraging for European peace than the present diplomatic misunder- standings between Great Britain and France. Disagreements over the Ruhr have seriously strained Franco-British relations; but this is something that can be ironed out in time. Competition in armament, however, can have only one end. It is necessary to go back only a generation to find the most satisfactory rela- tions existing between England and Ger- many. All through the Victorian epoch France and Russia alternated as Britain’s potential foe; Germany was the friend. Lord Salisbury, as Foreign Minister, was always well disposed to Germany—witness his ex- change of Heligoland for the protectorate of Zanzibar; France in his eyes was the enemy. What was it that so completely changed the situation and converted Germany into the enemy and France into the friend? Mr. H. H. Asquith, in his recently published recol- lections, makes the facts clearer than they have ever been made before. About 1900 Germany, which had never been a sea power, began constructing a mighty fleet. That of Events 459 fleet could have only one purpose. This purpose was not to protect German com- merce or to keep off vague enemies; the fleet could not go far to sea, and so could not protect commerce or fight the United States; it was constructed, in all its details, solely for action against the British ships in the North Sea. By constructing this great fleet the Kaiser boldly announced that it was his inten- tion to destroy the British Empire and extend the German state over its ruins. This fact naturally made Germany and Great Britain enemies and led to that ‘‘encircling policy”’ which gave Britain her safeguard against extinction. The construction of a huge air fleet is not so positive a challenge to Great Britain as was the building of the mighty dreadnaughts that could only be used against the apparently impregnable empire. The purpose of France is unquestionably protection against Germany and perhaps Russia. It is part of that general security against an attack from across the Rhine which is the one aim of French state- craft at the present time. Germany is said to be building a large number of commercial air- planes, readily convertible for war purposes, and France intends to be stronger in the air than her rival. Unfortunately, however, air craft completely demolishes the strategic AN AIRPLANE CARRIER—THE Langley Be.ore the World War the greatest armament race was between Great Britain and Germany. navies that were being built. In that case it was The Washington Conference ended, at least for a period of years, the post war naval armament race, but already a serious and similar race between Great Britain and France is being run—this time over aircraft—and other nations, including the United States, are forced to follow suit 460 position which has been England’s safeguard for thousands of years. The keystone of English history has been the fact that she is an island. This explains much in her de- velopment politically and governmentally, for it has bestowed the inestimable gift of security. But the airplane is rapidly as- suming a position of preéminence in warfare; many experts believe that it will be the de- cisive factor in any future conflict. In that event Great Britain loses her insularity; she becomes at a stroke a continental power, just as easily invaded as Germany or France, and just as difficult to protect. The mere fact that a great military power possesses a tremendous fleet that can be.as readily hurled against England as against a con- tinental country suggests infinite possibilities in the future politics of Europe. “White Collar’ Recruits for the Manual Trades MOVEMENT, recently launched in A New York and other large cities, prom- ises to have wide sweeping industrial and social consequences. Its purpose is to persuade native American boys, the grad- uates of American public schools, to desert the overpopulated and poorly paid “white collar’? occupations and to join the ranks of the manual workers. In New York the ap- prenticeship commission of the Building Con- gress is conducting th's campaign, and the fact that it is already meeting with marked success promises much for the future of Am- erican industry. The high wages paid manual workers, and the low wages paid other more polite indoor occupations, is one of the most extensively advertised facts of the times. The $12 or $13 a day obtained by brick layers and plasterers is constantly contrasted with the $4 or $5 paid bank clerks and other office employees. But the explanation of these disparities is no secret. There is a great scarcity of brick- layers, but there is no particular scarcity of “adding machines.” Bricklayers and other manual workers can consequently dictate the prices they shall be paid, while their more neatly attired contemporaries are obliged to take what they can get. The scarcity of skilled workers in certain trades, expecially the building trades, is so great that the situation, unless relief is immediately forth- The World’s Work coming, is likely to become critical. Such relief can be obtained only from the native American population. Immigration, even though the bars are completely lowered, will not provide it, for immigration furnishes re- cruits chiefly of the unskilled variety. Unless American boys can therefore be persuaded to adopt the trades which their fathers fol- lowed, the outlook for American industry is not rosy. Is a bookkeeper, a bank clerk, a miscellane- ous office worker necessarily a more dignified and a more socially acceptable person than a skilled worker with his hands? All manual workers do not occupy an inferior social sta- tion even under present conditions. Portrait painters and sculptors work with their hands; they “mix their paint with brains,” it is true, but so do the skillful carpenter, the stone mason, and the follower of many a manual trade. The furniture of the handworkers of previou. generations is now assiduously collected for its artistic value. It is hardly necessary to labor this point, however, for the rush to the clean linen brigades was precipi- tated in the days when economic conditions were very different from those of the present time. Twenty years ago a _ bookkeeper earned as much as the mechanic and perhaps more. Much as the sons of working men, commonly the graduates of grammar and high schools, enjoy the social uplift which seems to come with a sedentary and cleanly occupation, the financial reward after all, is the determining one. Most any man will sweep the streets for a living if the wages are made sufficiently high. It is the sad lesson of history that wealth, however obtained, is the consideration which ultimately determines social prestige, and in the long run a brick- layer, earning $75 a week, will probably be a more desired person than a bookkeeper earn- ing $25. Neither, in the important things of life, is the bricklayer’s necessarily a less cleanly job. His greater compensation means that he can live in a better house, wear better clothes —except perhaps when he is at work—give his wife and children more comforts, and in general possess more of the amenities of exis- tence than the poorly paid office worker. It is therefore not surprising that the pres- ent movement to interest American boys in the building trades is meeting with encourag- ing success. The Apprenticeship Commission is doing its work in thorough fashion. _ It first March of of all insists on thorough training. The appren- tices are taught their trades in two ways—on the job and in the trade schools. They obtain comfortable wages and spend two evenings a week increasing their technical knowledge. Up to the present time there has been no lack of ma- terial. Hundreds of boys of the “white collar” va- riety have already ap- plied to the commission, and the unions are co- operating in the work. Apparently the time is not far distant when the ranks of the plasterers, Events painters, bricklayers, and carpenters will be filled with young men who, ex- cept for this movement, would be spending miser- able lives in the over- crowded office and professional occupations. The extension of the movement into other occupations is a natural development of its success in the building trades. Unless, indeed, there is a speedy increase in skilled workmen the future of American industry is dark. America’s Reserve Power in Men HOSE seeking the fundamental rea- sons for a hopeful outlook on American life and the American democratic experiment, can find them in the life of the late Justice William R. Day, of the United States Supreme Court. Here was a man who had passed his most active years practising law in a moderate sized Ohio town. He had nearly reached his fiftieth year before his name had become known beyond the borders of his native state. Only the accidental fact that he was the close personal friend of Wil- liam McKinley, the newly elected president, gave him the opportunity of exercising his talents in the national field. The country rather gasped when, in 1897, Judge Day was called to Washington as first assistant sec- retary of state—a position which, because of the feebleness of the nominal Secretary, John ARE OFFICE WORKERS TAKING UP MANUAL LABORY This photograph was taken ina Y. M.C. A. school in which office workers are being taught tile and brick laying, carpentry, and other manual trades. clerks and other office workers is responsible for the increased interest in the higher The low wages of paid manual trades Sherman, really signified the actual headship of this most important department. What qualifications did this “country lawyer” possess for such a difficult post? What did he know of foreign policies, international af- fairs, and the pressing problems then facing the department? Hardly had Judge Day reached Washington when the United States found itself at war with Spain. Judge Day, as acting secretary, had on his hands the greatest diplomatic crisis since the Civil War, for, in addition to the troubles with Spain, there was the constant threat of a Euro- pean coalition against this country. Here certainly the “country lawyer’ had the chance of showing his statesmanship, or his lack of it. The fact is that Judge Day made one of the greatest reputations of the Spanish American War. Without a flaw he piloted the country through that crisis and through the peace negotiations that followed it. “Dav,” remarked President Mckinley, “never made a single mistake’’; and this likewise represented the judgment of the Na- tion. In his subsequent career on the bench he manifested the same qualities of high in- tellect and high purpose, and died one of the most honored citizens of his country. The World’s Work THE LATE WILLIAM RUFUS DAY Secretary of State under President McKinley, chairman of the U. S. Peace Commissioners who negotiated the Treaty of Paris at the close of the war with Spain, and associate justice of the Supreme Court of the United States from 1903 until his recent death The phenomenon is not an isolated one in American life. The fact that men, hitherto obscure, who are suddenly and accidentally lifted to high place so frequently accomplish their task with distinction makes one won- der how great is the multitude of unused talents in the country to-day. It raises the deeper question whether democracy really utilizes or wastes its finest material, and whether it actually does possess the boasted power of bringing its natural leaders to the front. Perhaps it doesn’t do this in ordinary times, yet the fact is that whenever there is important work to be done in this country the man invariably appears who can do it. For- eign critics who find much that is unlovely in our public life overlook the really determining fact, and that is America’s mighty reserve power in men. The mayors, the governors, the congressmen, and the senators who super- ficially seem to be dominating events do not invariably do so. In the daily routine they perhaps hold the centre of the stage; at crises, however, whenever great things are to. be done, they disappear as influential forces, and the men of capacity and public purpose obtain control. The.citizenship of this coun- try is a great reservoir of talent and character; whenever the Nation needs a leader it can usually find him, and in this lies the explana- tion of our success in the past and our hope for the future. The Late John M. Siddall EW editors of American magazines have achieved such success as came to the late John M. Siddall, whose recent death, under distressing and heroic circum- stances, has focussed widespread attention upon certain remarkable aspects of his career. The most important service that can be ren- dered by an editor to his publication is to cause it to be read. That is the reason why it is published. This does not necessarily mean that the only successful editor is the one who secures millions of readers. The accomplish- ment of Mr. Ellery Sedgwick, in increasing the circulation of The Atlantic Monthiv from 10,000 to considerably more than 100,000, is guite as remarkable as that of Mr. Siddall, in pushing the circulation of The American Magazine from 400,000 to nearly 2,000,000. The successful editor is the one who supplies the periodical wants of a certain well defined segment of our population, and who does this so skillfully that he succeeds in drawing within the fold all the accessible units in that public. Judged by this standard “Sid” was one of the most successful practitioners of his art. He apparently had an unfailing instinct for the kind of thing his particular public desired. Much emphasis has been laid upon his con- stant sounding of the personal appeal, and of his insistence on the helpful and cheerful aspects of existence. He hated muckrakers with a sleepless hatred. This is especially remarkable—and perhaps especially signifi- cant—for Mr. Siddall began his career as a muckraker himself. His first magazine as- sociation was with the old McClure’s; he helped Miss Ida M. Tarbell collect the mater- ial which she embodied in her history of the Standard Oil Company—the book chiefly responsible for the avalanche of destructive anti-business and anti-corporation writing that was the distinctive feature of magazine literature fifteen and twenty years ago. Mr. Siddall’s conception of the magazine as the preacher of optimism, as the text book of suc- cess, and as the builder of material and moral efficiency was therefore not spontaneous; it was an evolution. Probably the real fact is that he himself merely evolved with the times, and that in itself is an indispensable editorial quality. The red muckraking school served its purpose in the creation of a healthy public sentiment in this country. It represented in journalism the same thing that Roosevelt represented in statesmanship. But, as is the case with most successful developments, it fell into abuse at the hands of charlatans and mere profit-seeking sensationalists. Mr. Sid- dall was wise in seeing that the public had reached a point when it preferred to observe its virtues rather than its vices, to build up rather than to tear down, and on this dis- covery he constructed one of the most success- ful editorial careers of his time. Fiftieth Birthday of the Typewriter such a magazine as the WorLp’s Work would have been laboriously written in long-hand; to-day almost every word of it, and almost every word employed in business correspondence or intended for the printing press is typewritten. The germ of this enor- mously important mechanical development, which, with the exception of the telephone, has done more than anything else to put the external stamp on modern business, orig- inated with a man whose name is popu- larly almost unknown—Christopher Latham Sholes, a printer and publisher of Milwaukee. To celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of Sholes’s first successful typewriter, the Herki- mer County Historical Society of Herkimer, New York, has recently issued a booklet on “The Story of the Typewriter,” which con- tains some absorbingly interesting material. There had been attempts at mechanical writing long before Sholes’s day. Henry Mill, an English engineer, took out a patent in 1714, for ‘“‘an artificial machine or method for the impressing or transcribing of letters singly or progressively, one after another, as in writing, whereby all writing whatsoever may be en- grossed in paper or parchment so neat and exact as not to be distinguished from print.” But although Mill claimed that he had “lately invented and brought to perfection” | N 1873 every scrap of copy that went into The March of Events THE LATE JOHN SIDDALL Whose success as editor of the American Magazine was recently brought to a close by his tragic death. Under his control the American rose from a magazine of medi- ocre reputation to be the leader of its particular field this remarkable machine, no model of it was preserved. The first American patent was granted to William A. Burt in 1829. Other patents were Charles Thurber’s in 1843 and 1845, Oliver T. Eddy’s in 1850, and A. Ely Beach in 1856. The ’fifties and ’sixties yielded a number of other writing machines, all of which failed because they were too slow. It remained for Christopher Sholes to provide the element of speed. Sholes, in company with Carlos Glidden and Samuel W. Soulé, began work on a writing machine in the spring or summer of 1867, on the immediate suggestion of an article in the Scientific American quoting from a London periodical an account of John Pratt’s “ Ptero- type’”’—an early machine as clumsy as its name. As none of the three men was a ma- chinist, they enlisted Matthias Schwalbach from a near-by machine shop to assist them. The first machine was completed in the fall of 1867 and the first patent taken out in June, 1868. There followed, for Sholes, a series of heart-breaking years such as seems to be the The World’s Work THE FIRST TYPEWRITER Or, at least, the typewriter now in the National Museum in Washington and on which, fifty-five years ago, the patent was granted. This machine, while preceded by a number of others, was the first really to be capable of speed. It was the invention of C. L. Sholes raed ye purgatory of most great inventors. James Densmore, a_ two-fisted business man of Meadville, Pennsylvania, furnished the com- mercial and temperamental ‘“‘ push” without which the enterprise would hardly have been kept going through the lean period. For six years Sholes made model after model, twenty- five or thirty in all, each revealing some defect which had to be remedied. Even at the end he was not sure of the value of his inven- tion. “You know my apprehension is that the thing may take for a while,” he wrote in June, 1872, “and for a while there may be an active demand for them, but that, like any other novelty, it will have its brief day and be thrown aside. Of course | earnestly hope that such will not be the case, and Densmore laughs at the idea when | suggest it, but | should like to be sure that it would be other- wise.’ This same fear was entertained about the automobile; and the telephone, when first introduced, was described as a “‘pretty electric toy” that would soon lose its novelty. The commercial history of the typewriter began in March, 1873, when Densmore per- suaded the firm of E. Remington and Son at Ilion, New York, to buy the manufacturing rights. With this stage Sholes’s direct con- nection with the enterprise ended, although he ‘‘continued active in the invention of type- writer improvements during the greater part of his remaining days.” “Sholes, either at this time or shortly after,”’ according to “‘ The Story of the Typewriter,” ‘is said to have sold out his royalty rights to Densmore for $12,000, a goodly sum in those days, but the only reward, so far as we know, that he ever received for his priceless invention and the years of labor he had bestowed upon it.” Sholes died in Milwaukee in 1890, after years of ill health. The labor of perfecting the new machine fell largely upon William K. Jenne, who be- came superintendent of the Remington type- writer shop. It was a long and trying task. But with the Remington model No. 1, which was put on the market fifty years ago this fall, the principal characteristics of the modern typewriter were fixed. “It had the step-by- step escapement mechanism which caused the letter-spacing travel of the paper carriage. It had type bars on which type was mounted which printed at a common centre. It fed the paper around a cylinder on the paper car- riage. It was equipped with a line spacing and carriage return mechanism. It printed through a ribbon, which traveled across the printing point with the movement of the car- riage. It had the standard number of print- ing keys, placed in four rows, and the char- acters on these keys, and the corresponding type bars, followed the arrangement now known as ‘universal.’ To these fundamental features the Model 2 Remington of 1878 added the shift-key mechanism, with two types mounted on a single bar.” . The machine’s commercial progress was slower than its mechanical improvement, and it was a decade or more before it came into anything like extensive use. In this respect it differed from the telephone, with which it competed rather unsuccessfully for honors at the Philadelphia Centennial in 1876. Sholes was a gentle, lovable, and modest man who in later years “ remarked to a friend that he had been trying all his life to escape becoming a millionaire and thought he had succeeded admirably.”” He gave his own opinion of the most important aspect of his work in a conversation shortly before his death: “I do feel that | have done something for the women who have always had to work so hard.” It might not be difficult, in fact, to trace a connection between the in- creasing freedom of woman and those twin inventions which she has so largely taken over —the typewriter and the telephone. New York in ihe Year 2000—29,000,000 Population? HE Committee on Plan of New York and Its Environs, a civic body which has undertaken a regional survey of the metropolitan area, has recently published an astounding estimate of probable population growth in the “ New York region” during the next eighty years. The area selected for this study, which was made by Professors Ray- mond Pearl and Lowell J. Reed of Johns Hop- kins University, include not only the territory now known and governed as Greater New York, but also adjacent districts in New York state, Connecticut, and New Jersey which are well within the clearly defined “commuting zone.” This area has a present population of eight or nine million, ar.d Professors Reed and Pearl predict that it will have 11,500,000 iN 1930; 14,100,000 in 1940; 16,800,000 in 1950, and so on until it reaches 28,800,000 in the year 2000. Greater New York will then number 18,000,000 souls—if human beings under such pressure still possess souls. n LOWER BROADWAY, NEW YORK a The recently announced prophecy concerning New . York’s population in the near future has caused much comment concerning the desirability, or otherwise, of Tr building up a city of 29,000,000 population, which the city planners expect within eighty years The March of Events WILL NEW YORK ULTIMATELY THIS. If, as is expected by those who have studied New York’s growth, the city continues enlarging and quad- ruples its present population it may be filled with buildings such as the ones suggested by this drawing. his idea has resulted from an architect’s study of the tendencies and laws that will govern future construction LOOK LIKE Apparently these predictions were as care- fully worked out as any could be with the data now at hand. Professors Pearl and Reed have developed a formula “which is believed to express the fundamental law of normal population growth,” although they concede the existence of “disturbing factors in population trends.’’ They even venture to compute the probable number of the foreign- born eighty years from now, and also the probable number of Negroes. Surveys such as this are of the utmost im- portance in so far as they lend aid to practical plans for meeting coming problems. The programme of the Committee on Plan is in every way admirable. Yet for accuracy’s sake these predictions should be regarded as precisely what they are—guesses based on the best available information, but still guesses. To map out accurately the future progress of New York City one must suppose that existing tendencies will persist. One must assume a stable, or a consistently rising 466 or falling birthrate. One must assume a stability of industrial and commercial condi- tions which is by no means warranted. Greater New York is primarily the resultant of a certain industrial technique. An altera- tion in this technique might put a stop to the city’s growth, or even reduce its population. It is by no means certain that the era of intense congestion is not approaching a close. Or it may be that while the growth of urban populations will continue, the growth of the half-dozen plethoric great cities has nearly reached a limit. Even in New York State the percentage of increase is considerably greater in urban territory outside the metro- politan area than in the greater city itself. The next competition may be between the smaller city—let us say the city of 200,000 or less—and the greater, rather than between city and country. At almost any moment an invention or series of inventions, affecting manufacture or transportation, may make the larger community hopelessly inefficient. In other words its overhead may become too heavy to be carried profitably. Regional electric power centres might, for example, bring about this result. “In the great movement of humanity here and there across the continent,’ writes Wil- liam Rossiter in his census monograph on “Increase of Population: 1910-1920,” “ there are likely to appear relatively less and less violent population changes as settlement and development of natural resources tends to become complete; hence, succeeding censuse no doubt will reflect a slowing down of the urban movement.’”’ Urban territories, in fact, must rely more upon natural increase and less upon immigration or migration from rural districts. These and other factors, together with the possible cultivation of a certain degree of common sense about such matters may prevent the creation of the appalling community of 29,000,000 people for which the Committee on Plan of New York and Its Environs is so heroically preparing. A Decade of Workmen’s Compensation NE need not be very old to remember when workmen’s compensation was a radical’s dream, and American courts were solemnly and conscientiously upholding the “fellow servant”’ doctrine and the rule of with contributory negligence, the result The World’s Work of denying all relief to injured workers in dangerous industries. “There is a tendency,’ wrote Roscoe Pound, ten years ago, “ to revive the primitive idea of liability without fault, not only in the form of wide responsibility for agencies em- ployed, but in placing upon an enterprise the burden of repairing injuries incident to the undertaking without fault of him who con- ducts it. What Dean Ames called ‘the un- moral standard of acting at one’s peril’ is coming back into the law in the form of em- ployer’s liability and workmen’s compensa- tion. There is a strong and growing ten- dency, where there is no blame on either side, to ask. in view of the exigencies of social jus- tice, who can best bear the loss.”’ But it has taken a decade to work out a satisfactory answer to this question, and many more vears will be required, in all probability, before the problems of waiting time, amount of compensation, state versus private insurance, and so forth, will be dis- posed of with anything like justice and preci- sion. A common, and apparently well- founded cause of complaint at present is that the waiting time is too long, so that the em- ployee receives nothing for minor injuries, even though they cost him as much as two weeks’ wages, and also that the scale of com- pensation does not provide adequately for permanent disablement. Another difficulty is to decide between a state monopoly of insurance and competitive public and private insurance. The advantages of a govern- mental monopoly are obvious; so, also, until state civil service can be brought to a higher level of efficiency, are its disadvantages. In New York State, which is in many ways representative, the waiting period is two weeks, except in cases of permanent dis- ability; the minimum sum paid is $8 and the maximum $20 weekly; and the maximum death benefit is $83.33 monthly. During the nine-vear period since the enactment of the law, according to a report by the State In- dustrial Commissioner, Bernard L. Shientag, the total sum of $125,000,000 has been paid to 400,000 claimants—an average of a little over $300 each. At first, claims for compensation were about 35,000 a year; now they are about 60,000. As there are 300,000 industrial ac- cidents in the state annually it appears that only one in five is compensated. In addition there are many accidents which are never re- The March of Events ported. The death list alone is 1,300 an- nually. In 1922 the benefits actually paid were $15,000,000, and the estimated economic loss amounted to about $100,000,000. Commissioner Shientag, like most students of the problem, is in favor of shortening the waiting period. He points out that few, if any, employers would now care to return to “the old technical, unjust, inhuman, un- civilized method of common law negligence actions for industrial accidents.” But even more important is the reduction of the total number of accidents, which will not only save a vast amount of human suffering, but will also lower insurance rates and in other ways diminish the cost to the employer. Of the vast annual total of 300,000 accidents Mr. Shientag believes that at least half can be prevented. Safety appliances are in general use, yet negligence on the employer’s as well as the employee’s part is far toocommon. To drive home this fact and promote a more energetic safety-first campaign, a committee, including representatives of employers, or- ganized labor, and a number of civic organiza- tions was appointed late in July. Workmen’s compensation is pernaps the best illustration there is of the practical ac- ceptance of the doctrine of social responsi- bility. It trenches on individualism frankly and extensively for the common good. The principle is developing rapidly and its future manifestations will be worth watching. An Equal Rights Amendment [es twentieth amendment to the Federal Constitution, if the National Woman’s Party carries out its pur- poses as announced at the celebration of the seventy-fifth anniversary of the first equal rights convention at Seneca Falls, New York, will read as follows: “Men and women shall have equal rights throughout the United States and every place within its jurisdiction.” “The amendment as drawn has one great advantage when we have to deal with poli- ticians,” said Miss Alice Paul, in introducing it to the conference, “It is so simple that they cannot say, “We are for it in principle but we are against a certain word in the tenth para- graph.’ It forces everybody to take a stand on the direct point of equal rights.”’ Yet there is an aspect of this amendment which has caused misgivings among those ALICE PAUL For eleven years an officer of the National Woman’s Party and its predecessors and recently sponsor of a resolution demanding absolute equality of women and men before the law who are most willing to assent to its principle. This is the possibility that it would not only remove the remaining legal discriminations against women, but would also lead the courts to hold invalid legislation specially designed to protect woman workers. The “rights” of woman may be held to include the right to work more than eight hours, or to do night work, or to accept insufficient wages, even where there now exists state legislation deny- ing these “rights.’”’ The question is whether the Woman’s Party is not throwing away the substance in its effort to secure the shadow. At least this is a point which ought to be com- pletely cleared up early in the campaign. It is apparent to the most casual observa- tion that despite equal suffrage women have not yet won the “equal rights” for which they made their first demand in 1848. Though they have invaded industry, commerce, and the professions they are still shut off, as a rule, from the higher opportunities, and their wages and salaries are almost without exception lower than those paid men doing similar work. This may be due in part to the belief of .em- ployers that women are not as competent as men, but the rule holds in most occupations regardless of the quality or quantity of the work done. Apparently it can be broken down only by a process of education. In this struggle the constitutional amendment can- not help and“ffight hurt. After all, men are men and women are women: laws based upon this fundamental fact cannot be assailed on the ground that they recognize distinctions in sex. Evidently men cannot qualify for mothers’ pensions, and laws passed in the interest of maternity necessarily can apply to only one sex. Yet such laws are entirely proper—in no sense can they be regarded as tyrannous. Differences in physiology furnish valid grounds for legislative relief, and cannot be regarded as backward. Certain jurists have asserted that this proposed amendment would wipe all such laws off the books. If so, it is difficult to see how women can seriously advocate it. American Philanthropy in London HE International Health Board has recently given another striking illus- tration of the way in which America seeks to benefit the world, and has done it in a city where the example can give the most resounding emphasis. This comprehensive organization is making a particular point of increasing facilities for the extension of public hygiene. It has already established or as- sisted schools at Harvard, Johns Hopkins, and other places whose business it will be to train not doctors but public health officers. This profession of guarding the sanitary con- ditions of communities, in preventing rather than in curing disease, is already an import- ant one, but its importance is increasing every year. It is not unlikely that, a generation hence, the sanitarian will be a more impor- tant element in the general well-being of the nation than the physician or the surgeon. Great Britain has made excellent progress in this work; her health services are unusually The World’s Work efficient and her health records among the most complete in the world. England, how- ever, lacks a great school of public health for the training of sanitarians and in 1921 the British University of Health called the atten- tion of the International Health Board to this deficiency. The negotiations that followed resulted in a gift of $2,000,000 for building and equipping a school of Public Hygiene in London. A site has already been purchased in Gower Street, near the British Museum and the building, when finished and equipped, will be maintained by the British Govern- ment. It will influence health conditions, not only in Great Britain, but in the whole British empire and in Europe generally. A Letter From The New Republic Editor Wor.tp’s Work Dear Sir: On page 245 of your July issue you say, referring to the International Court of Justice that ‘‘the advanced weeklies, the New Re- public, the Nation, the Survey and others of less importance are crying fiercely on its heels.” In so far as the New Republic is concerned this statement is entirely without foundation and | cannot imagine what basis you can have supposed yourself to have for making it. Inits issue of April 18, page 201, the New Republic in an editorial entitled ‘“‘An Interna- tional Program for the American People” endorsed a proposal that ‘“‘the President and the Senate coéperate in an attempt to secure an international court of justice with ob- ligatory and comprehensive jurisdiction but without the sanction of force.” The New Re- public has published nothing of an editorial character in any subsequent issue which is in any way incompatible with this declaration; and it has certainly published nothing which justifies the statement in your editorial re- ference. Sincerely, Bruce BLIVEN The War in the Churches The Great Split in the Protestant Denominations, Over the Issue of Fundamentalism By ROLLIN LYNDE HARTT NLY the other Sunday, in his great stone church a_ block from Broadway, a distinguished clergyman, Dr. Frank Good- child, described the impending return of Christ. He will return twice, we were told. When first He returns, the righteous, with lustrous bodies shining like light, will be caught up to meet Him in the air, and next morning the papers will report innumerable strange dis- appearances—for instance, how a traveller, on reaching home, found that his devoted wife had vanished unaccountably, or how mother and daughter were sitting together in a room and talking, when suddenly the mother was snatched away. The following Sunday, congregations will be cut in half, all the best people missing. Then wickedness will rage for seven years, after which Christ will return again, with His church, to bring such terror as this world has never known. The clergyman pictured a stock exchange in time of panic, pictured the Johnstown flood, pictured a sinking liner and said that all such scenes of consternation were nothing to what was coming. Dr. Goodchild is a Fundamentalist. At the start of my recent three-thousand mile journey among the Fundamentalists, Dr. Jasper Massee, famous pastor of Tremont Temple in Boston, had pointed him out as thoroughly representative. Being a leader of Fundamentalists, himself, Dr. Massee should know. Not less prominent in New York City is Dr. |. M. Haldeman, who declares that Christ will return ‘‘with garments dipped in blood, the blood of others,” and ‘‘enunciate His claim by terror and might.” He will ‘tread and trample in His fury till the blood of men shall fill the earth.”’ He ‘will come to His glory, not as the Saviour meek and lowly, but as a king, an autocrat, a despot, through the blood of a trampled world.” Dr. Shailer Mathews, sitting at President Harper’s old desk in the divinity school of the University of Chicago, told me that the Fundamentalists now control about a quarter of the evangelical churches in the East, about half the evangelical churches in the Middle West and South, and about three quarters of the evangelical churches in the Far West. Their own estimates run higher. ‘Nine tenths of the laity are with us,”’ they say, and everywhere the doctrine of the Second Com- ing, in one form or another, is insisted upon. In the office of his huge church in Fort Worth, Texas, Rev. J. Frank Norris explained why. Says Norris: “If a man tells me he believes in God, | don’t know what he believes; | don’t know whether he believes in the Pantheistic view of God, or in the Deistic view of God, or in the personal God. If a man tells me he believes in the inspiration of the Scriptures, | | still don’t know what he believes; he might claim universal inspiration, and say the Bible was inspired in the same way that Shake- speare was inspired. If a man tells me that he believes in the divinity of Christ, I still don’t know what he believes: he might say he believes all men are divine. ‘“‘But when a man tells me he believes in the literal, personal, bodily, visible, imminent return of the Lord to this earth as king, | know what he believes on every other ques- tion. | know that he believes the Bible literally. | know what he believes concerning the Godhead, | know what he believes con- cerning the Virgin Birth, | know what he be- lieves concerning the Atonement, | know what he believes concerning the Resurrection. | know that he is not a modernist, and | know that he does not believe in the evolutionary hypothesis.”’ Dr. Curtis Lee Laws, editor of the Waich- man-Examiner in New York City, gave Fundamentalism its name. He defines it as merely an uprising of orthodox supernatural- ism against modern naturalism. He tells me he repudiates “fanciful” ideas of the Second Coming but seeks allies amongst those who 470 hold them. Professor J. Gresham Machen of Princeton Theological Seminary, takes the same attitude. ‘Their error, serious though it may be, is not deadly error,’’ he writes, ‘‘and Christian fellowship, with loyalty not only to the Bible but to the great creeds of the church, can still unite us with them.” On the other hand, men and institutions unwill- ing to identify themselves explicitly with the Fundamentalist Movement—or rather Move- ments, as there are at least three—make common cause with the Fundamentalists in their warfare upon modernism. Hence a phenomenon. Billy Sunday and Bishop Manning, Dr. Arcturus Zodiac Con- rad and Mr. Bryan, Dr. Clarence Edward Macartney and Dr. Reuben Torrey, Professor Machen and Dr. W. B. Riley, Doctor Good- child and Doctor Laws, Princeton Seminary and the Moody Bible Institute (entrance requirement, “‘a common school education or its equivalent’”’) are all up in arms together, valiantly combatting modernism. In Doctor Rollin Lynde Hartt Pace, they have a gifted cartoonist. In Pro- fessor Carter, they have a daring satirical poet. In Alfred W. McCann, authorof ‘“‘God- or Gorilla,” they have an anti-evolutionist second to none. Their conventions drav enormous crowds. It is no longer a question whether they are going to split the churches They have split them. During my three-thousand-mile journe along the various ecclesiastical battle-fronts | have asked how the conflict began. Doctor Bridgman, former editor of the Congregation- alist, says the World War started it—liter- alists thought the last days were approach- ing. Doctor Cotton, of the Christian Regis- ter, says that the War, with the shock it brought and the nervous overstrain it pro- duced, drove people to extremes, making liberals more liberal, reactionaries more reac- tionary. A Professor at Union Seminary says the War bred a fighting spirit that has outlived the War; also a great fear, with a craving for “something solid” and a return to aS he i Bt a oe THE DIVINITY SCHOOL, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO In theological schools, as in pulpits, there are ‘‘ Fundamentalists”’ and “‘ Liberals’’. the Fundamentalists’ strongholds—that is, the Moody Bible Institute. In Chicago is one of the greatest 0! Dr. Shailer Mathews, President of the Uni- versity of Chicago Divinity School, says that the Fundamentalists control about one quarter of the evangelical churches of the East, about half those of the Middle West and South, and about three quarters of those in the Far West, but their own estimates run higher The War in the Churches 471 “normalcy.” Professor Gilmore, of the Homiletic Review, believes Fundamentalism a consequence of reports by army chaplains. He got down “As Tommy Sees Us: A Book for Church Folks” by Rev. A. Herbert Gray. Opening at random, | read: , ‘«T still find among some of the very best of our young men indi- viduals who think that before join- ing the church they must assent to all the intricate dogmas that centuries of thought and contro- versy have gathered round the Christian religion. Though no man has ever understood them, they think they must assent to the baffling statements which out- line the doctrine of the Trinity. Some think they must hold some doctrine of the Atonement, and promptly lose their way among the innumerable views of the Atonement which have been held by good and able men. A few believe that a doctrine of eternal punishment is an essential part of the Christian faith; and at that they turn away. What I! am pleading for is that the church shall offer men a clear and sim- ple presentation of the religion of Jesus divorced from all theo- logical subtleties.”’ Not unnaturally, readers of “As Tommy Sees Us” asked, “‘In that case, where goes orthodoxy? ’’and when Amer- ica entered the War our own army chaplains reported a condition that prompted a question still more momentous—namely, ‘Where has orthodoxy already gone?”’ Professor William Adams Brown, of Union Seminary, was secre- tary of the General War-Time Commission of the Churches. He has since published ‘‘The Church in America,”’ which thus describes the doughboy’s religion: “God was a power controlling destiny, to whom one prayed, but His character was ill- defined, and He could almost as easily be identified with the fatalistic God of Moham- med as with the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. Prayer was instinctive and chiefly for personal and private matters. Christ was a vague, ideal figure, not the A CHURCH IN NEW ENGLAND New England three hundred years ago was unquestionably solidly **Fundamentalist.”’ But now the entire East is strongly ‘Liberal’ personal Savior of traditional religion. The sense of personal sin was conspicuous by its absence. God was Companion and Protector not Judge or Saviour. The Bible was carried even when it was not read, but there was little evidence of intelligent or sympathetic ac- quaintance with its contents.” Such revelations, thinks Professor Gilmore, were what started the Fundamentalist Move- ment. All of a sudden, orthodox clergymen recognized that the great historic creeds were losing their hold upon the modern mind, if, indeed, they had not already lost it, and the reasons seemed clear. The modern interpre- tation of the Bible was to blame, thought the orthodox. The evolutionary hypothesis was to blame. A half century of progress was to blame. Liberal preaching was to blame. As 472 Mod- It must be rooted out of the colleges. It must be rooted out of the pulpits. It must be replaced, not with the mild orthodoxy it had so extensively over- thrown, but with an orthodoxy much more clear, meanwhile, seemed the remedy. ernism must go. dogmatic. And the thing must be done at once. When necessary, it must be done by force. Doctor Shailer Mathews sees in Funda- mentalism a natural reaction that would have occurred sooner or later, war or no war. ‘Push a piston far enough one way,” he says, ‘“‘and that piston will come back.” It is coming back at Doctor Shailer Mathews with a vengeance; every little while his spirited fel- low-townsman, Dean Gray, pillories him as an ‘“‘apostate” and an “‘infidel.”’ But Fundamentalism is not merely a reac- tion. It is also the culmination of a tendency that has been slowly gathering strength for at least thirty years. Time was—not so very long ago, either—when Dean Gray and the Moody Bible Institute appeared anything but formidable. To-day the Institute has twenty- eight buildings. It has a thousand students. Its correspondence department enrolls ten thousand more. It prints a monthly maga- zine. Its colportage association distributes ultra-orthodox books by the million. Far and wide go its graduates, and the distin- guished Fundamentalist leader, Doctor Jas- per Massee, declares, ‘‘In my judgment, the constituency that has gone out from the Moody Bible Institute during the last ten years has saved the evangelical churches of this country.” In Los Angeles, another great Bible Institute—Dr. Reuben Torrey’s— exerts an influence as powerful. Still another flourishes in Boston. There are many be- sides. One and all, they proclaim the “literal, personal, bodily, visible, imminent” return of Christ. A book “Jesus Is Coming” by the venerable W. E. Blackstone, appeared in 1808. It argues that the last days are upon us. All signs prove it, affirms the author. After quoting Daniel—‘“‘ shut up the words and seai the book even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro and knowledge shall be increased,”” he observes, “A comparison of recent years with the present shows a most marvellous increase in both travel and know- ledge.”” Again, he quotes James—‘Go to, now, ye rich men ve have heaped Rollin Lynde Hartt treasures together for the last days’’—and says, “The accumulation of riches in the hands of a few men is specially characteristic of the present time.” Still again, he quotes Amos on the restoration of Israel, and concludes, “Now, if Isreal is beginning to show signs of national life and is actually returning to Palestine, then surely the end of this dispensation is nigh even at the doors.” Writing of Blackstone’s volume, Dean Gray says, “ To the Christian just awakened to the truth of Christ’s second coming | always recommend the book.” The celebrated Fun- damentalist, Doctor Munhall, says, “| hope it will reach the end of the earth for the great good it will do.” Doctor Reuben Torrey says, “| hope it may be as blessed to others as it has been to me.” President John Willis Baer says, “| believe a prayerful and thought- ful reader will get much blessing in reading it.” Robert E. Speer says, “Il remember very well when | first saw the book Jesus Is Coming at Northfield, twenty years ago, and how | studied it then. That summer was the first time the truth of our Lord’s return came to me, and | am very thankful for the thor- ough references to scripture, for the better understanding of that truth and the firmer faith in it which that little book gave me.” Such testimonials have not been fruitless. The book is now in its two-hundred-and-six- tieth thousand. Doctor W. B. Riley, president of the Inter- denominational Fundamentals Association has for years proclaimed the Second Coming. “No longer shall this precious truth be left to the erratic and irresponsible!”’ he declares. “Through the lips of sane men and by the pens of the most scholarly the Church of God knows and by the lives of the most saintly, this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world.” For years he has figured impressively at “prophetic conferences.” City after city has had them. A prophetic conference attracts such crowds that thou- sands, eager to hear about the Second Com- ing, have to be turned away. In his suite at the Watterson, in Louisville, Rev. W. A. (Billy) Sunday told me that “every man who has been used of God for the saving of souls’’ has believed in the imminent return of Christ and preached it. He named Moody. He named Finney. He named a dozen more—‘“premillennarians’” all. No matter how transitory may be the results of The War in the Churches revivalism in other respects, they are per- manent in this. The doctrine presupposed an inerrant Bible, a Bible literally inspired, a Bible equally authoritative throughout. Blandly the liber- als have assumed that “in our day” this “Seventeenth Century idea of the Bible” has It is still the A year or so been outgrown. It has not. average church-member’s idea. ago, Guy Viskniskki, of the Republic Syn- dicate, opened the New York Times one Sunday, noticed a pic- ture of Mr. Bryan’s immense outdoor Bi- ble Class at Miami, Florida, and wrote at onceto Bryan. In con- sequence, a hundred and ten newspapers now publish the Bryan Bible Talks. They reach between twenty and twenty-five mil- lion people, and enthu- siastic, everywhere, is the response. Do the liberals know this? Evidently the liberals do not. The other evening, in an apartment looking out across the Gothic quadrangle of a fa- mous theological sem- inary, a distinguished liberal spoke of Fund- amentalism as at once a lost cause anda tribute to the strength of liberalism. “We are winning,” he said, and so it appears—to dwellers in apart- ments looking out across the Gothic quad- rangle of famous theological seminaries. They have won the colleges—mainly. They have won the divinity schools—largely. They have won the educated ministers—partly. In church councils attended by an elite, they generally triumph. They lead many leaders; but the great mass of the people—where are they? What the liberals disregard is the huge and long-exerted influence of aged clergymen, of Princeton Seminary and its orthodox congeners, of the Sunday School REV. J. FRANK NORRIS One of the leading ‘“‘Fundamentalists’’ who has an- nounced in a headline printed in red in his paper, pub- lished in Ft. Worth, Texas, that ‘War is declared— Second Coming of Christ is Issue!”’ 473 Times, of prophetic conferences, of tracts, of cartooning, of the book now in its two- hundred-and-sixtieth thousand, of Billy Sun- day, of the Northfield - gatherings, .of . Bible Institutes (entrance requirement, “a common school education, or its equivalent’’), and of a pietism which, though supposedly moribund, has crusaded against evolution in seven states, terrorized numerous universities, inspired a nation-wide uprising against modernism, and made William Jen- nings Bryan the most influential preacher on earth, for so he is. Dr. Albert C. Dief- fenbach, fearless editor of the Christian Regi- ster, was the first to see a menace in Funda- mentalism. He acted. Recognizing the gen- eral composure among liberals, he acted with vigor—as he tells me, “ate raw meat, got red- eyed, and went at it.” In “The Madness of the Second Coming,” he called Fundamen- talism ‘‘a religious Ku Klux” and a “creed of * force’’ whose propo- nents have “‘circulated more tracts, pamph- lets, sermons, and books than the total output of all the de- nominational publish- ing houses.” A South- ern Methodist, Bishop Edwin D. Mouzon, expressed himself as boldly regarding the Fundamentalist belief in the Second Coming. Saidhe, “Every great war has brought about a revival of premillennian- ism, but modern premillennianism is the worst form of the doctrine that has ever been seen.” As a rule, however, the liberals console themselves by underestimating the enemy’s strength. The enemy “lacks brains,” they say, and it was noticeable that the letters written to Doctor Percy Stickney Grant on wrapping paper or on pages torn from note- books quite uniformly condemned him. But Rollin Lynde Hartt stationery is not everything. The worse the stationery the more impressive the numbers. Then, too, its opponents describe Funda- mentalism as “an old gentleman’s movement which will die out as the old gentlemen die off.’”’ But, while Doctor Gray is seventy-two and Doctor Munhall eighty, and while Mr. Bryan, Rev. W. A. Sunday, and Doctors Rily, Conrad, Goodchild, and Torrey have passed sixty, Doctors Massee and Laws are still in the fifties, Doctor Straton is forty- eight, Rev. J. Frank Norris forty-five, Doctor Macartney forty-three, and Professor Machen was a classmate of Doctor Macartney’s at Princeton. Moreover, | keep hearing that the Funda- mentalist notables are “men born and edu- cated in the South.” Of Rev. J. Frank Norris, and Doctors Massee and Laws, this is true. But Doctors Massee and Laws are both Northerners now, and Fort Worth, where Rev. J. Frank Norris spends half his time, is not a Southern City. It is Western. Doctor Riley, born in Indiana, is said to have got his idea of the Second Coming at the great Southern Baptist Seminary in Louis- ville. The Seminary denies that any such idea was ever taught there, and Doctor Riley now heads a Bible Institute in Indianapolis. Still again, | hear that the Fundamentalist Movement “lacks a leader,’ and so it does —at present. Fundamentalism has only started. No one man started it. It is a result of simultaneous uprisings all over the country. Organization, with accredited lead- ership, will come later. Potential leaders abound, and among them the strongest, shrewdest, and most romantically adventur- ous is J. Frank Norris, of Fort Worth, Texas. In Fort Worth, opinion regarding Norris is divided. One faction says he “totes a gun,” the other says he “totes two guns.”” Several years ago his enemies got him tried “for burn- ing up his church.” He was acquitted. Later on, a mass-meeting ordered him out of town. Legend recounts that he and his merry men prepared to defend themselves with a machine-gun. | asked him about that. “No,” he replied, “all we had was sawed-off shot-guns.”’ Though a fellow-clergyman still remarks that “ Bill Hart has nothing on Frank,” things are quieter now. Many of “Frank’s” former foes adore him, as does half the community. Buildings covering a block and more attest his success, and his auditorium, when alteration are complete, will hold six thousand applau- sive adherents, with a choir of seven hundred The tower is to be surmounted by a battleship searchlight visible for thirty-two miles. Recently his paper—circulation 55,000 (| saw the affidavit)—proclaimed in red head- lines, “WAR IS DECLARED—SECONI) COMING OF CHRIST IS ISSUE!” Nailed to the door of his church, meanwhile, was « huge poster announcing his “World Conven- tion of Fundamentalists.” The array of celebrated speakers included William Jennings Bryan. Prince of crowd-gatherers, paragon of ad- vertisers, and a sensationalist of the first order, Norris has created a new profession, that of the church-efficiency expert, and is its most brilliant practitioner. Heralded as “the Texas cyclone,” he will enter any city you choose to name, lay hold to some dodder- ing, dead-and-alive downtown church, draw crowds into it, galvanize them, get the glori- ously revivified institution financed, and erect a living, lasting monument to his abilities. After witnessing his performance in Cleveland, Dr. W. W. Bustard declared that in the ser- vice of a business corporation Norris’s genius would be worth $50,000 a year. He under- stated the case. It is true that Norris’s belief in “the literal, personal, bodily, visible, imminent return of the Lord to this earth as King”? somewhat limits his leadership. It is “fanciful” as Doctor Laws would say. According to Pro- fessor Machen, it is an “error.” According to many, it is destructive of civic conscience and of all humanitarianism. President Faunce emphasized this in Providence. He said, “Such people have no patriotism, no interest in public affairs, no desire to make the world better; they just wait for the King to come.” ' Frequently their own literature gives that impression. Says the Christian Workers’ Magazine, “Democracy (self-government) is the antithesis of autocracy—God’s ideal of government.” “‘We may say we need a democ- racy,” writes Doctor Torrey; “what we need is an emperor—Kaiser Jesus.” Doctor Brooks, discussing the principles underlying democracy, tells us, ““ Man has no inalienable right except the right to be damned.”’ Among such thinkers the movement for world peace wins no approval. “All our present peace The War plans will end in the most awful wars this old world ever saw,” says Doctor Torrey, and when the recent conflict was raging he confessed, “ The darker the night gets, the lighter my heart gets.” The author of ‘“‘Behold the Morn- ing’ cheerfully despairs of human- ity altogether. “The entire race will be insane in a few centuries,” he predicts. Conspicuous on a front table in a famous Fifth Avenue bookshop in New York, is the recently pub- lished volume, “‘Satan: His Per- sonality, Power, and Overthrow,” by Dr. Edward M. Bounds. Loud- ly Doctor Bounds condemns the “taking, man-savouring, Satanic” idea that “the main object of the church to-day is not so much to save individuals out of society as to save society.”’ Continuing, he declares, “This popular, seduc- tive, and deadly fallacy entirely subverts the very foundation of Christ’s church.” He especially abhors the “modern church with its kitchen and parlor, with its club and lyceum, and with its ministries to the flesh and to the world. The church cannot con- federate with non-spiritual agen- cies. She cannot be the purveyor to unsanctified desires. Neither is it her province to fall down to the beggarly task of entertain- ing the people.”’ No such dreadful doctrines as the foregoing affect Rev. J. Frank Norris. After starring enthusiastically in two Prohibition fights, he gave John Barleycorn a funeral a mile long. “As by-products,’’ he prizes all the “Satanic’”’ agencies condemned by Dr. Bounds. His church is an institutional church, magnificently equipped. But it little matters who will lead the Fundamentalist Movement. The important question is, Whither will the Fundamentalist Movement be led? Talking with President Faunce at Brown University, I said, “We already have two hundred and two denomina- tions. Are we going to have four hundred and four?” He answered, ‘““Why not two— one Liberal, the other Fundamentalist?” in the Churches : ~ ee © Underwood & Underwood A CHAPEL IN WASHINGTON The fight between the “ Liberals” and the “ Fundamentalists’’ has not affected the Catholic church, but the Episcopalian Church, no less than the other Protestant denominations, feels the strain of the war between those who accept the Bible literally and those who do not. ‘Liberal’? Episcopalian Minister all but dared a bishop to punish him for his liberal views, and the bishop did not accept the challenge Recently a That a great schism is inevitable the Funda- mentalists and their alliés fully believe. De- clares the Presbyterian, “Rationalism and Evangelicism are antagonists that can never be reconciled; it is vain to try to plaster up a union between them.”’ Similarly, Professor Machen, in “Christianity and Liberalism,” remarks “The plain fact is that Liberalism, whether true or false, is no mere ‘heresy’— no mere divergence at isolated points from Christian teaching. Modern Liber- alism is not only a different religion from Christianity but belongs to a totally different group of religions. The Church of Rome may be a perversion of the Christian 476 religion, but naturalistic liberalism is not Christianity at all.”’ Doctor Macartney, chief opponent of Dr. Harry Emerson Fosdick, asserts, “Neither the cry of ‘heresy-hunting’ nor that other cry of ‘dividing the church’ will intimidate those who press for what they regard as a righteous cause. There is no occasion of hunting for heresy, for heresy-is everywhere hunting the church; and as for dividing the church, one might with as good reason have charged the Government of the United States with divid- ing the nation in the Civil War.” In conversation, Doctor Macartney speaks of Doctor Fosdick with entire respect. Doc- ter Fosdick speaks as respectfully of his as- sailant. Each understands the other. At the University of Chicago, Doctor Shailer Mathews says, “We are trying to carry this thing through in such a spirit that when it is * all over there will be no hard feelings.” Among Fundamentalists, however, a dif- ferent mood predominates. Cries Professor Machen, “Why should we be indignant about slanders directed against a human friend while at the same time we are patient about the basest slanders against our God?” As hotly the Western Recorder exclaims, “We are in the midst of the most subtle and far-reach- ing apostasy of the ages!” After affirming that “the apostasy now witnessed on every hand was foretold by the New Testament prophets,” the Moody Bible Institute Monthly observes, “As to the source of this apostasy, we should say that it was conceived by the Prince of the Power of the Air.” Dr. Cort- land Myers, meanwhile, indicts the Father- land. “The abomination of abominations,” he thunders, ‘“‘is that rich, rank, rampant, rotten new theology made in Germany,” and Dr. Mark Matthews denounces as angrily “that infamous virus of German theology prepared by the devil himself.”’ Coming from distinguished leaders, men of saintly lives and sometimes of profound scholarship, such words prevail. Rev. Robert Shuler of Los Angeles predicts “the formation of a mighty body of believers, the strongest and most powerful that ever shook the earth. Call them Fundamentalists or what you like, they are massing from the rivers to the ends of the earth. They are ready to break with any and all denominations when the call of God shall sound.” Rev. C. F. Koehler of Ashland, Oregon, affirms, “The coming battle will Rollin Lynde Hartt mean a new religious alignment, whereby either the present denominations will disap- pear and two great bodies be formed, or the evangelical Christians will withdraw from the denominations and either form a new church body or continue a wing of the original de- nomination with a new name.” In Phila- delphia, the Presbyterian says, “‘ Let the Liber- als go out from all the denominations and form an organization of their own. These ration- alists usually talk about liberty and rights. Let them use their liberty to go!” With equal earnestness Professor Machen writes, “A separation between the two parties in the church is the crying need of the hour.” It is not the conservatives who should with- draw, he contends, and the reason, he tells us, “is found in the trust which the churches hold. That trust includes trust funds of the most definite kind. And contrary to what seems to be the prevailing opinion, we venture to regard a trust as a sacred thing. The funds of the evangelical churches are held under a very definite trust; they are committed to the various bodies for the propagation of the gos- pel as set forth in the Bible and in the confes- sions of faith. To devote them to any other purpose, even though that other purpose should be in itself far more desirable, would be a violation of trust.”’ The proper course of action, he goes on to say, “is perfectly open to the man who de- sires to propagate ‘liberal Christianity.’ Finding the existing evangelical churches to be bound up to a creed which he does not accept, he may either unite himself with some other existing body or else found a new body to suit himself.” That there are “certian obvious disadvantages in such a course,” Professor Machen admits; it would involve “the aban- donment of church buildings,” a “break in family traditions,” an “injury to sentiment of various kinds.” Moreover, “by with- drawing from the confessional churches— those churches which are founded upon a creed derived from Scripture—the liberal preacher would indeed sacrifice the oppor- tunity, almost within his grasp, of so obtain- ing control of those confessional churches as to change their fundamental character. The sacrifice of that opportunity would mean that the hope of turning the resources of the evangelical churches into Liberalism would be gone.” But the Professor hastens to con- sole the liberal by pointing out “one supreme The War in the Churches advantage” which “far overbalances all such dis- advantages.” This, he asserts, is “the advantage of honesty.” Though “the path of honesty in such matters may be rough and thorny, it can be trod.” Indeed, “‘it has already been trod—for example, by the Unitarian Church.””. Says Machen, “The Unitarian Church is frankly and honestly just the kind of church that the liberal preacher desires—namely, achurch without an authoritative Bible, without doctrinal requirements, and with- out a creed.” As the Professor as- sures us, “Liberalism would certainly not suf- fer in the end. The liberal preacher would obtain the full personal respect even of his op- ponents, and the whole discussion would be placed on higher ground. All would be straight- forward and above- board. And if Liberal- ism is true, the mere loss of physical resources vould not prevent it from making its way.” At the Unitarian House in Boston | ob- serve no preparations to accommodate a swarm of deported Liberals, nor do | find among Liberals any eagerness to surrender church property to the Fundamentalists. In the Liberal camp—trenches, | had almost said —l find a general expectation that the pre- dicted grand offensive will fail to eventuate. “There is great sound and fury signifying nothing,” I am told. “It will subside; even now it is subsiding.” Whereas Dr. W. B. Riley is not subsiding. Nor is Doctor Massee. Nor is Doctor Goodchild. Nor is Doctor has developed. PUpRytphet yng? © Underwood & Underwood CHRIST CHURCH, ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA George Washington attended this church, but since his day the war in the churches Differences in creed were originally the grounds for the breaking up of churches, and the division of congregations. Now evolution and related theories are causing the split Laws. Nor is Doctor Torrey. Nor is Pro- fessor Machen. Nor is Dean Gray. Nor is Mr. Bryan. Nor is Rev. J. Frank Norris. It was Norris who said to me at the very start of the first talk | had with him, “There is going to be a new denomination.” He named the three distinguished Fundamenta- lists who are about to organize it. Of the present denominations he said, “ We’re going to rip them up.” Soon—he named the time—the ripping will begin. Of the great schism that impends, he said, “It’s going to be a Bull Moose Bolt.” BROOKHART, HOWELL, AND “BROTHER CHARLEY” BRYAN The Radical Revolt in lowa and Nebraska By CHESTER H. ROWELL E most dramatic feature of last year’s political upheaval in the Western grain states was the con- spicuousness of the personalities affected. These may be “hick”’ states, far beyond the horizon of metropoli- tan interest, but their representatives have loomed large in the government of the Na- tion. The Senator defeated in North Dakota was Porter J. McCumber, chairman of the Senate’s most powerful committee. Frank B. Kellogg, defeated in Minnesota, was a national figure in or out of the Senate. Robert M. LaFollette, whose defeat the same move- ment prevented in Wisconsin, is the most distinguished leader of the radical movement. Albert B. Cummins, of lowa, chairman of the Interstate Committee and leader in railroad legislation, was, to be sure, not defeated, since it was not his year to stand for reélection, but his leadership was repudiated by the voters of his own state and he was given as a col- league the most rasping of all the radicals, pledged to undo the very policies which were Cummins’s life work. Gilbert M. Hitchcock, Democratic floor leader on war issues and foreign policies, was defeated in Nebraska. Not only did the radical movement make a clean sweep, but it swept very important personages. Previous articles have traced this move- ment through the more radical states con- stituting the Northern half of the group. In North Dakota, Minnesota, and Wisconsin, as we have seen, not only did the radicals win, but they smashed the traditional American party system. In the three states of the Southern half of the group the revolt was the same, but less iconeclastic peoples further from the centre of disturbance used the traditional tools in- stead of forging new ones. lowa, naturally the most conservative of all these states, elected the most aggressively radical Senator —but it elected him as a part of the regulai Republican ticket, and his opponent was a Democrat. In Nebraska the radical move- ment used both parties, capturing the Repub- lican nomination for Senator and the Demo- cratic nomination for Governor and electing both its candidates. There were of course local factors to confuse the simplicity of these generalizations. The demand for lower taxes went so far as to react against even roads and schools. The Ger- man vote, the World War, and prohibition played their rdle in Nebraska. But the com- mon bases of revolt were the low price of farm products and the high price of every- thing else; high interest, deflated credits, high freights, high taxes, and opposition to the Esch-Cummins Law, to the Federal Reserve Board, to ship subsidy, and to “ Wall Street”’ influences generally. Normally and traditionally lowa does not belong in the radical group. Its emer- gence into the radical foreground rests on the personal victory of one man—Senator Smith Brookhart—and on the conditions which made that victory possible. Woodrow Wilson’s “safe and sane lowa” and the boosters’ slogan “sure crop lowa’’ come to much the same thing. One who is sure of his living is rarely radical. If lowa farmers could be as sure of prices as they are of crops, they might vote the Republican ticket for- ever. It was prices that raised the havoc this time. lowa is perhaps the best example of that least typical thing in America, the “typical American” state. Its people are of the old stock, with some German and Scandinavian spots. There are few rich and few poor, but many able to go to Los Angeles even before they die. Practically every acre in lowa is arable and produces a good crop every year. It is doubtful if this can be said in equal degree of any other equal area on earth. Economically lowa is ? Brookhart, Howell, and ‘Brother Charley” Bryan gal a 2 paar 2 . ee ~ = Photograph by Louis Bostwick AN IOWA WHEATFIELD WHOSE OWNER PROBABLY VOTED FOR BROOKHART Senator Brookhart, the newly elected Iowa radical, outdoes R. B. Howell, the new Nebraska Senator, for Senator Howell although progressive and in favor of many policies not favored by conservatives, is not one of the La Follette group, while Brookhart is one of its most radical members unkillable. It may be deflated, but it can- not be collapsed. But deflated it was, spectacularly. Prices of farm products had been greatly inflated by the war. Money was plentiful and credit was too easy. Banks encouraged borrowing money to increase Liberty Bond purchases. Federal Reserve rediscounts made the very process of borrowing create the money to borrow. Prices of farm lands rose to impos- sible levels and everybody sought to increase his holdings, often pledging the old farm as well as the new as security. In consequence, much land is now going back to tenantry. And of course there was also much spending for a higher standard of living. The money of the fat years went into everything except reserve for the lean years. Even this could have been endured if it had not been for the swarm of “blue sky”’ swindlers who pounced on the state and took away two hundred mil- lion dollars in good lowa money. Then came the collapse, with no reserve to meet it and credit frozen, hitting the farmers harder than any other class. Inevitably, such an emergency finds political expression. Aside from the mere fact of revolt, its most significant effect was to bring economic issues to the foreground. BROOKHART NTO this situation comes Smith W. Brook- hart, “cowhide radical.’”’ Brookhart pro- claims that he was born in a log cabin in Missouri and lived in another in Minnesota. Anyhow he grew up a dirt farmer boy in lowa and still keeps close to the soil. He read law and has been practising it for nearly thirty years in Washington, a small town of less than 5,000 inhabitants, in the southeast part of the state. “A typical country lawyer,” a cynical critic described him, “one of the sort that files his papers in a barrel and chaws terbacker.”” He became interested early in life in farm codperation and “read up”’ on the Rochdale system. It is not related that he is otherwise much addicted to the reading habit. He got into rough and ready politics ! 480 and would have liked to go to Congress, but the Burlington railroad, which then ran the politics of his district, would not permit. In- stead of making his peace with the railroad and so achieving his ambition, he has fought it ever since. He joined the Cummins pro- gressive movement and became its leader in his corner of the state. Later he broke with Cummins on his railroad policies. Aside from this somewhat inconspicuous career, Brookhart has achieved one real dis- tinction. He is one of the best rifle shots in America. . He joined the lowa National Guard and became its champion marksman and its leader in rifle training. In the World War many European military authorities had concluded that infantry marksmanship is no longer of great importance, and when America entered the war some of our officers were in- clined to the same view. Brookhart went to Washington and “sold” the contrary idea to Secretary Baker. He was made chief in- structor in marksmanship at Camp Benning and Camp Perry schools, and doubtless thereby made a substantial contribution to American success in the war. When Senator A. B. Cummins came up for reélection in 1920 the regulars were inclined to let him have the nomination by default. But Brookhart, who does not suffer from bash- fulness and is no respecter of “ regular’? amen- ities, came out as an opposing candidate for the Republican nomination. There were rumors which it is not necessary to verify that he was brought out by the late James Pierce, radical farm journalist. He ran against Cummins largely on the issue of Commins’s famous railroad bill, and made in that conser- vative year the very respectable showing of 97,000 votes against Cummins’s_ 115,000. This made him the obvious leader of any radical movement which might follow at a later election. In this campaign of 1920 Brookhart exas- perated Cummins beyond measure by what Cummins styled his “ignorant’’ discussion of the railroad question. ‘“ Economic illiterate,” Cummins called him. But even that epithet is a tribute to the growing importance of econ- omic issues in politics. “Economic’’ was the sort of “illiteracy’’ that was considered a re- proach. Doubtless Brookhart knows even less of literature, art, and sciencethan Cummins thinks he does of economics, but there is no political offense in avowed ignorance of these Chester H. Rowell subjects. As to whether he really is an “econ- omic illiterate,” this is the judgment of an acute observer in Washington: “|. think he knows the economics of farm coéperation very well. On the rest he is a child—but he can learn.”’ Regularly there would not have been an- other senatorial election in lowa until 1924, but the resignation of Senator William S. Kenyon presented the opportunity two years earlier. Brookhart promptly announced his candidacy, and the lowa Old Guard tried every trick in the old game of politics to fore- stall him—everything except the only things that count in the new game. The only thing they omitted was to present a real leader with a real policy and a real appeal to the people. In fact, their chief effort was to keep the people from having anything to do with it. Everything was bungled. The first blunder was to give no outstanding leader the pres- tige of the temporary appointment. Gover- nor Nathan E. Kendall gave the appointment to Charles Rawson, Republican state chair- man and old-time “ regular,’ with the under- standing that he would be a candidate at the election. The next scheme was to prevent any choice at the primary, thereby throwing the nomination into a stacked convention. lowa has a “35 percent. law.”’ That is, if no candidate receives 35 per cent. of all the votes cast at primary there is no nomination, and the place is filled by a convention. So four harm- less candidates came out, to divide the vote and prevent a nomination. It soon became evident that they were fizzling, so grudging welcome was given to the last-minute candi- dacy of Clifford Thorne, former railroad com- missioner, a progressive and a man of ability and reputation. The only effect was to con- centrate support on Brookhart. He received nearly 42 per cent. of all the votes and was nominated. Thorne was a respectable sec- ond. The original lay figures were distanced. Then came the advantage or disadvantage of the partisan system. The convention, duly stacked, repudiated all of Brookhart’s policies, but it did not quite dare repudiate his can- didacy. In lowa all the nominations from Governor to Constable are on party tickets, so the politicians were all interested in the “straight ticket’’ tradition. They had to pre- tend to be for Brookhart—though the vote showed that somebody “knifed’’ him. The A CABBAGE diversification in politics. PATCH IN Corn is lowa’s staple crop, but the lowa farmer believes in diversification. IOWA Just at present he seems also to believe in Iowa has long been‘a Republican state but Senator Brookhart is not likely to be of much assistance in the purely Republican circles in the Senate, for his affiliations are with La Follette, Shipstead, et al, who are bound by no parties Democrats nominated Clyde L. Hering, a suc- cessful business man who had made a fortune as State agent for Ford cars. Brookhart was elected by 161,918 majority, while Governor Kendall, conservative, was reélected by 244,383. Brookhart’s election is only for the two years of Kenyon’s unexpired term. So the important question is whether he can be el- ected again next year. This perhaps accounts in part for the assertive course and good press- agenting by which he has achieved quick no- tice in the Senate. Brookhart has become news in many ways, ranging all the way from cowhide boots and no dinner coat to leading the filibuster against the ship subsidy bill. Then he went to Europe to study coéperation, and learn even more about his hobby, Roch- dale merchandizing. We shall hear more of him, on this and other subjects. The general opinion in lowa is that his re- election is probable. ‘“Brookhart could be beaten,” said the veteran “Lafe’’ Young ‘ paradoxically, “except that those who could beat him can’t get the votes.”’ Which strictly speaking means nothing and yet expresses the practical situation very vividly. There is no unity or resourcefulness of leadership on the conservative side. The very complete- ness of the party organization defeats its own end. With all the offices partisan, all the politicians are interested in party solidarity, and Brookhart being an “in,” elected as the regular candidate of the party, the system is self-inhibited from opposing him effectively. There is no way to “draft’’ a strong candidate, and none—-or too many—may volunteer. NEBRASKA HEN we come to Nebraska we find a more radical state producing less rad- ical revolt by party methods intermediate be- tween the orthodoxy of lowa and the unortho- doxy of the North. The radicals won both the Senator and the Governor, but they elec- ted one as a Republican and the other as a 482 Democrat. This involved in the Senatorship, in a year of generally anti-Republican revolt, defeating a democratic Senator, Gilbert N. Hitchcock and substituting a Republican, but it was the same forces, merely using the party machinery in the .opposite direction. The new Senator, R. B. Howell, however, unlike Frazier, Shipstead, and Brookhart, is an ad- vanced progressive rather than a radical, and his personality does not shock the traditions. He is an educated gentleman of ability and means, and is nearer the traditional Senatorial type. The local election for Governor in Neb- raska is also of national interest, chiefly on ac- count of the interesting personality and possi- ble future importance of the new Governor, Charles W. Bryan, “Brother Charley,” brother of the perennial “W.]J.” Nebraska is interesting, too, as the best example of Townley’s Non-Partisan League policy of “boring in” to both the old parties. Instead of third-party action, the League endorsed Bryan, Democrat, for Governor, and Howell, Republican, for Senator and thereby largely exempted them both from discussing radical or League issues. They knew they had its support (and it theirs) anyway. Both candidates were elected by unprecedented majorities, Howell by 72,085 and Bryan by 46,365. The League had lived up to its name of “non-partisan” and had vindicated by success its policy of “ boring in”’ both ways. This election also marked the reconciliation of the ancient feud between William J. Bryan and Senator Hitchcock, which had long divided Nebraska democracy. The Demo- cratic party had first become numerically formidable in Nebraska when Hitchcock won over the German voter to himself by going “wet,” but of course Bryan had opposed him on this, as he did on women suffrage and other matters. The Germans had remained Dem- ocrats with Hitchcock on his bill proposing an embargo on the export of arms early in the World War and with Wilson on_ his “kept us out of war,” but they now repudiated both, on war issues, and were violent Repub- licans again. But now, in the interest of the holy cause of party harmony, and incidentally of “Brother Charley,” Bryan and Hitchcock patched up a compromise. Hitchcock an- nounced that while he had originally opposed both the Eighteenth and Nineteenth amend- ments, he now accepted them as accomplished facts and would support them in every way. Chester H. Rowell This impeccably correct logical policy ap- parently aliented both wets and drys (whose specialty is not logic) but it won him William J. Bryan, who came into the state and cam- paigned for him. ; HOWELL R. B. Howell, the new Senator, has an in- teresting history. A graduate of the United States Naval Academy in the class of 1885, he served two years in the Navy, and served also as a naval officer in the Spanish-American War and as a naval reserve officer in the World War. Leaving the Navy with impaired health, he first studied law in Detroit and then went West in search of a safer climate. He found it, and health, in Omaha where he has been ever since. He practised civil en- gineering and went into the real estate and brokerage business, at which he acquired a competency. He was state engineer of Ne- braska, city engineer of Omaha, member of the Nebraska State Senate, member of the water board of Omaha since 1904, and since 1912 water commissioner of that city and manager of its public utilities. In 1914 he was Repub- lican nominee for Governor, but was defeated. For the last ten years he has been Republican National Committeeman. Altogether, it will be seen, a long and creditable career of public service. But chiefly, Howell has been known as an advocate and administrator of municipally owned public works. As State Senator he secured the legislation which, after long liti- gation, secured Omaha in the municipal owner- ship of its water works, and since its establish- ment he has been the manager of that plant. In 1918 the gas plant was also taken over and he became manager of that. A municipal ice plant has been run as an incidental feature. He has also favored a municipal electric plant, but has as yet only succeeded in beating down the rates of the private companies. In the business management of all these enter- prises he has had marked success, and he has been leading advocate in Nebraska of the policy which they embody. When Senator Gilbert M. Hitchcock’s term expired in 1922, Howell became a candidate for the Republican and Hitchcock of course for the Democratic nomination. The pri- mary canvass of both of them was more like a Chautauqua stunt than a political campaign. Neither of them discussed issues. Howell Brookhart, Howell, and ‘Brother Charley” Bryan A WHEATFIELD IN THE ELKHORN VALLEY IN NEBRASKA A good yield, important as that is, is not all the farmer desires, for a good yield when prices are low and the demand is light helps him very little. The Elkhorn Valley has been through periods of agricultural difficulties before. In 1893 many farmers burned corn in their stoves because it could be sold for so little, and in the ’seventies land was so cheap that forty acres, near where this photograph was taken, was traded for a silver watch. The defeat of Senator Hitchcock was due at least partly to the farmers’ discontent talked almost entirely about radio. He was a “radio bug’’ and had been appointed chair- man of the Radio Service Commission of the United States. -Hitchcock lectured on an in- ternational banking scheme which he had sponsored. Issues did not emerge until the campaign for the final election. However, the stunt did bring out audiences and enabled the candidates to get in personal touch with the people. Howell had four Republican opponents, only two of whom, however—A. W. Jeffries, Old Guard Republican, and Clarence A. Davis, extreme “dry,” received substantial votes. Howell received the plurality and was nomin- ated. Then the real contest began. Howell had the advantage in putting Hitchcock on the defensive. Howell, as an outsider, could simply oppose the Esch-Cummins railroad bill while Hitchcock, being in office, had to ex- plain why as a practical matter he had voted for it, even though he objected to the same features that Howell criticized. The argu- ment on the Federal Reserve degenerated into a partisan “passing the buck’’ as to which party was responsible for its iniquities. However, the real issues did not need much discussion. Howell had already arranged for the Non-Partisan League support by an understanding with its leaders two years be- fore. He had the workingmen on his public ownership record. Hitchcock could not hold his wets on the Bryan compromise, and such of them as were Germans he had already lost by his good war record. The bloc votes were mostly for Howell. And it was a bad year for “ins,” whether Republicans or Dem- ocrats. So R. B. Howell, left-wing Republican en- dorsed by the radicals, was elected United States Senator. He is a municipal-ownership man, but on state and national ownership he has a different view. He would not have gen- 484 eral governmental ownership of utilities un- less as a last resort. He does not believe in regulated monopoly, either public or private. His remedy is competition. He would have public service commissions fix only a maxi- mum rate, below which companies could com- pete. Then he would have the Government purchase or build a few competing lines and “operate them for blood,” to squeeze the in- flated valuations out of the others. “ BROTHER CHARLEY” HE local contest for Governor of Ne- braska is chiefly interesting on account of the personality of Charles W. Bryan, the successful candidate. “Brother Charley” is an interesting character. He used to keep a cigar store in Omaha, and in appearance and manner he would not seem incongruous behind a cigar counter now. He will sit on his desk, with his hat on, in the Governor’s office, and talk to you with the utmost nat- uralness. There is of course a family re- semblance to his more famous brother, but the type is different. He is roundfaced, with a bristly gray moustache and bright, alert eyes, that miss nothing. In fact his mind misses nothing. He has an almost detective faculty of keeping track of the small things about everybody’s life and doings, and he has a photographic mind which retains the image of anything, even an elaborate table of figures, that he has once seen. He is quick and informal in speech, with none of the orator’s elaborateness of manner, but he knows ex- pertly how to “sell” an idea to a crowd. Though a man of strictly correct habits and life, he has not his brother’s Puritan mind. He is not an active church member, and his opposition to liquor is based rather on its public injuriousness than on its personal sin- fulness. He is a strictly practical politician, who likes the game and plays it expertly. He has been his brother’s adviser in the whole organization aspect of politics and the active manager of his Nebraska contests. When William J. Bryan came back to Lin- coln from the “Cross of Gold”’ campaign of 1896 he found himself with not much left of the election except a pile of 186,000 unan- swered letters and telegrams. Determined to answer them all he brought Brother Charley from the Omaha cigar store and made him his correspondence secretary. Charley organized a corps of stenographers Chester H. Rowell and turned out a letter a minute, eight hours a day, for a year and a half, until the job was done. By that time Brother Charley was in touch, personally or by correspondence, with practically every important Democratic poli- tician in the country, and he has been deep in the game ever since. When the Commoner was started, Brother Charley became its manager, and ran it with a large staff, part of whose duties were journalistic and the rest political. “W. J.,” from Florida or wherever he may be, sends in signed political paragraphs and a series of “ Bible talks,” but otherwise he has ordinarily no direct hand in getting out the paper. It is a curious publication, whose readers must like it or they would not con- tinue to take it. Let it be hoped that they take the “Bible talks” more seriously than the preposterous quack-medicine advertise- ments alongside them. From 1901 when the Commoner was founded until 1916, Charles W. Bryan was constantly in politics in Nebraska and behind the scenes in his brother’s campaigns, but was never in office. Then he was elected Mayor and afterward City Commissioner of Lincoln under a new charter. He claimed the mayoralty that time, as having received the highest vote, but his fellow-commissioners made him commissioner of streets and alleys instead. He put through by picturesque meth- ods a municipal coal yard, on the model of one in Omaha. The other commissioners did not favor the bill, so he got petitions signed with sufficient names to recall them, kept the peti- tions in his pocket, and used them as a big stick to compel the passage of the bill. He also used a petition for a municipal ice plant as a club to drive down the price of ice. These things, in addition to any other vir- tues, were good campaign thunder, and when the campaign of 1922 came on Brother Charley had no difficulty in securing the Democratic nomination for Governor and the Non-Partisan League endorsement. The Republican nominee, Charles H. Ran- dall, was a conservative of the extreme type, president of the State Bankers’ Association and author in the legislature of some unpopu- lar taxation bills. The defeat of such a man as Randall, in a radical year, was a foregone conclusion. The only possible obstacle was the old Bryan-Hitchcock feud, and that, as we have seen, was settled. Brookhart, Howell, and ‘Brother Charley” Bryan DRY FARMING IN WESTERN NEBRASKA Conditions in western Nebraska and in the eastern part of the state are very different. In the west “dry” farming and irrigation are necessary. In the east neither is in use. But the same political discontent was apparent all over the state, nor did parties have much to do with it, fora Democratic Senator was defeated by a Republican at the same time that a Republican was defeated for governor by a Democrat The economy issue took on an interesting form in Nebraska. The outgoing Governor, S. R. McKelvie, on a trip to Chicago early in his term had met Governor Lowden of Illinois, and became interested in Lowden’s reorgani- zation of the government of Illinois. There were constitutional difficulties in Nebraska, but good lawyers devised for McKelvie a “code commission” bill which they thought was valid. Theoretically, this should have been a meas- ure of efficiency and economy, and perhaps it was. That is now the subject of violent con- troversyin Nebraska. But coincident withthe adoption of the “code”’ system taxes went up. Most of them, to be sure, were local city and county taxes, but Nebraska is not the only state in which the voters punish the Gov- ernor for the wrongs committed by their own neighbors whom they have elected and reélect supervisors. But, as so often happens in American politics, the people chose an executive on a legislative issue and simultaneously elected a legislature to prevent that legislation. The explanation seems to be that the Governor is a general candidate, elected on general issues, while each legislator is a local candidate, elected because he is a friend and neighbor, or for some other personal or local reason. So a Democratic Governor was elected to destroy the code system and a Republican legislature was chosen at the same election to prevent him from doing so. Once more the service of the party system in confusing instead. of clarifying issues is manifested. The story of the deadlock and subsequent events in the local contest would lead us too far afield. Its only popular importance is in the fact that a situation which first made a picturesquely interesting character, a brother of W. J. Bryan, Governor of Ne- braska may also make him United States Senator. THE THREE PER CENT. LOAN SWINDLE A Heartless Scheme by Which Needy Borrow- ers are Mulcted for Loans They Never Get By JOHN R. GREGORY HE publicity given oil promotion schemes within recent months might lead the casual reader to suspect that all the snares being set to-day by the up-to-date trickster must be baited with oil. He might go farther than this and suspect, too, now that the oil scheme is pilloried once and for all, that publicity of the right sort has served its pur- pose, and settle down in the belief that here- after the little fellow’s savings will be safe. True, oil profits, real and imaginary, have always been the greatest lure, but as there are schemers without number, so are there an infinite variety of schemes. Let us forget for a moment the expected oil gusher and the gushing promoter, and consider, for instance, the three per cent. loan scheme. This scheme recognizes and plays upon the home-building and home-owning instinct which is as old as the race. It is directed to the giver and wearer of the engagement ring, to the widow whose rent has been raised, to the old man whose ill health is a warning that he must soon retire. It will aid the first to begin a career and the last to round off one. It will do this by solving, in what mysterious fashion let us see, the difficulty of having and maintaining a home. This scheme, unlike many, was not born in any one brain. It is a development, an improved-upon thing which can be tracked through the Post Office Department archives for years past. Stated simply, a cut-throat contract binds the victim to pay $10 per month per $1,000 desired, and to continue this for eight years, and if every single thing goes well, and if the insiders decide that embezzlement is not the safest way to wealth, he becomes eligible for a loan some time during this long period of waiting—and the loan will be at the rate of three per cent. The con- tract out of which the “eligible” can under favorable conditions squeeze a loan, is a veritable masterpiece of complicated phrase- ology. If the proverbial Philadelphia lawyer . did not have a hand in framing it, he at least would have to be called upon to interpret its involved and tortured phrases. Through the work of post office inspectors O. B. Williamson, William J. Marles, and John Welborn, the promoters of one of the biggest of the three per centers—the Codperative League of America—recently came to grief. By arresting Sg J. Bovard of Pittsburgh, and Morton S . Hawkins of Portland, Indiana, they brought to an end the career of two of the most curious characters who within the last seven years have risen and prospered in that crazy world of unsound finance. Since 1916 Bovard has been the dominant figure in the League’s affairs, and from his palatial offices in the Standard Life Building in Pittsburgh, has written more than twenty million dollars worth of business. His contracts—the cut- throat kind of all three per centers—went to almost ridiculous lengths to make it legally safe for the insiders; and after placing all the risk the traffic would bear on the prospective borrower, forgot to safeguard the accumu- lating cash by providing a reserve to use in carrying on the future business. This may not be one of the reasons why Judge Anderson of Indianapolis placed such assets as could be found in the hands of a receiver, but it gave color to the inspectors’ claim that any finan- cial concern which has to depend upon future income in order to be able to carry out exist- ing obligations is headed straight for disaster. The League has two funds. The first is to provide for expenses of the several kinds, and is generous enough under any prudent man- agement, because it was created by taking from every investor all of his first four pay- ments and ten per cent. of the next five. The second fund the trustees promised to guard sacredly. Out of it the three per cent. loans were to be made. It was made up of ninety per cent. of the fifth to the ninth payment inclusive, and all the others the investor Sa WH me OD | VS GO 3 « The Three Per Cent. Loan Swindle 487 could be persuaded to make. This fund went under the euphonious name of the “Trust Estate” and the contract holder was led to believe that it was only a question of months when it would be apportioned as loans among those who had helped to create it. According to the records now held in Indianapolis by Reily C. Adams, the receiver, the League has done business with more than 9,000 people. These are scattered over a dozen different states, but the heaviest business was drawn from New York, Penn- sylvania, Ohio, and Illinois. By one of the curious clauses in the League’s contract, these people, for exploitation purposes, were divided into groups, $100,000 worth of contract holders to the group. Each group was called a series and the members of each, after the heavy toll had been taken for the general expense fund, were made to finance each other, that is, the series, with no outside aid, provided the money to lend to the series mem- bers. The insiders—the three trustees—had nothing to do but preside over this interesting performance, passing out favors according to their individual whim and drawing splen- did salaries, aggregating for the three, about $27,000 a year. THE USE OF THE SERIES FEATURE HE series feature gave the League insiders endless trouble, because the privilege of re- ceiving a loan, valuable or not, as one may view it, was not distributed equally, and could not be. Priority of position, de- termined by the day, hour, and minute of signing a contract, was the main thing. The “early bird catches the worm’’ principle governed. Theoretically, at least, Contract holder No. 1 would be eligible for his loan one hundred times quicker than Contract holder No. 100, and between the first and last were a thousand difficulties never dreamed of by the prospective borrower. These slowed up the clumsy process. For example, there was the “grace” clause in case the payer became sick or disabled, the “option in event of death” clause, and the fatal “forfeiture” clause, under which the trustees gathered in all payments made as liquidated damages for non-performance of the terms which re- quired the contract holder never to give up but to pay monthly for one hundred months if the exigencies of his case should require this. These contingencies not only affected the individual but affected the whole series to which he belonged, so that each member was bound for good or ill. by whatever hap- pened to his fellows. The more forfeitures the more money for the insiders, and the slower the eligibility for the honest payer of dues. During the years when the scheme was still young—and during the months when Bovard knew the end was in sight—the newspapers of the country carried the same appeal. In the Pittsburgh Press of April 15, 1923, an adver- tisement cries out: “ Homeseekers Attention!” And then below the cut of three beautiful bungalows, Bovard unfolds his plan: You start with just monthly payments, accumulate the equity, we finance the balance on easy monthly payments at the lowest possible interest rates, with ten years to repay, liberal suspension for sickness and misfortune. The payer of monthly dues first senses his danger when one delay in getting.a loan fol- lows another. The glib agent, working for the first rake-off, told the first lie. He gave his worthless word that contracts matured early, said there would be no long waiting for customers of his—he saw personally to that important feature. And the deal would be closed—closed more because of this assur- ance than any other single thing. Let us see what happens: When the victim of this trickery writes to the company and asks the reason for it all, he gets a stock reply reading like this: Referring to your request for information regarding the standing of your contract, beg to advise that there are $39,000 worth of contracts ahead of yours, and on account of their position, we cannot make a definite statement as to when it will mature. It is, however, progressing nicely. In replying, refer to Information Department. The disappointment of the prospective borrower may make him persistent, and the downright promise of the agent may lead him to consult an attorney. The so-called Infor- mation Department, which gives no infor- mation, is ready for that. This Department, consisting of a stenographer armed with a lot of stock paragraphs, simply copies the one which invokes a clause hidden away among the small type on the last page of the contract. The clause reads in this wise: I accept the terms and conditions of this contract, 488 John R. and I make this application solely upon them and not upon the faith of any statement, promise, undertaking, or guarantee on the part of said solicitor or any other persons. Thus the attorney is stopped and Bovard has scored his first victory. He has demonstrated the wisdom of making a defense before being accused. Roland Robbins taught him this, for an agent’s lie was the rock upon which his Standard Home Company broke and foundered. THE TRUST AGREEMENT HE whole mischief-making scheme was operated under a Trust Agreement and Declaration of Trust created and declared October 2, 1916, and is of record in Miscella- neous Docket, Vol. 4., p. 272 of the Recorder’s Office in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. The agreement makes the League for all time the property of ten men, and denies to the thousands of contract holders, who supply the funds, the slightest voice in its manage- ment. They can be sold out, traded out, or worn out as Bovard and his two fellow trustees may desire. The part they are to play is set out with all needed particularity in the individual contract. From it one might easily infer that an ideal contract holder is one who pays promptly, who waits hopefully, and who, while paying and waiting, never doubts that the total stranger to whom he has entrusted his savings will deal honestly with him. Of course, he must not be curious and must never suspect that he is completely delivered into the hands of his enemies by that all inclusive clause of the Agreement reading as follows: Whereas, in order that the plan as proposed in the said contracts in said series or in other or future series of contracts may be pursued, carried on and concluded for the benefit of said parties of the first part, it is necessary that the said organization contracts, plan and business be delivered, turned over to and operated by the trustees X X X. How tragic and how heartless the whole thing is! The politician need give no heed because but few votes are jeopardized. The prosecuting officer need not bestir himself because public sentiment is not prodding him. What then, is to be done? Simply strive to quicken the conscience of our public officials by fearlessly exposing the maker of schemes, and bring to those in authority a Gregory fuller realization that laws are for the pro- tection of the weak and helpless and not a shield behind which the cunning rascal can lay in wait. Here isa letter written recently to an officer whose duty it is to enforce the law: I have written to the Coéperative League asking for a cash settlement and they will not answer. I wrote and told them I was going to report to the Government if they did not, but they failed. When I took the contract with the League, the agreement said at a certain period of time you could get the contract value if wanted. I have paid my pay- ments all through the mail. I have paid $100.15. | am a widow with two children and feel that I have certainly been wronged by the company. They do not answer my mail, only at first. Bovard’s League was running smoothly enough about the time the Blue Sky laws in some of the States were beginning to prove effective. State officials in Illinois and Minne- sota, acting on authority conferred by these laws, insisted on intimate details. Bovard successfully answered all questionnaires from these and other sources, and it was thought for a time that he could quiet all suspicion. One thing happened, however, which may well be regarded as the beginning of the end. The League’s agent in Cleveland ran afoul of Ohio’s lottery law. A trial followed and League money poured into the State to de- fend the accused agent. But despite all efforts, the agent was convicted and the judgment affirmed by the Ohio Court of Appeals for the Eighth circuit. The attorney representing the League’s agent, relying on that clause in the contract which fixes the applicant’s position in a series by the exact time of signing, argued that by this the ele- ment of chance was eliminated. He urged that chance, one of the three elements of a lottery, must depend upon a “subsequent event”? and not so depending in this case, there could be no lottery. The Supreme Court of Missouri, in recently deciding the fate of another of the three percenters, fol- lowed the Ohio Court, and took occasion to refer to this sophistry by saying that to hold such a view would be to say that the Louisi- ana Lottery could “still operate under our law by the simple device of determining the winning numbers first, keeping them secret, and then selling chances based upon corre- . spondence of ticket numbers already drawn, but kept secret from the ticket buyers.” The Three Per Cent. Loan Swindle The lottery decision dealt the League a knock-out blow in Ohio. Thereafter the Pennsylvania State Banking Commissioner gave it a little closer scrutiny. He claimed to be without authority to close its doors, but in December, 1921, required the three trus- tees to deposit with the state $100,000 as a guarantee that the business would be fairly administered. This ruling, mild as it was, created a difficult problem for Bovard. The expense fund would not stand the strain, for at the time it was greatly depleted, due to wastage, and the legal controversies waged in so many places. If the trust fund should be encroached upon, what of the repeated pledges and the ability to make future loans? Only a promoter seeking the easiest way out and not the honest way could find a solution. What did these insiders do? Made the books to show that the trust fund loaned the expense fund the needed amount, and the trust fund, which in a final analysis means the monthly payer of dues, gets the |. O. U. of an empty cash box. Meanwhile the prospective home builder wonders why his loan is so long de- layed. ENTER MORTON S. HAWKINS N_ 1922, the unsoundness of the loan plan began to tell on the three per centers the country over. To avert disaster a National Association of Home Loan Insti- tutions was formed and its representatives met in St. Louis in the spring of that year. Over thirty-six companies joined the move- ment. Defensive measures were proposed and a concerted effort made to save the three per cent. idea. But it required more than the genius of Bovard to avert the storm. Then chance or fate or whatever it is that some- times comes to a man who is groping, inter- vened, and Morton S. Hawkins crossed Bovard’s path. This gentleman’s concep- tion of how to effect a complete clean up, and his adroitness at side-stepping the conse- quences, at once threw the spot light on “The House of Hawkins.” Hawkins’s instrumentality is the chattel mortgage, and his benevolent purpose, which we discover by analyzing his attractive come- on literature, is to put a “loan shark”’ office in three hundred towns and villages. He has actually established some forty of these insti- tutions in eight of the states, so that country folk now, as well as New York and Chicago 489 unfortunates, can enjoy the privilege of pay- ing twenty-five to thirty per cent. for a chattel loan. Nothing suggestive ofa shark or of that animal’s well known_ proclivities, ‘ how- ever, can be seen about one of these places: Even the name sounds right: “ Welfare Loan Society.”’” Each of the so-called societies is an independent corporation in name, but each in fact wears the chains of the “House of Hawkins.” Fifty-one per cent. of the capi.al stock of each is given the “ House’”’ for a filing system, a plan of business, and the like, and the remaining 49 per cent. of each is sold, or at least offered for sale, to the incautious public as a safe investment, yielding 8 per cent. The “House,” which is Hawkins him- self and his two associates, Anthony A. Scheib and Carl B. Anderson, operates as. the Hawkins Mortgage Company, and in a finan- cial statement issued as of June 30, 1922, this company held stock in the societies, “exclusive of Louisiana,” which Hawkins had nerve enough to value at $7,613,000. Im- pressive figures. The public, as every pro- moter knows, likes to dream in terms of millions, but is slow to learn that Hawkins and his kind have nothing more substantial to offer than a dream. Each society’s 49 per cent. of capital stock was offered for sale to supply money to loan, and the lying Hawkins’s salesman, using mathematics which cannot lie, demonstrated clearly that the earning power of the invest- ment would be high. Now, provide safety and the argument is complete. Here is the Hawkins method of doing this, quoted from a pamphlet of his entitled A PUBLIC SPIRITED ENTERPRISE WITH PROF- ITS FOR YOU: Hawkins Mortgage Company—Guarantee Bond— Guaranteed That the Welfare Loan Society in which stock is purchased will be efficiently man- aged; that it will pay a dividend of eight per cent. and back of the Bond are the entire resources, capital, surplus, and profits of the Hawkins Mort- gage Company amounting to $9,000,000. These were reckless promises. the societies were operated at a loss, and many more failed to yield a profit for a year, sometimes two years, after being opened. And here was a promise to pay dividends from the beginning, and to keep everlastingly at it, even though it took the entire capital Many of of the Hawkins Mortgage Company. the scheme was turning in a circle. But Hawkins 490 John R. Mortgage Company stock had to be sold so that dividends could be paid on Welfare Society stock, and the dividends had to be paid on this stock so that the Hawkins Mort- gage Company would appear prosperous, so that more of its stock could be sold to pay more dividends on Welfare Loan stock. Hawkins’s predicament resembled that of the Yankee farmer who had to raise more corn to get more strength to dig more clams, with- out which he would be entirely too weak to raise more corn. So when Morton S. Hawkins crossed the path of Harry J. Bovard two things were obvious: Something had to be done for the Hawkins Mortgage Company and some- thing had to be done with the Codperative League of America; and it is to be regretted that there is no available record of what these two financial wizards said when they first met and took counsel together. AN UNSUCCESSFUL EFFORT NE thing we doknow: Earlyin February, 1923, the contract holder, still waiting for his loan, received a letter the contents of which startled him. It bore the familiar name of Bovard, and, as always, began, Dear Friend’’; but no greeting, however soft, could soften the fact that the whole business of the Codéperative League has stopped—stopped, Bovard said, “on account of adverse agitation and rulings.”” He added: We have spent considerable time and thought trying to work out a plan and we have been fortunate in securing a favorable offer from the Hawkins Mortgage Company of Portland, Indiana, to exchange their stock to contract hold- ers, giving you thereby the amount paid in by. you and allowing you to pay out in full if you desire on the same terms and receive their stock there- for. A storm of protest followed which neither Bovard nor Hawkins could ignore. Then came the retraction of February 12th, spon- sored by Hawkins, Scheib, and Anderson, as the new trustees: You may have gotten the impression that an at- tempt was being made to substitute—without your consent—something else for your contract rights. However, nothing of the kind was being attempted nor even thought of. It was all a mistake of an Indianapolis printer, these gentlemen explained. The careless fellow had misunderstood instructions. The Gregory alarming news, which meant nothing if not insolvency, was intended for another 3 per center, then being given the Hawkins treat- ment, a Saint Louis concern, the United Home Builders of America. This was a desperate game. As trustee, Hawkins held in trust the money of the League and the League’s mortgages. How to get unrestricted possession of both was the prob- lem. The advertising campaign, crude, awk- wardly managed, but with an eye always on the main chance, was the play for the con- tract equities which controlled the money. Scare them, trade with them, and then under guise of befriending them, get hold of the contracts, and while the dupes are despair- ingly signing the bright yellow “Certificate of Rights,” plunge into more Welfare Loan Societies with the money thus secured by trick and artifice. What other conclusion can be drawn from his numerous appeals? Part of the funds needed by these institutions, he says, “will be secured from the proceeds, when available, of contract equities ex- changed for Trust Certificates of this com- pany.” In time we may expect to hear in open court the completed story of the looting of the League, for the inspectors are still on the job, Postmaster General New has declared that hereafter stealing from the poor is to be made an extra hazardous calling, and a United States Attorney has signified his willingness to begin a criminal prosecution. Not only have Hawkins and Bovard been arrested, but Scheib and Anderson also. Later warrants were served on Charles E. Succop-and John A. Clark of Pittsburgh, Bovard’s partners in the deal, and these six promoters will await, under heavy bond, the action of a United States Grand Jury. These and the other Wallingfords of the underworld of business, masquerading as financiers, annually take their toll of millions; and statistics show that the supply of new and unsuspecting victims keeps pace with the constant and growing demand. The public can well afford to be grateful to that corps of post office inspectors who will not cease their vigil; to a Postmaster General who will not lay aside that effective instrumentality, the fraud order; and to a United States Attorney who will not dull the cutting edge of a crimi- nal statute under which the home wrecker can be so effectively punished for his crimes. WILD HUMOR AT THE ANTIPODES “The Monetization of Celluloid” and “The Anting-Anting”’ By SYDNEY NE of the useful adjuncts of civil- ization that we established at Bongao was a full-fledged can- teen. The sale of beer and wines to the “brutal soldiery”’ was permitted in those days, and the supply of these beverages and of the many small articles used by soldiers, formed quite a volume of business. The large percentage of this business was carried on credit, orders for merchandise being issued during the month and paid for on the arrival of the paymaster, on one of his occasional visits. We had no printing press at Bongao, and no regular way in which credit slips for stated amounts could be issued to the troops, and later be collected and paid for. Under these circumstances, my mind hark- ened back to a beloved and much used set of poker chips. These had been given to me by a member of the Bohemian Club of San Francisco, and consisted not only of the usual reds, whites, and blues, but also included greens, yellows, and browns, and in such numbers that they were sufficient to cover all the denominations of Mexican currency, from whites at five cents up to greens at twenty dollars. They had been used in the early days after the capture of Manila, and in fact, had been embalmed in many of the memories of those stormy times. | remember that on February 4, 1899, the night the insur- rection broke out, a jolly party, consisting of Crowder, Hasbrouck, Hann, Martin, Jim Carlin, and myself, were the active partici- pants in a game at the Army and Navy Club. As the game progressed in the dim watches of the night, we could hear the distant roar of the fire crackers with which the Chinese New Year’s was celebrated. Finally Hann walked out upon the balcony, but soon returned, a little gray about the mouth, and with the sen- sational announcement, “ Boys, those are not fire crackers. They are Krag Jorgensens!”’ This was received with growls of, “Sit down and play your hand. What are you talking about?’”’ He replied, “The insurrection has A. CLOMAN broken out! Those are American rifles out at Santa Mesa. Come out on the balcony where the air can strike your ears and you will be convinced.” Everyone left the table and in a few minutes more came piling back into the room. Ah, then and there was hurrying to and fro. Coats and revolver belts were hurried on and no one thought of the poker game—with the exception of my- self. For the first time in ten days I was a winner, so | seated myself at the table and made a hasty calculation of the piles of chips. “Charlie, you owe me thirty-four dollars,” howled | to Martin as he disappeared down the stairway. “Go to the devil!’’ was his sympathetic reply. “Bunker, you owe me fifty-three dollars,” howled | at Hann. “I call it off,” he replied. “Our men are being fired on. This is no time for foolishness.” Similar replies were given by the other par- ticipants in the game, until Crowder and | who had come together, hastily steered our way to the waiting carriage. We were on the staff and so proceeded through the darkness to Malacanan palace, the home of General Otis. I have never seen a darker night in Manila, and of course we knew the signal had been given for the massacre of all Americans. We leaned forward in our carriage with our revolvers in hand, and dashed through the dark streets. We did not know the reason for the delay in the massacre. Finally, an- other carriage swung in front of us at high speed, containing Colonel Colton, the Collec- tor of Customs, and Captain Pegram Whit- worth. Just at this time, a white figure dashed out of the darkness and jumped on the steps of Colton’s carriage. At once the revolvers spoke and we could distinctly see three streams of fire enter the white chest. Instantly we stopped the carriage and ran forward to find that the Filipino had been killed in his tracks. We thought then that the worst had happened and that the ris- ing against the Americans was_ universal. Strange to say, this was the only murderous attempt made during the night by a civilian. a Sydney A. Cloman SITANKAI ISLAND The southernmost inhabited island of the Philippines, and one of the group of which Colonel Cloman was the governor We found the staff at Malacanan with General Otis, and | remained there all night. Early the next morning the General directed me to get my horse, and beginning on the bay shore near Malate, to ride around the American lines, and see that proper provision had been made to bring forward stores and feed the men. Near Singalon, | ran across the 14th Infantry, which had just had a fight and lost a great many men. _ I soon spotted Hasbrouck. He had placed his company in a shelter trench and was boldly exposing himself under fire, while walking up and down on top of the trench. Twice | pulled him down, and begged him not to thus expose himself while he owed me eighty dollars. | pleaded with him to take shelter and attempt no further deeds of derring-do while his poker debt was thus unpaid, and it was only after some time spent in eloquent protest that | felt safe to go and finish my errand. We both ended the day safely, and it was not long be- fore the payment of the eighty dollars re- stored my confidence in my kind. During the rigors of the campaign in Luzon the poker chips were unused, and now reposed at Bongao in my spare baggage. They turned out to be just what was necessary for canteen checks, and soon several hundred dollars of them were doing their respectable duty. Both the soldiers and the natives allowed this new American coinage to take its place in their economic life, and as is usual, in such cases, the higher priced chips began to be hoarded by the chiefs. I issued orders re- garding turning them in, but this simply con- firmed them in the belief that the celluloid was very precious, and it became evident that large numbers of chips were being buried. | had a conference with the chiefs and warned them that on my departure from the island, the chips would not be worth anything and asked them to turn them in without delay. The more | asked for them, the deeper the owners dug, and when | finally left the group of islands the canteen was the richer by more than six hundred dollars of unredeemed poker chips. I have always expected a bloody war to be declared when these were disinterred and the commanding officer at Bongao would not know what they were talking about when they presented them for payment. I have often given this as an example of High Finance, and it has always seemed to me probable that Bryan with his “16 to 1”’ was not entirely an idiot, if | could thus monetize celluloid. This was a favorite story of both President Roosevelt and President Taft. Wild Humor at the Antipodes THE ANTING-ANTING N THIS chapter will be found all the ele- ments of real romance ;—a hero (fat), vast wealth ($130 Mex.), two villains (the China- man and myself) and fourteen heroines. To begin with, when | left San Francisco for the Philippines on May 25, 1898, | was presented, by a charming lady, with a bangle containing a four-leaf clover. If | remember rightly, there was some conversation about wearing it on my bosom forever. What happened was that its horizon was thereafter limited to a box containing shirt studs, a couple of trunk keys and some odd trousers’ buttons. But | was a very busy man. In Malay-land the charm or anting-anting is a very important article and no man is without one. | have looked them over and found them to consist of bits of everything from a plain pebble to a bag of what appeared to be bone meal. The only thingin common seemed to be—whether from long use or the nature of the object—that they all smelled just alike. Now be it known that Datto Tanton had an anting-anting of most wonderful power. Soon after my arrival | heard of it, and | noted that when any of his people spoke of his wonderful successes and escapes, the anting- anting always was brought forward as the ultimate explanation thereof. It was no absurdity. To thousands of human beings it was the corner-stone of his power, the ele- ment of awe that lay behind his dignity. Keen gray-haired men related to me things that had fallen under their own eyes; as, for instance, the shafts of spears that splintered in the air when the point approached his breast and bullets that flattened on the sail of his prau and dropped at his feet on deck. One day after a conference with several of the more important head-men, the conversa- tion turned on the power of Tanton’s anting- anting. Once more | was regaled with these never-ending tales and when my limit of boredom had been reached, | bethought me of my poor little four-leaf clover and casually remarked that | also possessed an anting- anting of somewhat superior power. Had | sat. EZ A SULU “DATTO” AND HIS ATTENDANTS The gentleman with the turban is the lord and master of this rough looking group. where in the world, mere position does not guarantee power. In the Sulu Archipelago, as else- The power of wealth, aided by one’s good right arm, is needed to elevate a datto to real authority, but an “anting-anting”, or charm, is universally carried and believed in Ww | ~ ~ < Oo Ww = % ee) > ° oa Oo Qa wl a < uw) o o4 ae] fo) es) 2) =) ° -_ w > io < = wW x= » ~ 2 © a <= Ww o) o4 2) = a x = 2) oa - a = Zz < = ° a 1) o w Zz io) 4 ie) o) “* ANTING-ANTING ” AS AN ”’ and told the most “anting-anting had an after losing some of his painfully acquired funds in the gambling changed and he broke the bank carried by the natives to ward off-evil and bring good luck. ced that he, too, i announ Later Datto Tanton secured the loan of five dollars from a storekeeper, and borrowed Colonel Cloman’s four-leafed a charm not to be outdone by the natives, anting , marvelous stories of its powers. den of a Chinaman The amazing result was that his luck in the Sulu language is ” ’ clover. anting- Colonel Cloman An “ee Wild Humor at the Antipodes dropped a hand grenade | could not have caused a greater sensation. | never had intimated this before, and thus holding it out on them had evidently increased the interest. Every eye was on me when an old chief finally said, “Tell us, Tuan, what it has done.” | was perfectly willing to continue the joke, my powers of invention were virile, and my audience was with me. Can you blame me if ] reeled off instance after instance of its power which made anything they ever had heard of Tanton’s charm seem like mere child’s play? When finally | ran out of deeds of derring-do, ] easily switched to its ability as a mascot ina poker game, and | am sure my old pals, had they heard me, would have wondered how they ever had skinned me with such a “ buck”’ in my possession. To all this they listened with deep interest, and one old Maharajah bespoke the desire in every heart when he asked me if | would not show them this marvellous affair. | really was not sure that | still had it, but went into my bedroom and finally found it, looking most unimportant among the dusty buttons. | tried to prop up its dignity by wrapping it in successive layers of cotton wool and colored 495 silk, and enclosed the whole in a jeweler’s box. When | appeared and reversed the packing process, the removal of each wrapper was followed by grunts of excitement, and when at last the four leafed clover was re- vealed in all its delayed and impressive state, there was a veritable sensation in the court. | had had my joke, and the chiefs departed. But little did | know that within forty-eight hours it would be the principal subject of conversation about every counsel-board and camp fire in the island group, and that each one of my stories about it would be treasured up and magnified in the true Malay way. When the ground-swell began to come back to me, | really was embarrassed that | had carried the joke so far. Tanton, probably from professional jealousy, never spoke to me on the subject, but it was perfectly evident from his demeanour that he had heard and thought much on this belated revelation. Now, although the Koran permits four wives to each true believer, Tanton—I think more to show his power than anything else— had accumulated a diversified collection of fourteen of the same. Alas, too late he found that he had accumulated but trouble for AN OLD SPANISH HOUSE ON SIASI ISLAND The Spaniards never had more than a precarious hold on the Sulu Islands, and Siasi Island, which lies about eighty miles to the north and east of Bongao, was no exception to the rule. Before the Americans took over the Archipelago, Siasi Island had been abandoned by the Spaniards Sydney A. Cloman A SQUADRON OF THE FOURTH CAVALRY ON SULU ISLAND These troopers were a part of the American force sent to occupy the Sulu Archipelago, but Colonel Cloman and his little command were all but marooned about 125 miles southwest of Sulu (or Jolo) Island, only 30 miles from Borneo himself, and shortly before we arrived he had taken measures to restore the status quo ante in a truly characteristic way. He had cut his Gordian and matrimonial knot by simply installing his fourteen helpmates on fourteen different islands, while he lived alone on Bongao. By thus scattering the enemy forces and holding the command of the sea, he found the peace and independence that he loved so well. About once a month, he sent around a boat, chucked off a bag of rice, some cloth and a new ultimatum at each hut, and as a rule was left alone. The one exception was “Wife No. 1’’, as she was called. She was of royal birth and was in fact a sensible, independent, and worthy woman, and when she would take it into her head to run the blockade and land upon his coast, there was trouble in the old home. Her arrival was usually followed by a beating-up of comely slave girls, a scrapping of much loved old clothes and shoes, and a ceremony known in America as “cleaning house’’—a process as much hated there as it is here. So one market day when Tanton wandered past my house in spick and span clothes and a general air of gloom, | was not at all surprised to hear that Wife No. 1 had made one of her peiiodical descents with the usual results. After hanging about my door for a few min- utes he proceeded toward the market-place with the air and gait made famous by the typical American boy on his way to the opening of the fall school term. But if he was the picture of gloom then, how can | describe his appearance on his re- turn half an hour later? For hours he sat on the edge of my porch gazing into vacancy, “the emptiness of ages in his face, and on his back the burden of the world.” I asked him several times what the trouble was, but it was late in the afternoon when he confessed. His wife had arrived; but in addition to her usual unpleasantness, she finally had pronounced his household in a disgraceful condition, wormed out of him the amount of his entire wealth which was $25. Mex. and packed him off at once to the market to squander the whole sum on alleged necessaries. Hence the morning gloom. Now the Moros were irrepressible gamblers, the favorite game being one of pure chance with a most unrighteous percentage against the player. and in the market-place was a Chinaman who furnished this form of relaxa- tion to one and all. It seems that Tanton had loitered to watch the game, guessed in his own mind several times exactly how they were running, and finally concluded to risk a dollar ortwoatsame. Evenif he lost, was a woman Allah that she could tell, say, $23 worth of goods from $25 worth? To hurry over the sad parts of the story, I simply will say that in a few minutes he was “cleaned.” Hence the afternoon gloom. The fact of the matter was that the old ex-pirate was simply afraid to go home. As | never have heard of this occurring elsewhere, | judge it to be an ex- clusively Malay sensation. When late in the day he told me this pathetic tale, | hastily tried to forestall the logical back-kick by assuring him that he Wild Humor at the Antipodes already knew my unalterable _ resolution never to lend money to a native. He as- sured me that this was farthest from his thoughts, but that if my heart was not com- pletely hardened against him, he would beg my assistance in another way; and | then learned what he had been brooding about all day. He wanted me to lend him my anting-anting. 1 told him to use his own; he replied that while it was a real wonder when it came to killings and the ordinary events of life, it already had failed him several times in gambling. | told him he was broke; he re- plied that the storekeeper had promised the loan of $5 if he could get the use of my anting-anting as extra security against the game. | told him that he knew full well that an anting-anting could work only for its own proper lord and master; he replied that this was perfectly true of the ordinary article, but that he was sure that mine was so bountifully endowed with virtue that enough would spill over to get my friend out of trouble and con- found the pagan Chinaman. | hated to see the old fellow send good money after bad in this villainous game, but I saw that he would not be happy till he got it, and so finally gave in with reservations. | at least insisted on quick action and no toying with the soul- searing percentage. The odds in the game are 5 to1,2to1,andeven money. So! gave him the four leafed clover, told him to place it and the borrowed $5 on the 5 to 1 shot, and then quit at once if he happened to win. | also covered my retreat by a long dissertation on the fact that he was sure to lose as there 497 was no historical instance of a self respecting anting-anting working for other than its own master. So he wrapped the charm with great reverence and care in his neckerchief, and de- parted down the broad and easy path that led to the market-place. | was not at all surprised when in a short time he returned, gave me back the clover- leaf, said that it had failed as | had predicted, and hastily took his boat for home. He had no more than pushed off, however, than Abdallah, the chief of the market-place, appeared with mouth agrin from ear to ear and joyously hailed me with, “Oh, Tuan, There is great excitement in the market.” When asked what it was all about, he replied, “Datto Tanton, followed by a large crowd, entered the market and placed $5 and your anting-anting on the 5 to1 shotand won. He then bet many times on the different odds, and in only a short time broke the yellow infidel and won more than $130. Your anting-anting is surely of Allah!” That is all. Except, after avoiding me for a few days, | finally cornered Tanton, assured him that he was the star liar of the tropics, and asked him why on earth he had not told me of his good luck. His reply was, “1 feared, Tuan, that you would ask me for half the money.” And now | wonder while I am telling this as a joke on Tanton, if he has not told it often to his unholy crew as a joke on me. At least he got the money; and in both of our countries this seems to be the accepted criterion as to whom the joke is on. TROOPERS OF THE FOURTH CAVALRY In the surf off Sulu (Jolo) Island. Colonel Cloman’s men were ordered not to enter the waters of Bongao unless at least twenty men went in at once. This was in order to have enough men about to frighten the sharks away - 55 SI isc : JUST ABOVE THE GRAND CANON THE COLORADO RIVER IS BEING HARNESSED THE ELECTRIFICATION OF NORTH AMERICA What the Super-Power Plan Means and How It Can Be Carried Out By GENERAL GUY E. TRIPP Chairman, Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company “NOME day, if the people of the United States and Canada desire it, a single “super-power’’ system will furnish electric energy to the greater part of the North American continent. There is nothing visionary about this sys- tem. Its construction is entirelyfeasible with modern electrical apparatus; and if the matter lay wholly in the hands of the electrical indus- try, its eventual completion would be almost a certainty. But so colossal a project direct- ly concerns the public; and unless proper leg- islative action is taken as a result of popular demand, the system cannot come into exis- tence. Consequently the question—“ Shall we or shall we not have a single super-power system ?’’—is sooner or later bound to become an important national issue; and since the future of America will be profoundly influenc- ed by the answer, the salient facts of the case should be of general interest. Water power is the foundation on which the single super-power system rests. More than 65,000,000 horsepower of waterpower is available in North America; and of this total, only about 10,000,000 horsepower is being util- ized, whereas more than 50,000,000 horse- power is being generated by means of steam. As is now generally recognized, this proportion of steam power towater poweris altogether too high. For several very excellent reasons water power should be utilized wherever possible. In the first place, the use of water power saves fuel and conserves our never-to-be-re- placed resources of coal and oil. It also conserves human labor. A steam plant not only requires a larger operating staff than a water-power plant of the same capacity but it must also have the services of many men to mine and transport to it the necessary coal. It is estimated that to produce a given amount of power by steam twenty times as The Electrification of North America many men are required as to produce it by water, and that upward of a half a million men would be released for other duties if it were possible entirely to replace steam power with water power. A properly built hydro-electric plant is, moreover, a permanent asset. Its chief con- struction work (the dam, power-house, etc.) can be made as enduring as the hills; and its machinery, being able to transform into power more than go per cent. of the available energy of the water, is in little danger of being super- seded by improved types. Steam machinery, on the other hand, has an almost continuous history of replacement through improvement, and since the best of our modern steam appar- atus has a working efficiency of hardly more than 16 per cent. there is no reason to believe that the end of this process has been reached. National economy, therefore, demands the general development of our water power. But water power, unlike steam power, is not fully under human control. One of the char- acteristics of the majority of our rivers is that THE ROOSEVELT DAM While this dam was intended primarily as part of an irrigation project it, with the other works of the Salt River Project, develops 23,000 electric horsepower. for irrigation work and partly for industrial purposes About 75 miles from Phoenix, Arizona. 499 the flow varies greatly from season to season. Many ariver that can generate 500,000 horse- power in the spring is unable to produce 20,000 horsepower in seasons of extreme drought; and if such river forms the sole source of power for an electric system, only its “all-year-around” power, or minimum, can be utilized advan- tageously, and most of the excess must be wasted. The individual development of the majority of our water powers is, therefore, out of the question. How, then, can rivers be utilized? By connecting several water powers together into a single system, and by feeding into the same system power from one or more supple- mentary steam plants. The variations in the flow of the water powers tend to counteract each other, especially if the water powers be- long to different drainage systems; while the steam plants, which are operated only when needed to make good deficiencies in the water power, assure a definite maximum amount of power at all times with the minimum consump- tion of fuel. Such a composite system, which © Kunselman This electricity is used partly General Guy E. Tripp A SUGGESTED SUPER-POWER SYSTEM FOR NORTH AMERICA The lines shown represent the main power trunks and will, for the most part, carry current at 220,000 volts. low-voltage distributing systems are not indicated. Local None of the lines will be built until economically justified; but practically all of those east of the Mississippi could be advantageously put into service at the present time, while certain of the California lines are already in operation at 220,000 volts. The lines indicate approximately the structure of the Eastern and Western super-power systems that will prob- ably first come into existence, together with the trans-continental connections which will be installed at some later date to unify the two systems. Canadian connections are not shown, but owing to the fact that Canada has much more water power than she will be able to use for generations to come, it will undoubtedly prove to her advantage to share her surplus with the United States. must necessarily be of large dimensions, is known as a “super-power’’ system. It not only forms the most efficient method of util- izing water power, but also possesses certain other advantages. Obviously, the transmission lines of a super- power system must form a network covering a considerable area, and thus electric service is made available to many people, especially in the rural districts, who otherwise could not get it. Furthermore, as with other commodi- ties, the large scale productionand distribution of power by a single system makes possible many economies that are unobtainable with a number of small independent systems of equal output. Of growing importance is the fact that a super-power system can advantageous- ly use power from any economical source gen- erated within the area covered by it. Take the case of a steel plant for example. The gases driven off from the coke ovens and the blast furnaces form an excellent fuel, but a large proportion of them is ordinarily wasted. If, however, the lines of a super-power system pass near the plant, power can be produced by the gases and fed into the system, thereby reducing the amount of power that must be supplied by the system’s supplementary steam plants. It is evident, therefore, that a super-power system can produce power at a lower cost and distribute it to a larger number of people than can an equivalent of small independent sys- tems. But what are the technical and econ- omic limitations to its size? There are none except those imposed by the topography of our continent. In fact, by means of a single super-power system, extend- The Electrification ing from ocean to ocean and receiving power from every waterfall, from the waste products of industry, and from all other economical sources, including huge steam plants of the most efficient type placed in the coal regions and other favorable locations, we shall be able to distribute the maximum amount of power obtainable from our resources to the largest number of people at the lowest possible cost. It is not too much to say that this would bring about a new era of progress in America. The prosperity of any country, though based upon its natural resources and the character of its people, is dependent upon the available power supply. The pioneers upon our shores, though surrounded by abundance, endured countless hardships because they lacked the power to convert raw materials into utilities; and it was not until more than two centuries later, after a number of our rivers had been harnessed and the steam engine invented, that America began to be transformed from a land of poverty into one of plenty. Since then, our achievements have been unprecedented— of North America 501 but each step of our advancement was made possible by power. To-day, as economists point out, our wages and our standards of living are the highest in the world largely because our workmen use more power than those of other countries. Great Britain, with about one half our ratio of 3.25 horsepower per wage-earner, pirys wages that average one half of ours; while the other nations, with much smaller ratios, pay correspondingly lower wages and live in ac- cordance with correspondingly lower stand- ards. If, therefore, by means of the single super-power system, our capacity for doing useful work is multiplied to the greatest pos- sible extent, we should be able to realize the greatest measure of prosperity. Specifically, the vast amount of widely dis- tributed, inexpensive electric power provided by the single super-power system will do the following things for us: It will enable us to make the fullest use of labor-saving machinery in every industry, thereby increasing the incomes of the workers | A HYDRO-ELECTRIC PLANT NEAR SPOKANE This dam in the Spokane River makes a lake 23 miles long. The fall of 150 feet operates an electric power plant. rhis river, within the city limits of Spokane, has a descent of another 150 feet, mainly in two falls, which affords still more power that is utilized by factories and traction lines and for lighting the city ee «Sane. Ke 5 General Guy E. Tripp It will also aid our national defense. One of the greatest difficulties experienced during the late war was to secure sufficient power to pro- duce essential materials in the vast quantities re- quired. Almost all of our power plants were small and scattered, and there was no way of combining their outputs so as to make large scale produc- tion possible. With a single super-power sys- tem in operation, how- ever, any proportion of its capacity can be allot- ted to war work in emer- gencies. Ample power thus being obtainable, war industries of any size can be brought into being with maximum speed and operated with aminimum amount of labor. They AUSABLE CHASM can, moreover, be located wherever desired, thus A popular natural wonder in New York State. The water power generated by such : : : streams as this is more and more being utilized to generate electricity. The plan to making it possible to connect all the major generating plants in the country in one gigantic systemhas avoid a repetition of that come to be called the “‘super-power plan”’ and decreasing the cost of the products of labor for the consumers. It will permit the electrification of many of our railroads and will also reduce to a mini- mum the tonnage of fuel to be hauled. For both of these reasons, theefficiency of our trans- portation system will be greatly improved. It wi!l, by making industry and comfortable liv- ing conditions possible almost anywhere, tend to draw the people out of the congested cities and distribute them throughout the country. It will provide the farmer with an ideal means of doing a large part of his work and give him welcome relief from his labor diffi- culties. It will also serve him by greatly re- ducing the price of fertilizer, for with ample supplies of cheap power, fertilizer can be man- ufactured at an exceedingly low cost. Not the least of its benefits will be the light- ening of the tasks of the housekeeper by making possible the universal use of electric cooking and labor-saving devices. cardinal military error— the production of the major portion of our war supplies in the most vulnerable parts of the country. We shall, it is true, survive and thrive with- out the single super-power system, but until it is completed, we shall not be able to utilize our resources to the utmost advantage. In the meantime, the system is being developed more rapidly than most people are aware. Because of the economic and technical ad- vantages of large systems, the present tenden- cy in the electric light and power industry is to consolidate or interconnect adjacent sys- tems; and as a result, super-power systems of considerable size have already been formed along the Pacific Coast, the Southeastern states, New England, and the Northwest. Others are in the process of formation in western Pennsylvania, the Middle West, and elsewhere. Continued development along these same lines, including high-tension inter- connections between adjacent super-power systems, will bring into being two large The Electrification of North America 503 ur super-power systems, one covering the coun- is manifestly out of the question with an of try east of the Mississippi and the other west interstate system, but attempts may be made ies of the Great Plains. Then if, some time in to bring about Federal ownership. The au- he the future, transcontinental lines join these ~ thority of the Federal Government, however, ire two systems together, the single-system will does not extend beyond national lands, bound- ro- be consummated. ary waters, and navigable rivers. It could als At the same time, the development of our not, under present laws, control the power de- re- water powers is going ahead as rapidly as pos- veloped by non-navigable streams, to say ur sible. Little could be done along this line nothing of steam plants. Any attempt on the all until certain prohibitive restrictions were part of the Federal Government to extend its are withdrawn by the present Federal Water Pow- control would be promptly resisted by the ng er Act passed in 1917; but there are now on_ states with the support of public opinion, to file with the commission created by the Act which sees the danger to our Republic in the Ic- applications for the development of more than growing tendency of the Federal authorities a 20,000,000 horsepower of water power. to interfere in local affairs. IS Even complete and detailed plans for the But assuming that suitable legislation were to w- final system have been prepared. These plans eliminate these political obstacles, many more of are the work of Mr. Frank G. Baum, a hydro- of a different nature would still be left. Few t= electric engineer of long experience, and have people seem anxious for the Government to >r- been made available to the industry with the reassume control of the railroads or continue er assistance of the Westinghouse Electric and that of the merchant marine. Yet, in com- le, Manufacturing Company. Guided by these parison with the management of the single ze plans, or by some modification of them, elec- super-power system, the management of these ng tric light and power com- nd panies in the remotest im parts of the country can ey carry on new construc- ed tion and extensions with 1s the assurance that, when to the time comes, their sys- at tems will be able to take = their proper places in the he single system. st But the single super- power system will never h- come into existence un- il less the way is prepared le for it by suitable legisla- in tion. This legislation d must not only permit the e. creation of a nation-wide -. net work of transmission 1- lines and the interchange is of power between states, . Ss but it must also fulfil cer- fm of tain other indispensable ; d conditions. ‘ n Chief among these is ‘. t. that the ownership and n operation of the single FF d super-power system must ig be in private hands and - not be vested in any gov- AN ELECTRIC TRAIN IN THE ROCKIES al ernment agency. Muni- Driven by the Missouri River which generates electric ze cipal or state ownership power at Greaz Falls, Montana, for the use of the railroad General Guy E. Tripp THE GREAT FALLS DAM At Great Falls, Montana, where the Missouri River generates the electricity to drive the trains of the Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railway across the Rocky Mountains industries is simplicity itself, for they are fully matured. But assume that the Government was able, in some extraordinary manner, to operate such a complex business with acceptable efficiency. Even then there would be no super-power system worth the name, and for this reason. The super-power system, to serve the public in the most effective and economical manner, must supply power for all purposes and par- ticularly to those users who consume it in immense quantities. But no great industry would dare risk its future by depending on a government-owned system for its power, be- cause the contracts of any government-owned agency can be nullified by political action. But, though the single super-power system must be under private control, it must be under government regulation in order to pre- vent the exploitation of the public in any man- ner whatsoever. This regulation, however, must be constructive and stimulating, and not restrictive. We have so regulated the railroads that few improvements and exten- sions have been made in the last decade, and the chief loss under this policy falls, not on the railroads, but on the public. This mistake must not be repeated in the case of the nation’s power system. Among the important provisions of the reg- ulatory laws must be those that will enable the system to secure money at the lowest rates of interest. Fixed charges form as high as 80 per cent. of the cost of producing pow- er by means of water power, and they are also an important element in the cost of steam power. If, because of unsuitable legislation, the super-power system has to pay high rates of interest for the money borrowed for con- struction work and other purposes, this cost must be passed on to the consumer in the rates charged for power. But the great value of the super-power system depends upon its ability to supply power at a low cost, and any- thing that would cause an increase in the rates above the essential minimum would be contrary to public interest. Low interest on borrowed capital being the result of sound cre- dit, there must be no legislation that will tend to injure the credit of the super-power system. In this question of regulation lies the most difficult problem that we have to solve in con- nection with super-power development. For- tunately, we are not compelled to solve it all at once. There is ample time to study the sub- ject and gain experience with the regulation of the smaller super-power systems as they de- velop. The one essential is to remember that the aim in view is the maximum prosperity of the nation and of every inhabitant of it. If this is done, the proper solution of the problem will be found, and it will only be a question of time before America comes into the full enjoyment of her magnificent power resources. “THE FLEET GRIDIRON” What the Naval War College at Newport Really Does By REAR-ADMIRAL WILLIAM S. SIMS E attention of the press has re- cently been called to the Naval War College at Newport, and the com- ments brought forth by this tem- porary interest show a practically complete misconception of the nature of the College and, consequently, almost no real- ization of its really vital importance to the efficiency of the fleet and the Navy as a whole. Generally speaking, these comments show that the college is considered “a sort of post graduate school for training officers in the theory of naval tactics’; “that men who do not take an academic training manage to educate themselves along the same lines with such success that they are equal or superior to the graduates of the college.”’ One editor referred to it as “some college that Admiral Sims thinks a lot of.”’ Some con- fused it with the elementary Naval Academy for our cadets at Annapolis. Others located it in Washington. Almost all assume that my interest in the college is personal, due to my having recently been its president. Practically all expressed solicitude for “jus- tice”’ to individual officers, but few were at all concerned over justice to the Navy or to the country. The vital question of the fighting efficiency of our fleet and the in- tegrity of our national defenses seemed to escape attention. With no exceptions the press assumes that the War College teaches only the theory of war; that its instruction is not practical, does not lead to practical action. In view of these misapprehensions, and of the great importance of a subject which so vitally concerns our national defenses, it seems advisable to try to make this matter clear. The real nature of the College and its vital importance to the efficiency of the navy are shown by the following statements by emi- nent authorities: In 1892, Admiral Mahan delivered an ad- dress, as President of the College, entitled THE PRACTICAL CHARACTER OF THE NAVAL War COLLEGE, a masterly explanation that the training at the College is so entirely practical that it teaches and trains its students “how to act, how to do our fighting, either in the broader domain of strategy, or in the more limited field of tactics, whether of the single ship or the fleet.’”’ He further states that “Navies exist for war’’, and asks this question: “Is this.neglect to master the experience of the past, to elicit, formulate, and absorb its principles, is it ‘practical’? Is it ‘practical’ to wait till the squall strikes before shortening sail? If the object and aim of the College is to promote such study, to facilitate such results, to foster and dissemi- nate such ideas, can it be reproached that its purpose is not ‘practical’? “The day of grace is still with us—or with those who shall be the future captains and admirals. There is time yet for study; there is time to imbibe the experience of the past, to become imbued, steeped in the eternal principles of war, by the study of its history and of the maxims of its masters. But the time of preparation will pass—some day the time of action will come. Can an admiral [then] sit down and reénforce his intellectual grasp of the problem before him by a study of history, which is simply a study of past experience?” In 1909, in his REMINISCENCES OF SERVICE AT THE WAR COLLEGE, Admiral Mahan re- ferred to the College as follows: “Year by year, as professional vision expanded, the course would increase like a rolling snowball, by gathering to itself questions of warlike activity, concerning which men would never think but for the stimulus of the College, existing for such ends only’’; and he referred explicitely to “the dangerously plausible contention that the College was in the nature of a post-graduate course.” In 1884, Secretary of the Navy W. E. Chandler issued an order establishing at Newport a Naval War College “intended to 500 complete the curriculum by adding to an ex- tent never heretofore undertaken, the study of naval warfare and international law and their cognate branches.” This order was based upon the report of a board, consisting of Commodore Luce, Commander Sampson, and Lieutenant-Commander (now Rear- Admiral) Goodrich, which declared that “although the science of war cannot be mastered through the agency of books alone, yet a complete study of the operations of war, both on land and at sea, by which the princi- ples of the science have been illustrated practi- cally, is absolutely essential to the proper education of the officers whose life is dedicated to the profession of arms.” In an address at the College in 1896, Secre- tary of the Navy H. A. Herbert said: “The opinion was once widely entertained that this College was intended for a post-graduate course and that, this being so, it should be located, if allowed to exist at all, at the Naval Academy. | was of this opinion myself until three years ago on a personal visit | inspected its workings and examined fully into its plans and purposes. Then I . dis- covered that it is in no sense a post-graduate course; that not only are the theory and art of war being thoroughly studied and developed here, but knowledge is being acquired and practical information is being amassed without which the Navy Department cannot possibly, in the event of war, utilize the naval resources of our country. “Ships and guns and torpedoes and men are all of little use unless officers know how to fight them. Individual ships, however bravely and skillfully they may be handled and fought, can accomplish but little if the officers do not know when, where, and how to dispose them. Further than this, plans of attack and defense must be de- vised. A study of these and of still other problems constitute the work which, | am glad to say from a careful personal in- spection of results, you have been successfully performing during the years just passed.” It is interesting to note that one of the most important factors in converting Secretary Herbert to a belief in the value of the College was a practical example of the results it had produced, as will be seen from the following incident. Admiral Mahan’s books, THE INFLUENCE Rear-Admiral William S. Sims oF SEA Power Upon History, and THE INFLUENCE OF SEA PowER UPON THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND EmpiIRE, classics that have been translated into the languages of every maritime power, were developed at the Col- lege. Upon a certain occasion, in August, 1893, Secretary Herbert, having been per- suaded by his naval advisors that the War College was nothing but a “high-brow” institution, “set sail” for Newport on the Dolphin for the purpose of abolishing it. He was given Mahan’s books to read on the way and they converted him from an opponent into an enthusiastic advocate. “When I started out on this trip,” Secretary Herbert declared, “I meant to break up the War College but now | intend to do all I can to assist it.” He explained, in effect, that that work, alone, was worth more than all the War College had cost. In 1911, Admiral Luce, the founder of the College, published an address on THE TRUE RELATION BETWEEN THE DEPARTMENT OF THE Navy AND THE NAvAL War COLLEGE, in which occur the following statements: “Through want of understanding the im- portance of the War College, together with a misconception of its true character as an educational institution, the Navy Depart- ment has failed to reap a tithe of the benefits the College had to offer.”” This was of course the result of the opposition of the naval advisors of the various secretaries. In this connection Admiral Luce published in the same year another address: ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE U. S. NAvaAL War COLLEGE AND THE LINE OFFICERS OF THE U. S. Navy, in which he declared that: “the great ma- jority of line officers have, so far, failed to appreciate its value as an educational insti- tution” and he pointed out the necessity of “placing the naval administration on a war footing, and providing higher professional education,”” and “the double necessity of passing the greatest possible number through the mill; first to prepare the many for the higher commands which will come to them in their professional career; secondly to dis- cover the few fitted to fulfil the requirements of the Office of Naval Operations.” In spite of the advocacy of various Secre- taries of the Navy, and the efforts of such eminent officers as Admirals Luce and Mahan, the War College was so strenuously and so successfully opposed by the senior officers — OO OE elt Se ad -_ L L $ l 5 af “The Fleet Gridiron” THE NAVAL WAR COLLEGE AT NEWPORT, R. I. It is here that officers of the Navy study international law and the problems that demand practical solutions in time of war, and here miniature fleets are actually manceuvred on huge tables and practical, tactical, and strate- gical problems solved of the navy that until about a dozen years ago there were practically no students assigned to it. In the address just quoted Admiral Luce stated that: “In the twenty-six years of its existence [since 1885] it has never had a class of officer students!’’ Very few officers were assigned to classes immediately after i911. The result was that on January first of the year we entered the Great War but two of the thirty-one rear admirals then on the list were graduates of the Naval War College, though two others had served as president. Within the last few years, classes of increased size have been sent to the College, and there are now on the active list 206 officers, in- cluding 24 of the 45 rear admirals, who are graduates. The naval service has begun to understand the vital importance of the practi- cal training the War College affords. The testimony of the eminent authorities quoted above should make it clear that our Naval War College is an institution that has no parallel in civil life. Not only is it not at all in the nature of a post-graduate school, but as a matter of fact it is not a college at all. As I stated in an address delivered at the College in 1919, “It is not a college at all in the ordinary sense of the term. . . It has no fixed policy. Neither its head nor its staff is permanent. They are fleet officers and are continually being replaced by other officers from the fleet. The College is, in effect, a part of the fleet, and it exists solely for the fleet. “You should thus recognize that this is not really a college. Perhaps it would be better if it had never been so designated, for in reality this assemblage is nothing but a board of practical fleet officers brought together here to discuss and decide the extremely important question of how we would best conduct naval war under the various conditions that may arise. “You should think of this board as belong- ing to the fleet—as being what you might call a fleet board on strategy and tactics, fte- quently making reports to the fleet and the service upon these vital subjects. “You should never lose sight of the fact that we are all practical fleet officers; that we shall go back to the fleet and be replaced by others from the fleet; that our work is wholly practical, because we base our conclusions upon our own experience and upon that of those who have gone before us; and that there- fore there can be nothing theoretical about 508 the principles of fighting that we decide to be the correct ones, or about the methods we devise for carrying them into effect. “The principles of the war game constitute the backbone of our profession. All other kinds of nautical knowledge and experience, for example, that required for handling ships, manceuvring fleets, etc., will avail us nothing when it comes to war if we have not learned the game; that is, if we do not know how to handle naval forces, both strategically and tactically, at least as well as our oppo- nents. “This game, like all games, can be learned only by playing it. The mere study of the art of war, even though very thorough, will no more make you competent in the practice of strategy and tactics than book knowledge of golf and tennis will make you good players. It is for this reason that the college insists not only upon the study of the art of war, but also upon the practice of it in chart manceuvres and upon the tactical game board.” The significance of these statements is that in no possible way, except through training at the College, can our officers become compe- tent to handle a great modern fleet. No amount of study can make even a man of great intellectual capacity efficient in playing the games of football or tennis or chess or war unless he practices these games. Football and tennis and chess can be practiced to any desired extent under actual conditions; but we cannot use our entire great fleet to prac- tice the infinitely more complicated game of war—to train the minds of our officers—either in the kind or to the extent of either the tactics or the strategy that would be required in war against an enemy having a fleet similar to ours; and this for the very simple reason that, as | stated in 1912 in a paper on THE PRACTICAL CHARACTER OF THE NAVAL War CoL_eceE, “the fleet cannot be continuously used as a means of acquiring this essential mental training, except to a very limited ex- tent in the practice of minor problems . and “even the most extensive practice of minor problems cannot do much more than train the mind in the application of such knowledge as is already possessed.” At the Naval War College our entire fleet with all of its auxiliaries, cruisers, destroyers, submarines, airplanes, troop transports, and supply vessels, can be manceuvred on the game board week after week throughout the Rear-Admiral William S. Sims college year against a similar fleet represent- ing a possible enemy—all operations and tactical battles being governed by rules, based upon the experience of practical fleet officers, and upon the immutable principles of strategy and tactics that the students are required to learn. There is no other service in the career of a naval officer that can possibly afford this essential training. In no way can this training be had except by assembling about a game board a large body of experi- enced officers divided into two groups and “fighting” two great modern fleets against each other—not once, or a few times, but continually until the application of the correct principles becomes as rapid and as automatic as the plays of an expert football team. This and the allied studies require the entire time and energies of the student officers throughout one whole year of intensive study. Many of the war games require more than a week to play. The College is in reality THE FLEET GripIRON—the mental training field for the fleet’s future commanders. In no other way can there be developed a doctrine of war, which the great naval operations of modern fleets require, because the commander- in-chief would often not be within sight of one- tenth of his vessels covering an area of hun- dreds of square miles. The limitations of space, equipment, and particularly of time, make impossible the carrying out of such continuous and extensive training by the hard worked officers serving in the fleet. At most, they can play minor games of a few hours duration to illustrate general principles and the technique of college methods. This will of course be of a certain amount of use to officers who subsequently go to the college; but such fleet games, necessarily limited in extent and time, cannot in any sense supply the adequate mental training necessary for handling our entire fleet in war. When the Atlantic and Pacific sections of our fleet come together for a few days once a year, the so-called manoeuvres they can carry out, even if not restricted by lack of appropri- ations for fuel, considered as training in battle strategy and tactics, are necessarily of trifling value compared to the year’s continuous training in using both fleets on the College game board. To assume that such yearly manoeuvres can fit an officer efficiently to handle our entire naval forces in war is “‘The Fleet precisely as absurd as to assume that playing a single yearly game of football with four men on a side can fit a man to be captain of a foot- ball team, no matter what his ability nor how thorough his knowledge of the principles of the game acquired from books on the sub- ject. The situation would be less dangerous if our naval officers who are not graduates of the College were acquainted with naval history and with the vital principles of the great game of war which they should know and be trained to apply. In this respect it may be assumed that they are in the same position as regards the most important branch of their professional education as were British naval officers in 1911. Mr. Winston Churchill states in his book THE WorLpD Crisis that when he went to the Admiralty as First Lord he “found that there was no moment in the career and training of a naval officer where he was obliged to read a single book about naval war or pass even the most rudimentary examination in naval history. The Royal Navy had made no important contribution to naval literature. The standard work on Sea Power was written by an American Admiral [Admiral Mahan]. The best ac- counts of British sea fighting and naval strategy were compiled by an English civilian [Sir Julian Corbett]. “The Silent Service’ was not mute because it was absorbed in thought and study, but because it was weighted down by its daily routine and by its ever compli- cated and diversifying technique. We had competent administrators, brilliant experts of every description, unequalled navigators, good disciplinarians, fine sea officers, brave and devoted hearts: but at the outset of the conflict we had more captains of ships than captains of war. In this will be found the explanation of many untoward events.” We had a similar experience in the Great War. If there is any doubt about the deficiency Gridiron”’ 509 of our non-graduates in this respect, the state of their information upon these vital subjects may be—and should be—determined by the Examining Board requiring candidates for promotion to submit a list of the books on the principles of warfare and on naval history that they have read, and requiring them to give a brief summary of the contents of at least one of the books mentioned, selected by the Board. From the above examination of this im- portant subject, | believe it is established upon sufficient authority that: 1. The naval War College is a thoroughly practical institution. . The training the College provides is essential to the efficiency of the fleet and of the navy as a whole. . This essential training cannot be acquired in any place or in any way, outside of a War College where officers can give their whole time and energy to it. . It is physically impossible to acquire by service in the fleet the training necessary to handle successfully our entire naval forces in war. Leaving out of consideration the statements of the authorities quoted herein, it would seem that conviction as to the necessity of training at the War College is a matter of such ordi- nary common sense that | was fully justified in stating, in an address delivered at the College last year, that: “No officer can here- after exercise high command with the confi- dence and respect of the service unless he has attended the course at the College that is maintained for the sole purpose of insuring efficient direction of our navy as a whole.” An officer whose mind has not been trained on “The Fleet Gridiron” at Newport has no more right to be the “captain” and the trainer of our great naval Battle Team than a cadet untrained in football has a right to be the captain and the trainer of our Naval Academy football team. THE SUCCESS OF OUR SUCCESSORS Il. THE FAITH OF THE FOUNDERS The Surprising Proposal of the Men of ’Seventy-six to Train a Race of Rulers. Persistence of Their Idea that Even the Childless Should Pay for the Schooling of the Young By WILLIAM McANDREW For eight months the Wor.pv’s Work has had more than two hundred volunteers collecting facts and photographs in widely separated sections of the country so as to present a summary of things now being done by the American people to prepare the young actors for the next scene. In this series Mr. McAndrew, whom the magazine has sent into forty states, will deliver what he gathered from public men, bearing on their ideas of the objects of the American Union and will show what the public is doing to realize these purposes —THE Epitors. INETEEN of the twenty-one Fourth-of-July speeches, which were reported in the newspapers that come to our branch of the public library, played variations on themes in the minor key. “Harding flays enemies within U. S.” was a heading in the Tribune. “Governor Smith,” said the Times “warns of foes within.” “The country’s enemies are tinkers of the Constitution” said Depew to the Arkansans. Conboy warned the Knights of Columbus of the danger of national suicide. Lieutenant-Governor Bing- ham, according to the Mail, exhorted his Connecticut neighbors to “resist the over- throw of standards of decency and morality or our proud nation will descend to the level of savage tribes where might makes right and every man’s hand is against his fellow.”’ Give me the files of a long established journal and | can trace a blue streak back to the beginning: Rabbi Hirsch, telling Chicago- ans that the hopes of the Fathers have been bitterly disappointed; Richard Watson Gilder describing the grief of a fine old friend who spent many moments actually weeping when he thought of his country; Seward in 1870 seeing us “in danger of losing our holy zeal’; Alexander H. Stephens in:’sixty-six dreading “the sway of sectional passion to bring the star of hope to its setting on liberty’s darkened shore’’; and in 1844, Story calling upon young men to resist encroachment upon their liberties. From Franklin, most cheerful of men, we learn of “enemies waiting with con- fidence to see the break up of the nation’; and Washington himself, after forty-seven years of service to his country, recounts “passions misleading, appearances deceiving, situations marked by failure.” A_ gentle- man from Westchester County has a letter from one of his ancestral relatives to another in which, written in Philadelphia on the sixth of July, 1776, is the opinion that “this land is going straightway to perdition.” Whether these warnings are due to prudence or to atrophied glands authorities will differ. Men over fifty are addicted to seeing shadows. YOUTH NOT GIVEN TO THE MINOR KEY DIFFERENT note sounds in the last Harvard graduation when young Best of Evanston, living up to his name, makes the senior oration a dialogue between aged cyni- cism and youth, and has Hope, Confidence, Self-reliance, and Enthusiasm hold the field. The lad’s votive cup, holding such cheering potion as unspoiled juvenility feels to be proper when celebrating things American, could be similarly filled from a long line of springs extending to our national beginning. The Knights of St. Patrick hilariously cheered themselves and him when General Sherman said, “I am convinced that on the whole we are quite as good as our fathers, even though the telegraph collects the murders and robberies of the four quarters of the globe and serves them at our breakfasts; whereas our ancestors heard only of those in the neighbor- hood.” Mr. Cleveland predicted the con- The Success of Our Successors tinuance of this nation “through all the years to come.” In those days we were singing “The Union forever,” “Oh thus be it ever,” “Long may our land be bright.” Webster’s prediction for the Republic was “to the end of time.” Curtis’s “a thousand years and thereafter.” John Quincy Adams’s, “from age to age till time shall be no more.” Samuel Adams’s “forever,” Jackson’s “in perpe- tuity,” Whittier’s “through centuries long,” Jefferson’s “to the end of history.” A Princeton professor shows that of these two types of exhortation the calamity style fails with youth. The young men are for getting out the colors on holidays, the old are prone to leave the flag in the drawer with the moth balls. School children left to them- selves cover their papers with bright banners of the Republic. Fear-of-hell preaching fails with vigorous men. Longfellow was young when he waved aside national danger as “ but the flapping of a sail.” Young men at races, although they go to great pains for prepara- tion, avoid warning their teams of failure. They do not cry “look out” or “take care” or “you’re losing.” But old men, so it is said, read muckraking articles with avidity as if with satisfaction at wrong doing. They grieve over what Mark Twain, in his old age called “the damned human race.” Towns are cleaned up politically as they are physi- 511 cally by the positives—not by the negatives. A few men plant flowers and trees, trim their lawns, and keep their homes painted. The tidiness spreads. Franklin in Philadelphia, Jones and Whitlock in Toledo, Stranahan in Brooklyn, Couzens in Detroit, Brecken- ridge in San Antonio, push some constructive idea. It proves to be catching. It is easy to list the agencies proposing a positive plan for the national upkeep. The Democratic party and the Republican party head the list. The Fathers devised an ingenious and unsuccessful device to prevent their existence. Washington dreaded them as the greatest national danger. As illus- trated in them, “politics,” one of the high class words in the language, has suffered seri- ous damage. There are some two hundred or more citizens unions, good government clubs, and civic leagues located in the larger towns and devoted to the unsavory duty of sanita- tion of the parties. | rate them high as planners of the upkeep. The American Legion’s announcement advertises the pur- pose of “training for good citizenship; to lead individuals to adjust themselves to civic requirements’; the Knights of Columbus de- vote themselves “to service to God, to country, and to fellow man.” Rotary, Ki- wanis, Lions clubs stress their civic service. The wide spread Chautauqua movement was IT IS OUR YOUNG ONES WHO ARE FOR GETTING OUT THE COLORS The old are prone to leave the flag in the drawer with the moth balls. These are boys from the Lane Technical High School in Chicago 512 started, so said founder Vincent, “aiming ata pure and exalted patriotism.”” The Woman’s Temperance Union was organized on the basis of “preserving the capacity of the masses for self-government.” “Active and constructive citizenship” are cited as their chief aims by the promoters of the Boy and Girl Scout move- ments. Ira Nelson Morris resigns as U. S. Minister to head “Uncle Sam’s_ voters,” designed “to unite intelligent, patriotic thought on civic problems.” Frederick Goff, in Cleveland, puts his money into the “Com- munity Trust’ to finance movements looking toward the realization of the highest American ideals. There is a respectable number of Americans thinking of the upkeep and plan- ning for it. Illuminating all their resolutions and ad- justments is their intention of perpetuity. Here is the element that gives the epic flavor even to the personal letters of the first Ameri- William McAndrew cans and enables us, a century and a half later, to read and reread in the way that the devout get strength out of the Holy Scriptures. THE FOUNDERS HAD PLANS bpp meagan “The time is come when a system of universal education ought to be adopted in the United States. In a country governed by the sense of the com- munity, the people must be enlightened.” Franklin: “ Education is essential to supply succeeding ages with men qualified to serve the public.” John Adams: “It must be the care of the public to educate every rank and class in the practice of their moral duties as men and citizens.” Jefferson: “ There is no safe deposit of the propensities of government but with the people themselves. A system of general in- struction must reach every description of our people from richest to THE JEFFERSON STATUE BY KARL BITTER This statue at the University of Virginia commemorates the early beginning of higher education as a governmental duty poorest.”’ Jay: “Nothing should be left undone to afford education to all ranks of the people.” Madison: “ Peoplewho mean to be their own governors must be edu- cated.”’ Monroe: “Every dis- trict in all its members must possess the knowl- edge necessary to qualify them to discharge with credit and effect those great duties of citizens on which our govern- ment depends.” I should know how successive public men regarded these unique proposals. I can ask them through the me- dium of a book, Expres- stons of American States- men, Which Henry Evans of the Department of the Interior has compiled. | can hear Clinton in 1847 saying: The first duty of government is educa- tion. A system of public schools is the palladium The Success of Our Successors ’ “THE LAWN”, UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA, . : a pal = aa ONE . 2 ‘ iil | i CHARLOTTESVILLE Jefferson counted the Declaration of Independence and the University of Virginia, which he founded, his greatest achievements, and considered them similar in purpose of our freedom. A fundamental error is to confine the light of education to the wealthy.” 1 can listen to Webster declaring in 1837: “education, necessary to accomplish the ends of good government, must be universally diffused.” Thaddeus Stevens in 1835 de- mands “schooling for every citizen.”” Everett in 1850 proposes popular education to save society. One is justified to take the words of Lincoln calling public education “the most important thing which we, the people, are engaged in” as speaking for now as well as then. The public utterances of Grant, of Hayes, of Garfield, of Arthur, of Cleveland, of Harrison, of McKinley, of Roosevelt, of Taft, of Wilson, when the presidents fulfilled any call to summarize the condition of the country, repeated the American doctrine that continuing the commonwealth depends upon systematic training of the coming generations in the national faith. Why need one offer these old propositions which present so little variation? Why must Mr. Harding repeat the first president’s plan to continue the commonwealth by means of “‘a system of universal education?” Possibly it is because the means is so much older than the purpose that ancient objectives of schools persist to confuse the American conception of their function as a part of the national system of self government. Mr. Mann found the national purpose neglected two genera- tions after the republic was launched. A stu- dent of law, recognized as a statesman, found that what the Makers had considered as of “primary importance’ in “supplying the succeeding age with citizens” was being de- voted to purveying a brand of mediaeval learning compiled in foreign monarchies not for democracy nor for any civic service at all. “Children who are soon to be the State,” as he called them, he found the victims of a system devised to promote not citizenship but scholarship. His career was a conflict of statesmanship with schoolmastery : democracy versus didactics, Americanism against an ancient idea not overturned by the Revolu- tion. DILUTING AMERICAN DOCTRINE FTER him came so many inventors and proponents of educational aims—Prus- sian principles, Platonic revivals, philosophies of education—that a few years back the country was generally quoting a Harvard professor that national education had all sails set and didn’t know where it was going. We tax every citizen for schools whether he has any children or not. This fact makes it easy to reject the scholar as the authority for what our schools should do and to abide rather by what the people, not as parents, but as citizens, maintain education for. | should like to look at the national thought to-day for traces of the civic purpose of schools that has been traced from Washington to Wilson. Starting in Brooklyn one may travel west and observe in this year’s addresses SENATOR ROYAL 5S. COPELAND “Don’t say to the boy ‘study hard and rise in the world’ but ‘don’t be a beggar; pay back the town, the state, that gives you your education’ ”’ WOODBRIDGE N. ance FERRIS “The people pay for the public schools as for democracy insur- OU. &U. WILLIAM GIBBS McADOO ** Among the duties we perform as a commonwealth, education is para- mount.” The teacher is a Gov- ernment official NEWTON ‘The chief business of democracy is edu- cation; the chief, not the incidental, business of education is democracy” © Clinedinst WILLIAM C. REDFIELD ‘To tax all the people to edu- cate the children of some, means that public rather than private benefit shall be empha- sized in school D. BAKER The Success of Our Successors A CIVIC CONTRIBUTION OF TWO AMERICANS A school and transportation system for a rural community given by Alice T. and W. H. Miner, to Chazy, N. Y. as they said, “‘for citizenship in the process of performance”’ a remarkable adherence to the original American design. From William C. Redfield you get the ob- servation that the logic of having everybody pay for training other people’s children is not to put a volume of knowledge into young heads. It is to furnish clear thinking Ameri- cans who will be national assets: public benefits, not merely self-supporting units. Redfield says the public school system is struggling to grow from a mechanism to an organism, a live public service rather than a dead machine. To memorize the names of the Presidents is useless; to glow with enthusiasm over the unselfish devotion of this or that American to the general welfare, to feel a family pride in the generous service of citi- zens living and dead is to develop desire of imitating them. To learn a list of national boundaries is to fill the mental attic with use- less furniture, but our whole attitude toward the nations of the world needs more humane knowledge of human geography. “I sat ata banquet of the National Geographic Society,” ne says, “with the Ambassador from Great Britain on my right, the Ambassador from France on my left. I said | felt like the English Channel. It fell flat.” To use a judgment fresh from a study of popular needs and desires of New York City and State, here is the new Senator, Royal S. Copeland, outlining in a recent speech his idea of the national purpose. “A slogan for the schools is ‘service, not self.’ The public pays the cost. It is not a parents’ association combining to give their children personal benefits. It is not a device to secure fame and fortune for ambitious youth. The found- ers of the public schools said that the schools are for general welfare not individual gain. We don’t say to the boy any more, ‘Study hard and rise in the world; but we say ‘The town, the state is educating you, pay back, don’t be a beggar, be an American, serving your country in peace as well as in war.’”’ At the next stop, Cleveland, Newton D. Baker has just said in an address, “ The chief business of democracy is education: the chief business of education is democracy. The school is the training place for preserving this. The only way our commonwealth can outlast the tests put to it depends on the lives of the boys and girls now in the hands of the public school teachers. Youth with a national bias rather than witha bent for books, service rather than scholarship, a great education of purpose rather than a selfish ambition merely to get ahead in the world, are what the country has the right to demand of its schools. Jefferson had in his drawer the constitutions of many democracies that had failed. Yet he had faith to try anew one. His proposal for universal education as a safeguard of democracy was accompanied by a statement of purpose particularly essential now: ‘to teach men what is going on in the world and to lead William McAndrew SCHOOLED FOR SERVICE The American Boy Scout Movement is professedly organized and insistently maintained on the intent to maintain the national civic ideal each to desire to make his part of it go on right.’”’ For a Middle West representative opinion, Woodbridge N. Ferris ought to satisfy. The people of Michigan have made him their Governor repeatedly, and now he is their Senator. From Ohio to the Rocky Mountains his speaking engagements indicate a popular satsifaction with his view. From a speech May toth, this year, | get this: “The public school is a public not-a private service, not to please parents or university professors nor to perpetuate a portion of the world’s know- ledge, but to train boys to be men, girls to be women, for the benefit of our common coun- try. The people support the school that it may be a national insurance of democracy.” 1 choose Mr. William Gibbs McAdoo for both the Southern and the Pacific coast opin- ion, for he is in touch with each. | find him saying this: “Among the duties we perform as a commonwealth, education is paramount. Teachers are government officials which, in our country, means public servants. They are too patriotic to strike; but they are too indispensable to be neglected. We must realize that upon the school the future civic health of our nation depends. We must keep this prominent in our minds, and we must build up a high class and respected personnel to take care of it. Parsimony in this field is indefensible.”’ MEN EMPLOYED TO THINK PUBLIC-MINDEDLY MONTH ago a citizen who was asked to propose an inscription for the entrance to acommon school decided he ought to take the advice of the public as well as the school people. Considering the New York Evening Post a representative of both, he asked for advice. Edwin F. Gay, the editor, told him: EVERY SCHOOL IS A CITIZENS’ CLUB Detroit puts club rooms for adults in all its schoolhouses, and makes them civic centres. Maybe that is one reason why this city pays its school tax blithely The Success of Our Successors “You should ask your motto makers to get some condensed form of these facts: universal suffrage without ability to read, not to speak of ability to think, is a farce. Democracy without education for citizenship is a failure. The makers of America saw that and there- fore made schools a charge upon all the people. The public schools may help in earning a living; they must help meet the social responsi- bility of a democracy.” This led the seeker of a proper inscription to send Gay’s sugges- tion to his home paper, The Wisconsin News. Its editor composed this: “ Dedicated to the liberty and rights guaranteed by the Consti- tution of the United States and to the support of every law compassed by that noble in- strument of self-government.” It was tried on Louis Howland, editor of the Indianapolis News. He said, “You could do better, but keep to this same line.”” Editor Dillon of the Minneapolis News responded, “The idea is correct; but the wording should be both terse and comprehensive.” Then the en- quirer tried the South. Clark Howell of the Atlantic Constitution told him, “For the broad aims and proper objectives for a public school take the official purposes of the nation itself: equality, life, liberty, happiness, union, jus- tice, tranquility, defense, and general welfare. Impress all of these fundamentals into the heads of American youth, and we will have no further vse for courts or jails.” Thereupon the Minneapolis Tribune proposed this: “Dedicated by the people to the American Ideal: equality, life, liberty, happiness, union, justice, tranquility, defense, and general wel- fare.” The Buffalo Express commented, “Now you've got it.””. Editor Dennis, Chicago Daily News, decided: “This is a happy choice.” The Detroit News said, “This is now appropriate.” Fullerton Waldo of the Public Ledger, Philadelphia, added “| have read it over several times. You need add nothing. You can’t take anything away, ‘American ideal’ is fine. Let it sink into the work of teachers and children. It will, even insensibly and sub-consciously, influence one’s whole life.” So there you have from men whose daily business it is to think public-mindedly, a re- markable, though unconscious, repetition of what Redfield, Copeland, Ferris, and McAdoo reported as their conviction of the proper aims of schools and of what Washington, Lincoln, and the great Americans in be- A SKY-SCRAPER SCHOOL The metropolis will have school.accom- modations even if it cannot get land tween recorded. It doesn’t stop here. The Worvp’s Work canvassed Governors from New England, the Middle States, the South, the Rocky Mountains region, and the Coast. Governors Templeton, Smith, Morrison, Dixon, and Richardson replied, expressing the opinion that old and young, teachers and taught, should be reminded of the civic pur- poses of public education. These American commonplaces are not rehearsed here as argument of pleading. They are like old familiar songs, the more often sung, the greater the satisfaction. Or as our New York Secretary of State told an audience of school boys, “We should have muezzins of Re See EE ss é MR) FD —? we N Wi: ae. Th Py); BY | Ny NA, : WAV A : Pe ae son's ale a ' well as in churches. School, Chicago patriotism every day upon the watch-towers calling the faithful to repeat their vows of loyalty and service to their country.” What all these expressions bring us to is that the makers of this commonwealth expected it to be preserved; they devised the manner of its upkeep; the Americans qualified to speak for the general public do put the same distant and peculiar purposes upon education as the founders did. A PROPOSAL FOR A PRACTICAL PATRIOTIC PANORAMA S THESE objectives are specifically set forth in our two fundamental docu- ments, the Declaration and the Constitution, | propose in the following articles to show what the people in their schools are doing to promote each of the nine ends comprising the original American ideal: equality, life, liberty, happiness, union, justice, tranquility, defense, Courtesy Florence Holbrook IN MEMORY OF TEACHERS This generation has recognized the suitability of beautiful memorials in schools as This is a commemorative window in the Forestville Public William McAndrew general welfare. The ma- gazine has sent me as far west as the Coast, as far south as the Gulf, I have reached the northern boundary. No man nor board has refused co- Operation. But if any citizen knows of any im- proved and particularly cheering civic service that is not comprised in the collection already made by this magazine, let him forward to it facts and photographs forthwith. For we have the testimony of the line of great Americans that education is the greatest of our national duties. As every true man of science supplies his fel- lows with reports of his experiments and discov- eries, men who are push- ing the American educa- tional advance may in this manner help along some other locality. 1 do not know how much statisticians, such as Mr. Trent of Elkins, West Virginia, startle us with figures showing that for every $9.60 for education we pay $13.00 for tebacco, $14.00 for cosmetics, pop, and chewing gum, etc. | am not sure how much store the Founders would set by the fact that Massa- chusetts people average seven years in school and earn $200 a year, while Tennessee attends three years and earns $116. At Franklin Lane’s estimate of $825,000,000 a year lost to the country by the 5,516,163 illiterates above ten years of age, we Americans are not so much depressed because of the dollars in- volved as moved to do more when we think of the sublimity of the conception the Found- ers had of the destiny of our race. It is the one influence that is able to inspire men of religious belief and men without it. It radiates something of the heroic into every sort of citizen. I recall distinctly just twenty-two years ago a meeting of a thousand schoolmasters in ‘vw ww VE Yt — Flee Um The Success of Our Successors Detroit dozing on a sul- try afternoon over the details of teaching eco- nomics when a man from Louisville, Reuben Post Halleck, mildly suggested that the course of study doesn’t matter much but American character does, and has from the begin- ning meant generosity, unselfishness, team-work, care for the other fellow, general welfare. Without raising his voice or using any of the gesticulations of the orator, this young man induced electric currents through the au- dience and made the hour the most produc- tive of the whole conven- tion. Who shall say that this instinctive veneration for the belief of our fathers along with that universal desire for a better to- morrow should be reserved only for use in time of war or by candidates anticipating personal advantage from a coming election? The growth of it, in the direct employment of the agency the Founders selected :s measur- able to a degree by figures. Private gifts to education in this generation increased from eight millions a year to sixty-seven millions, tax raised money for public education from $140,000,000 to $1,045,000,000. THE PROSPEROUS AND THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS F LATE a number of writers have won- dered why philanthropists have not in greater numbers given to common schools Oo”, z A A CALIFORNIA CHILD’S IDEA OF SCHOOL This drawing, her own notion, by Myra Williams, a school girl of Sacramento, shows Columbia lending her children, for civic training, to Educatior instead of to churches, colleges, and private schools. Those able to give have not been generally asked. The advantage of such giving is not made clear. A donor would hesitate to give his town a water-works or to endow a police force. The similarity of the condition is remote. A town will supply it- self with water, with police, and with equip- ment to extinguish fire. The rewards are obvious and imminent. The likelihood of direct personal benefit to each contributor is clear. There is no widespread national shortage of fire-engines nor of any municipal improvement contributory to immediate mak- ing or saving of dollars. Provision for train- ing citizens depends upon appeals to an unstatistical feeling: generosity, humanity, public spirit, benevolence, patriotism. These THE SCHOOLBOY WILL HAVE FLAGS His patriotism does not have to be aroused, but utilized William McAndrew os le # JOHN HANDLEY 'S GIFT TO WINCHESTER, VIRGINIA As a carpenter’s apprentice he learned in night school that the foundation of democracy is education. his fortune for it. Later he gave The Genera! Education Board advised this monument of beauty and utility for the realization of his intent are the higher emotions—l| do not say rarer. The number of Americans able to spare generously who have, with their substance, shown that they appreciate the reasons why the public schools cannot without private aid serve the community as well as men know how to serve it, is not anywhere fully recorded. | have found no town or city without one or many quiet givers who have bestowed land, playgrounds, shops, libraries, apparatus, pic- tures, flags, gardens, or other gifts upon their public schools. CONSPICUOUS GIFTS TO COMMON SCHOOLS Bag esa ae for the intelligent com- pleteness of such a gift is the rural school in the township of Chazy, N. Y. Alice T. and W. H. Miner gave it. tablet at the entrance they say: “CHILDREN OF CHAZY CITIZENS OF PHE FUTURE “It is our greatest hope that you may pre- pare yourselves not alone to accomplish your own advancement but to carry to all man- kind a fruitful message of high purpose and patriotic example.” On the The modern completeness of this beautiful school and the generosity of the donors bewildered the townspeople. “It’s a dream- school,” | heard them say. “It has made this place a Land of Heart’s Delight.” “It will be a model for other fortunate and patrio- tic citizens to copy.”” The most significant A MURAL PAINTING OF OLD ” an a “wil es a MANHATTAN Citizens living near the Louisa Schuyler Public School, New York, are putting their money into decorating -it The Success of Our Successors A DECORATIVE PANEL IN THE JONAS BRONCK SCHOOL The ordinary New York citizen who can not make a munificent gift can contribute the cost of one figure remark I heard was this: “The miners wanted to do something of the greatest direct benefit to their town and so they selected to give a common school.” There is the case of John Handley. ‘He wished, says the Star of his home town, Winchester, Virginia, “to recognize the foundation of democracy, the public school.” To this he bequeathed his fortune. The town called in the General Education Board of the United States to give expert advice. Result: a plant of amazing utility and beauty, a system which the young superintendent, Frederick E. Clerk, says is based on the idea that education and citizenship are the same. It is our purpose to have the children live for the community.” With a similar intent, Jacob Tome pre- sented his town, Port;Deposit, Maryland, with a public school; Durfee did the same for Fall River; Rogers for Fairhaven; Hackley for Muskegon; Breckenridge for San Antonio; McLean for Greenfield; Hazard for Gardiner; Gilbert for Winstead. If any reader knows other conspicuous examples it will be a good civic act to report them to this magazine. THE FOUNDERS PLANNED BEYOND CHILD- HOOD ITH a biasof an illogical tradition, some of us are prone to think of public educa- tion as extending only to the age of twelve or fourteen. Washington did not so consider it. Nor did Jefferson. Both conceived universi- ties as a part of the general system. The first proposed, the second established, for men, an institution supported by the public tax. Of all the Founders of the Republic, positive as they were as to the need of training for the upkeep, Jefferson devoted by far the longest and most constructive thinking to the plans for it. His State University of Virginia he called “a system of instruction which shall reach every description of our citizens from the richest to the poorest.” It now enrolls young men from Arizona, California, Colo- rado, Connecticut, Delaware, Columbia, IIli- nois, Indiana, lowa, Kansas, Maryland, Mas- sachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Okla- homa, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Washington, to the number of 325 in addition to its 1,247 men from the South. This omits its summer and extension courses. Over the gateway you see the same old American intent renewed by an inscription put up eight years since: ENTER AND SEEK THE WAY OF HONOR, THE WILL TO WORK FOR MEN In similar vein are the sentiments ex- pressed in the recent dedication of the Union Building at Purdue University, a state sup- ported institution of Indiana. The imposing structure is a memorial to the men who en- listed for the common defense. The opening words of its dedication consecrated it to “ser- vice of our own human kind.” When the president accepted it he took it as “a pledge of undying faith in the courage and constancy of our American youth.” FAKERS AND FALLACIES Old and New Schemes Still Used to Dupe the Public and Ways to Prevent Their Practice By FLOYD W. PARSONS ANYTHING is more amazing than the carelessness people exercise in their giv- ing, it must be the ease with which the average citizen is fooled. The easy- money men of the days of Barnum were paragons of virtue compared with the charity swindlers of to-day. The modern dishonest solicitor does not hesitate to use bogus letter- heads and forged credentials. He frequently poses as the representative of some reputable and well known association. Two men were sent to prison recently in New York for solic- iting advertisements for a proposed book to be issued by a benevolent association. But that our metropolitan population is easily duped is proved by the fact that these fakers got away with four thousand dollars before they were apprehended. Bird S. Coler, New York City’s Commis- sioner of Public Welfare, has just been com- pelled to take action looking to the restriction of the use of the streets for poppy sales, money drives, cashbox solicitations, and block par- ties, all tolerated hitherto in the ostensible interests of more or less worthy charities. An investigation has shown that a large propor- tion of the money collected in this manner never reaches the supposed beneficiaries. It is urged that even policemen should not be permitted to sell tickets or to solicit contribu- tions on the streets or in other public places in the interests of any fund, however worthy. When the police are permitted to do this, it is inevitable that others will claim a like privilege. Not long ago an organization was started by irresponsible people to sell poppies on the streets on Memorial Day. The sponsors of this movement turned loose their sales agents several days before the reputable organiza- tions commenced their poppy-selling cam- paign, so the latter called off their proposed sale in disgust. It is estimated that 300,000 poppies were sold, at an average price of about 25 cents each. But only $7,000 was paid over to the society rendering service to our ex-soldiers. Shortly after this drive had been completed, the organization that con- ducted the campaign was declared bankrupt, and every hope of regaining for charity any of the misappropriated funds quickly disap- peared. Notwithstanding all that has been said and done to warn the public concerning fake charities, the game of getting easy money from gullible citizens appears to go on unabated. Frequently the solicitor and his accomplices create an organization for the sole purpose of getting out a year book or a souvenir pro- gramme. One such group gathered in some unsuspecting dollars in a number of Eastern cities only a short time ago. The only copies of the journal for the supposed association were those published for use in the collection campaign. The addresses given by the collec- tors proved to be saloons. Yet many mer- chants placed advertisements with these dis- honest salesmen. In many cases, even when the cause is worthy, the plan followed in getting contri- butions does not permit much of the money to reach the charity that needs it. Take, for instance, the case of a magazine selling for ten cents. The agents maintained that the proceeds were applied to sending tubercular children to an institution in a Southern state, and caring for them there. An examination showed that of every ten cents collected, the solicitor got four and the managing agent two. The financial report of the organization in- dicated that $4,000 had been spent on the general maintenance of the home, while $25,000 had been applied to printing, head- quarters expenses, and overhead charges. In other words, only fourteen per cent. of the total money reaching headquarters was used to benefit the children. Furthermore, this fourteen per cent. was only about six per cent. of the gross receipts. No person is more easily moved by an ap- Fakers and Fallacies pealing story than the average American bus- iness man. This may be a tribute to his generosity, but certainly not to his intelligence and good judgment. It is not uncommon to hear the remark, “Well, | suppose | get trimmed occasionally, but | would rather have it that way than miss an opportunity to help a really worth-while cause.” Such a point of view is well meant, and without doubt shows a spirit of sympathy and kindliness; but it should not be overlooked that loose, careless giving seriously injures the deserving chari- ties. The common plan of fake charities is to make a seasonal appeal. In the summer they collect for fresh-air benevolences, while in the winter their begging is based on the necessity of providing coal and food for the destitute. Frequently the poor and needy family is the solicitor’s own household, and it usually develops that this particular home is anything but poverty-stricken. While chambers of commerce and other business organizations are undoubtedly making headway in their efforts to eliminate fake charities, this evil practice cannot be stopped until the public itself becomes interested in the matter and lends its coéperation. A large amount of money would be saved for investment in worthy causes if all business men, before contributing, would seek advice from their local chamber of commerce concerning the worthiness of the appeal. A FEW PREVENTIVE MEASURES OME sound and simple rules to minimize fraud and increase the efficiency of money devoted to charity work may be stated as follows: Don’t answer remitor-return letters from organizations with which you are not acquainted. Examine the merits of the project to be benefited. Never feel com- pelled to contribute to sectarian organizations unless you are a member. Don’t keep on giving year after year to a cause without an occasional checking up of the work. Refuse to give to any organization that does not issue an annual report, with an audited financial statement. Also insist on knowing some- thing of the character of the methods em- ployed, and require adequate evidence that results, in serving a public purpose, justify the money expended. Do not give money on the street. This method of raising funds is not only expensive, 523 but it has been so abused that the plan is falling into disrepute. Insist on a receipt for every contribution, which shall show the name and address of the organization to which the money was given. Giving a receipt is the first step in proper accounting, and all worthwhile organizations follow this business- like plan. Never accept a hitherto unknown organization at its own valuation. Inform yourself concerning it through disinterested agencies. Refuse to advertise in programmes until you know whether or not the advertising is offered on a sound business basis. Don’t advertise blindly, but be sure that your money is financing a bona fide proposition. Last, and most important of all, remember that the rule, investigate before you invest, applies to charities as well as to financial undertakings. Then there are a lot of other methods the fakers use to gather in easy money. One common plan is to procure funds by means of a chain letter. Such a letter, asking that copies be mailed to four friends, will reach into the millions in a very short time. Of course, in some instances, chain letters have been used to help worthy causes. But even in such a case, this scheme is undesirable, due to its uncertainty and lack of control. Generally these chain letters are pure frauds. A firm in an Eastern city started such a letter, promising a certain article of merchandise to all who would remit ten cents. The scheme was exposed by the post office inspectors, but at last reports the postmaster in the city where the letter was started had received 600,000 of these letters enclosing dimes, and since there is absolutely no way to stop a chain letter once it is started, the money continued to come in, notwithstanding the fact that the fraud order was issued some time ago. One chain letter quoting a prayer has been circulating for more than ten years. It predicts calamity for those who do not comply, so it is probably good for a century or two. THE REMIT-OR-RETURN PLAN NE favorite scheme of the professional faker is to use the remit-or-return plan for collecting foolish dollars. An example of this form of swindle is best indicated by an actual letter that was used by one faker in trying to rope in an Eastern business man. The letter read: “Our mutual friend, Harry Floyd W. Parsons Smith, dropped in here this morning on his way to the Coast, and bought a couple of Navajo blankets. He mentioned your name, stating that you wanted to get some of these goods, and it was his intention to pick out half a dozen blankets for you and have us ship them on, but the train stops only a few minutes, so he asked me to make the selec- tions and forward them. ‘Better send one first,’ thinks I, ‘and see how he likes it.’ And so | am shipping by parcel post to-day one of our prettiest and best woven blankets, with invoice enclosed. You will note | have made you a 10 per cent. discount from the regular price—thank Harry for that.”’ The prospective customer replied: “Re- turning your bill herewith, as | have turned the rug over to our chamber of commerce, which has a department that looks after things of this kind. If you feel like it, you may thank Harry for that. Mighty sorry I haven't any friend named Smith. Am amazed you should expect to find anybody so easy.” In this particular case, the faker and not the merchant was stung. But investigators have found that in some instances schemes of this kind have worked with nine people out of ten. Never before has there been so much solicitation for dubious causes as right now. The streets of our towns and cities abound with collectors of all kinds. An old colored woman recently took part in the mad scram- ble for easy money, and when approached to do some housework for a needy family, she replied that she had to go out collecting “foh de missionary society.”” “But | have work for you,” said the housewife, “and you need all you can earn. What do they pay you for collecting?’’ “I don’t get paid at all,” said the colored solicitor. “1 just gets what | collects.” As a matter of fact, many schemes of the kind here described are successful, not only because the public is careless, but because prominent people thoughtlessly permit the indiscriminate use of their names and in- fluence. One case is recited of a fake organ- ization on whose letterhead were listed the names of thirty men—all of whom appear in Who’s Who in America. An investigation showed that these individuals knew practi- cally nothing concerning the society’s plans of management or of how the funds were being expended. All of these well known people refused to assume any responsibility for the swindle. A lot of money would be saved if everyone would bear in mind and observe a few simple, common-sense rules: First, require that col- lectors show their credentials. Second, do not contribute just to get rid of a solicitor. Third, do not give to any organization that has only a post office box number for an ad- dress. Fourth, mail your check to the treasurer—don’t give cash to the collector. Fifth, beware of the concern that does not make a public annual financial statement. Sixth, be very careful about giving to a one- man organization—investigate first. Then in our fraternity of fakers we must not overlook the patent-medicine charlatans who manufacture concoctions guaranteed to cure whatever ails you... The ease with which most people are persuaded to swallow un- known compounds in an effort to provide self-treatment, is a serious matter. The mother of a large family of small children was afflicted with frequent headaches. A friend of this woman also had suffered from head- aches and had found relief in using some tab- lets. She suggested to the mother that some of this medicine might relieve her, and the sick woman tried them, with fatal results. The headaches of the unfortunate victim had been caused by an organic heart disease, and the medicine, a powerful depressant, was a drug opposite in effect to what should have been prescribed. Five children were left motherless, and a careless friend, through ignorance, was guilty of something bordering on manslaughter. Though legislation has been enacted to prevent the printing and use of labels and circulars that lay claim to ridiculous curative powers for many fake medicines, the makers of such nostrums continue to thrive in their dealings with a profitable clientele. One investigator who examined a number of patented drugs, found that some of them con- tained wood alcohol, a common cause of blindness; acetate of lead, an inducer of paralysis; nitrate of silver, a producer of the incurable disease argyria, in which the skin of the victim turns blue; and bichloride of mer- cury, adeadly poison. Although we are mak- ing progress in the right direction, our present laws are not evasion-proof. It is only human nature for people who are ill to try to cure themselves, thereby saving oO 1 d a e t h 8 mm fe SY CD me = Te ee ee 8 Fakers and Fallacies the doctor’s fee. Since it is impossible to prevent this dangerous pastime of self- medication, the only way to eliminate the re- sults of the dangers is to make it practically impossible to sell fraudulent medicines. Peo- ple must be educated to know that headaches result from dozens of causes. A cure is no good unless it is aimed at the real seat of the trouble. Such remedies as contain the coal- tar drugs, give relief only through their knock- out action, similar to what a prize fighter might bring about by administering a blow on the head or the solar plexus. Certain kinds of advertising have been carried on for years with such success that the average citizen has come to believe that a pain in the back is an evidence of kidney trouble. However, the truth is that more than 90 per cent. of the people who have kid- ney disease never have such a pain. Many other ideas with no greater foundation of truth have been cultivated by designing manufacturers of worthless nostrums. No one can say how many poor unfortunates were started on their road to ruin by the use of drugs contained in dangerous medicines that are still sold to an unsuspecting public. There is great need for a real awakening of the public mind, coupled with more effective legislation, to end the swindling practices of drug charlatans. AMERICAN SUPERSTITIONS UT easy money would not be so readily obtained by the fakers if it were not for the extreme gullibility of a large proportion of the American public. Even a cursory ex- amination will show that we cling to an astonishing array of foolish ideas in spite of our boasted higher civilization. Superstition is a race inheritance that endures through the centuries. Chance sayings heard in child- hood persist through life. The chief factors that perpetuate common superstitions are the power of suggestion, through hearing others repeat certain ideas, and the instinctive desire of the human mind to come to quick conclusions—that is, to accept lazily broad general solutions of problems, rather than go to the mental labor of working out more logical answers. Man’s curiosity has always been greater than his capacity to interpret Nature and life. Several thousand years ago the Oriental tried to divine the future by geometrical figures; the lady of ancient Rome used a system of interpretations based on the shapes formed by melted wax when dropped into water; most of the ancients believed that dreams afforded clues for forecasting events, and the sale of dream books has continued unabated up to the present time. The silly ideas that continue to-day are too numerous to mention. A lot of folks believe that if you rub a wart with a stolen dishrag and then bury it, the wart will disappear when the rag decays. A potato carried in the pocket will cure rheumatism. You can cure an aching tooth by touching it with the tooth of a dead person and afterward greasing it with marrow. A broken mirror means seven years’ bad luck. A gift of pearls will bring tears. An opal ring is unlucky for the wearer. The owner of a rabbit’s foot is pos- sessed of a talisman that will bestow favor and fortune. It is bad luck to cross through a funeral procession, and good fortune will forsake you if you return for a forgotten article and fail to sit down before you start on your way again. Such beliefs are too foolish to deserve comment; and yet we have among us right now a great army of people who are influenced by these or other equally ridiculous credulities. One reason for the continuance of superstitious beliefs is the everlasting truth that ““men mark when they hit and seldom when they miss.” Without doubt, we have passed the age of witchcraft, but instead we have such things as the ouija board and spook stuff to foster morbid fears and upset the normal, healthy action of susceptible minds. Un- happiness, misery, and insanity have resulted to many weak intellects through the con- centration of thought on illogical notions. And strange as it may seem, some of our most superstitious citizens are the bankers, invest- ment dealers, and stock exchange men who deal with cold, hard facts every day of their lives. The stock trader is not at all a rarity who carries in his pocket a trinket of some sort, which is his amulet. Not long ago an eminently successful speculator died, and of all his possessions, the one most sought after by his fellow traders was an old coin which had been his pocket piece all through his stock exchange career. It is strange that in a world which prides itself upon its progress in matters scientific, there should still be room for fanciful theories, 526 ridiculous superstitions, and fallacious con- cepts that parallel in ignorance the wild imaginings of the Dark Ages. While many seventeenth century notions have been dis- sipated by the cold white light of logical rea- soning, these early fallacies have been sup- planted by Twentieth Century delusions that are no less remarkable when we consider the degree of credence that is placed in them by apparently sane, normal human beings. Nations have their whims and peculiarities, as have individuals. Whole communities suddenly fix their minds on one object and go mad inits pursuit. Millions of people become possessed simultaneously with one delusion and run after it until their attention is caught by some new folly more captivating than the first. One country is suddenly seized with a fierce desire for military glory, while another as suddenly becomes crazed by a religious scruple. Once the population of Europe lost its wits about the sepulchre of Jesus, and crowded in frenzied multitudes to the Holy Land. Another age went mad for fear of the devil, and offered up hundreds of thousands of victims to the delusion of witchcraft. An epidemic terror of the end of the world has several times spread over the nations, and the singular part of it all is that each new prophet is able to reach the ears of a multitude of hearers and believers, even to-day. The most remarkable instance of this kind oc- curred at the end of the TenthCertury. Fana- tics appeared in France, Germany, and Italy at the same time, preaching that the one thousand years prophesied in the Apocalypse as the term of the world’s duration was about to expire. In the year 999 the number of pilgrims proceeding to Jerusalem, which was expected to be the scene of the Last Judgment, was so great that they were compared to a deserting army. Knights, citizens, and serfs travelled eastward in company, taking with them their wives and children and singing psalms as they went. Buildings of every sort were suffered to fall into ruin, as it was thought useless to repair them when the end of the world was so near. We smile at these old-time credulities, little realizing that the centuries to come will Floyd W. Parsons pity and sympathize with us in like degree for our own ignorance. We have nearly as many delusions to-day as had our ancestors, and there is far less excuse for them because of the progress made by science in the last century. We have delusions about health and about disease; about God and about religions; about work and about play; about society and about social customs; about our- selves and about one another. In fact, we have delusions -about anything and every- thing which comes within the bounds of human cognizance. We are possessed of monetary, banking, and business fallacies. Perhaps our most destructive delusion is the common belief in the validity of the business-cycle idea. Most of us hold the notion that every period of prosperity must be followed by a like period of depression, and that good times cannot be permanent. The truth is that there are no fixed or proved laws, rules, or principles that govern the fluctuations in our industrial life. All of this teaches us, first, that we are not nearly so wise as we think we are, and second, that it is perfectly proper and legitimate for us to question not only all current concep- tions, but even to protest against many of the exaggerated claims of our scientists. Only through cultivating a spirit of moderate scepticism and constructive criticism, can we avoid being carried by a natural reaction to the opposite extreme of mysticism, spiritual- ism, and plain charlatanry. “There was a door to which | found no key,” sang Omar. At the present time there are many such doors, and the reason there are no keys for them is because they are with- out locks. The truth is that all we have to do is to “open these doors,”’ and “keep them open.” We make mysteries of a multitude of matters that would yield easily and quickly to experimentation. It is for this reason that we must place our chief hope in the progress of science—the one relentless enemy of mystery. The day of fakers and fallacies will quickly end when we refuse longer to take things for granted and insist on having the substance of fact instead of the shadow. | i i a ee THE SIGN OF THE KU KLUX KLAN The “‘fiery cross” has been adopted by the Klan as its “‘sign’’ This idea, together with most of the others that make up the order, was adopted bodily from that other and more original order from which the present organization got its name. This particular “fiery cross” is made up of Klansmen holding electric lights—evidently a bit of showy display Ancestry and End of the Ku Klux Klan Its Forebears, the Know-Nothing Party and the “A. P. A.” No True Descent From the Original Klan. Its Probable Course and End By ROBERT L. DUFFUS “The liberties of a people are never more certainly in the path of destruction than when they trust themselves to the guidance of secret societies. Birds of the night are never birds of widsom. One of them, indeed, received this name, but it was not from bis look and not from his moral and intellec- tual qualities. They are for the most part birds of prey. The fate of a republic is sealed when bats take the place of eagles.” —JositaH QUINCY. ALPARAISO, Indiana, seat of the once well-advertised Valparaiso University, is one of those tranquil Mid-Western cities, ‘with well- kept, tree-shaded streets, comfor- table houses set well back across green lawns, and a general air of civic pride and content- ment, which are the despair of the modern school of fiction writers and the habitat of much that gives American life its particular color and flavor. Valparaiso is Main Street softened and mellowed by an additional generation or two of settlement. It is not one city, but a thousand. What could hap- pen there might happen anywhere in the Middle West. Last May the Ku Klux Klan, having cal- culated its strength, chose Valparaiso as the scene of one of its largest demonstrations, and as perhaps the first in which the Klan mask was dropped, and an opportunity given the public to see what Klansmen in the mass 528 looked like. This event was announced in Klan publications sold on the streets in Chicago and other cities. “Fifty thousand Knights of “The Invisible Empire’, it was proclaimed, “are expected to attend in full regalia. The meet will resemble the tournaments of old England, when Knights of another age met for sport, merrymaking, good fellowship, and oppor- tunity to try lances with, or to pay respects to, nobles from distant parts. The committees in charge invite every one hundred per cent. American, whether a Klansman or not, to attend the great demonstration.” The writer accepted the invitation, and although he did not possess the passwords which entitled the pure and faithful to enter the Valparaiso fair grounds, on which the secret portions of the programme were carried out, he had the opportunity to inspect a throng of Klansmen, nearly all unmasked, estimated by Klan organs at 25,000, and by other observers at from 10,000 to 20,000. This was probably the first large-scale ap- pearance of Klansmen without masks, and it was a most enlightening one for innocent bystanders interested in the personnel of the organization. Had it not been for a sprinkling of robed Klansmen (looking more or less uncomfortable and absurd in the sunlight) at the railway stations, at street corners, in automobiles, and at the guarded entrances to the fair grounds, a casual visitor might have mistaken this solemn occasion for a political rally, a county fair, a Fourth of July festival, or a circus. Except for badges and banners des- ignating each successive delegation as it marched up from the train, and the pennants which decorated the automobiles, there was little about the visitors which proclaimed them members of an order which has made more extravagant claims, aroused greater hysteria among its opponents, and produced more gray hairs among politicians than any similar phenomenon since the collapse of the Know-Nothing party nearly seventy years ago. A closer inspection afforded opportunity for making, or rather for confirming, certain generalizations. The rank and file of the Klan at Valparaiso were sharply divided into city members and country members. The farmers, who arrived in automobiles, usually with their families, would have seemed per- Robert .L. Duffus fectly at home eleven years ago in a Pro- gressive party rally—bronzed, homely, good- natured persons who might have been selected at random from the farming populations of Indiana, Ohio, Illinois, Kansas, or Nebraska. No group of men, seemingly, could be further from the savageries of which the Ku Klux Klan has been guilty in Louisiana, Texas, Florida, Tennessee, and Oklahoma, and it was a little difficult to believe that they were taking seriously the mummery they had come to witness. A more striking evidence of the Klan’s ability to be—or seem—all things to all men could not have been found. I am speaking, of course, of the rank and file. A hard-faced leadership was manifestly on the job marshalling the flocks. The delegations from Chicago, who wore badges and carried banners proclaiming their home city, were of a different, and if this writer's observation of them can be trusted, an inferior type. Certainly they were not the “average American citizens, home owners, voters, and folk relied upon in the communi- ties from which they came” which one Klan paper described them as being. Most of them could be classified as belonging to the less successful strata of the “white collar’ class. They did not represent organized labor, which except in Kansas and in parts of Texas, has fought shy of the Klan, nor did they include, apparently, many members of unorganized manual laboring groups. They might have been small store-keepers, corpora- tion employees, clerks, and clingers to the edges of the professions, with perhaps a sprinkling of more influential personages. This is not said by way of disparagement, but rather to throw light on the nature of the Klan’s appeal. The one generalization which could be applied, as | believe, to the Val- paraiso celebrators was that they had social or personal grievances. This was a parade of Americanism gone a little sour. The im- pression was strengthened by conversations with a number of Klansmen and Klan sympa- thizers. Behind the fringe of shrewd pro- moters, “salesmen of hate,” politicians, addicts of hocus pocus, skylarkers, and boot- leggers who have earned the Klan a deserved odium, is a residue of earnest and aimless dis- content. This discontent, as | think it will be worth while taking a little space to show, is no new thing in American history. Individually it is Ancestry and End of the Ku Klux Klan THESE ARE NOT “THIN AIRY SHOALS OF VISIONARY GHOSTS” They are instead publicity hunting members of the Ku Klux Klan marching with flares lighting up their long white robes and tapering mask-hung hoods the result of personal misfortune or dis- appointment for which the sufferer is driven to seek causes outside himself. Socially it isa natural result of a period of unrest, uncer- tainty, and hard times, such as always goes with a great war. Well directed it might merge in an intelligent progressive movement. When selfishly exploited, as the Ku Klux Klan and its predecessors have exploited it, it may become fantastic, bigoted, and repellent. Specifically, in American history, it has often taken the destructive and futile form of opposition to the foreigner, and especially to the Roman Catholic church, which over and over again has been made the scapegoat for everything alien. | shall briefly sketch some of its past manifestations. When the Revolutionary General Knox organized the Society of the Cincinnati, in April, 1783, it was bitterly denounced, not only because its object was believed to be to create an order of nobility, but also, as poor Knox wrote to Washington, because people believed it had been “created by a foreign influence in order to change our form of government.” A _ little later the foreign influence in America became radically demo- cratic instead of aristocratic, and the so- called “Democratic societies’ of 1794 were damned by President Adams as being the cause of domestic rebellion and of the in- troduction of un-American ideas. The Alien Act of 1798 was aimed at the supposedly dangerous influence of foreigners for exactly the same reasons which buttressed the war legislation of 1917, and because of the same philosophy which has agitated in our own times such of the members of the Ku Klux Klan as have happened to be both intelligent and honest. “Native Americanism,” recognized as such, made its appearance as early as 1817. Its spirit was well expressed in an editorial which Professor McMaster paraphrases from a 5 30 Robert L. Duffus newspaper of 1823: “When we look at the population in some parts of our country and see mingled with it the dregs of all nations when we are told that half a million Irishmen have left their own country to live in ours, when we behold them linked together by the church and their love of Erin, we are moved to declare that the character of our country is degraded by the contact, and our liberties and our government threatened by the admission of a population without education, and without attachment to the community they have been forced to adopt. It is time to stop making citizens of subjects of European governments.” The, hey-day of the first well-organized anti- foreign and anti-Catholic agitation came in the early thirties, when Irish laborers were doing yeoman service in the construction of the first railways, and incidentally arousing ill-will of many natives by their turbulence, their religious faith, and their general foreign- ness: and when there was also an outcry against what many Americans believed to be the deliberate policy of Great Britain in dumping criminals and paupers on our shores. In 1834 there were serious anti-Catholic riots in Philadelphia, Trenton, Rochester, Lancas- ter, and other cities. At Charleston, Mass., in August, 1834, a mob sacked and burned the Ursuline convent. “Maria Monk” and other “escaped nuns’ told stories of gross ill-treat- ment, and “converted priests” lectured on the iniquities of Rome, exactly as they do to-day under the auspices of the Ku Klux and other anti-Catholic organizations. In 1834 Samuel F. B. Morse took time from his fruitful re- searches with the magnetic telegraph to write a series of newspaper articles, afterward published as a book, which he signed “ Bru- tus’’ and entitled “The Foreign Conspiracy against the United States.” In 1835 there were native American tickets in New York and New Orleans, both cities of large alien populations, and in the same year the National American Democratic Association adopted as a plank in its platform the resolution to “elevate no person of foreign birth to any office of honor, trust, or profit in the United States.” The panic of 1837, together with the continuance of the great Irish migration, did not diminish the strength of the movement, and it grew steadily during the late ‘thirties and early ‘forties. The Catholics fought these attacks as best they could. On only one occasion, however (this instance is vouched for by Humphrey J. Desmond in his excellent monograph on the Know Nothing party) did they actually put a Catholic ticket in the field. This was the municipal election of 1841 in New York City, in which the Catholic ticket secured 2,200 votes out of the metropolitan total of 35,000. Three years later the Native Americans triumphantly elected James Harper, of the publishing house of Harper & Brothers, as mayor. The same. year, 1844, saw anti- Catholic riots in Philadelphia, and a re-open- ing of the public school question as it affected Catholics. This issue has never been allowed to die out since that date; it is among the fundamentals of the Ku Klux Klan, who are prepared to insist both on the abolition of parochial and private schools (as they did in Oregon) and on the compulsory reading of the Bible. The Mexican War, with its awakening of new national conceptions, temporarily drew attention away from the anti-foreign clamor, but agitation by such societies as the Sons of America, the American Protestant Associa- tion, the Order of United Americans, the Order of United American Mechanics, and the Order of the Star-Spangled Banner (titles which are sufficiently explanatory) continued. Out of one or the other of these secret socie- ties grew the Know Nothing party, which took its name from the fact that its members, like the modern Ku Klux Klan, were given to feigning ignorance when questioned about it. “The Know Nothings,” wrote one editor in December, 1853, “are an off-shoot of the Order of United Americans. By the consti- tution of the latter, politics are excluded from their proceedings. In order to evade this rule, and to become more effective in political movements, members of the body formed an outside secret association, calling themselves Know Nothings. The principles of their constitution are directly hostile to all Catho- lics, and they pledge themselves to vote for no man who is not an American of three generations.” The members, according to McMaster, “recognized one another by signs, grips, passwords, signals of distress, test questions, and rallying cries’—all of which brings us back to the Ku Klux Klan. Like the Klan, the Know Nothings did their political work surreptitiously; indeed, Ancestry and End of the Ku Klux Klan 531 accounts of their manoeuvres might be used, saw with dread the steady stream of immigra- word for word, to describe what the Klan is tions that munth after month came to our doing at this moment in any one of a dozen _ shores, all found in the Know Nothing creed states. In many cases they elected candidates actually not known to be running, or caused the defeat of candi- dates against whom there had been no open opposi- tion. Working within the Whig party in the North they scratched the name of every alien and every Cath- olic from the ballots. In 1854 they elected mayors of Washington, Philadelphia, New York city, and Norfolk, and had minor successes elsewhere. By 1856 the order was estimated to num- ber as many as a million and a quarter voters, all of whom, as the saying went, had been brought “into the august presence of Sam.” There were several degrees, as there are in the Klan, and the secrets of the higher were carefully kept away from members of the lower. This machine was powerful enough to elect at least five United States Senators and twenty-three Congressmen, besides winning numerous local successes. “Sincere and honest men became Know Nothings,” to quote again from Pro- fessor McMaster’s monu- mental history, “in hope that the party might really find a remedy for the intol- erable evils of the ignorant foreign vote. Politicians great and small, who once labored under the old Whig banner and now beheld that party in ruins, gladly cast their lot with what seemed something entitled to their support.” But he adds: “Racial hatred played its part in furnishing recruits; yet, withal, the movement was the work of politicians and in no sense a great pop- ular uprising to reform real abuses and correct serious wrongs.” Here again the parallel with the Klan is strikingly close. The fabricated issues of the Know Nothings were blasted, as those of the Klan are likely to be, by the rise of a real and unavoidable issue—in the Know Nothing case, the question of the ex- tension of slavery. In 1855 they were strong enough to carry Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, to elect a number of officials in New York, to elect governors in Kentucky and California and a legislature in Mary- land, and to put up a close fight in Texas, Virginia, Louisiana, Georgia, and Mississippi. Next year came the beginning of the end. Millard Fillmore, who received the Know Nothing backing, ran far behind the Republican candidates in popular vote and received iS THIS ‘gpa: A POSE? only eight electoral votes. No doubt many—protably postal the Buchanan was elected presi- real reverence for the flag, but their at- dent on a platform which tempts to form an extra-legal force with declared boldly:“A political which to influence public officials and : os hese private citizens, and to oppose those crusade in the Nineteenth whose religion or ancestry is not to their Century and in the United liking, is un-American and opposed tothe States against Catholics and very first principle for which the flag ‘ : : stands foreign born is neither justified by past history to be the party of the future. Patriots who nor future prospects of the country, nor really believed American institutions were in unison with the spirit of toleration and threatened by what they called the insidious enlightened freedom which peculiarly dis- wiles of foreign influence, old Nativists who tinguishes the American system of popula- held that Americans should rule America and government.” In this election the party 5 32 cast about one seventh of the votes in the North and about three sevenths of those in the South. Its strength in the South was due in part to the well-founded fear of Southerners that immigration would give the North disproportionate weight in the impending political or military conflict. Naturally, the Know Nothings aroused the opposition of Northern liberals. “One might as well study optics in the pyramids of Egypt, or the subterranean tombs of Rome,” de- clared Henry Ward Beecher, “as liberty in secret conclaves controlled by hoary knaves versed in political intrigue, who can hardly enough express their surprise and delight to see honest men going into a wide-spread system of secret caucuses. Honest men in such places have the peculiar advantage that flies have in a spider’s web—the privilege of losing their legs, of buzzing without flying, and being eaten up at leisure by big-bellied spiders.‘ ‘There was a lodge near me,” General Grant wrote apologetically in his memoirs, “and I was invited to join it. | accepted the invitiation, was initiated, and attended a meeting just one week later; and never went to another afterward.” General Scott devoted a considerable portion of his unsuccessful presidential campaign to apolo- gizing for a reported earlier affiliation with the Know Nothings and to expressing his pro- found admiration for all foreigners who hap- pened to have votes. Horace Greeley, in phrases which have not altogether lost their flavor, said that the party “would seem as devoid of the elements of persistence as an anti-cholera or anti-potato-rot party’—al- luding, doubtless, to the calamities which were mainly responsible for the Irish immigration. “The Native American or so-called Know Nothing party,” wrote Lord Bryce, many years later, “had, in two years from its foundations, become a tremendous power, rising and seeming likely, for a time, to carry its own Presidential candidate. In three years it was dead without a hope of revival.” Disowned by the Republicans, distrusted by the Southern Democrats, tolerated at last only in the border states, the party disap- peared in the maelstrom of war, suffering splits and schisms, and enduring at last only in the degraded form of such bands of ruffians as the “Tigers,” “Black Snakes,” “Rip Raps,” “Blood Tubs,” and “Plug Uglies” which terrorized Baltimore and other cities. Robert L. Duffus The last formal meeting of the Know Nothing party was held in a small room in 1866. A subsidiary organization, the Order of the American Shield, lasted until 1866, and the ‘United Order of American Mechanics, the Junior Order of American Mechanics, and the Patriotic Order of the Sons of America, all of them sympathetic with Know-Nothingism, still show signs of life. The Junior Order of American Mechanics, which has a number of chapters in the South, is generally considered a close ally of the Ku Klux Klan. Although the anti-Catholic and anti-foreign spirit survived in this way and manifested it- self from time to time, the next great move- ment embodying it was the American Pro- tective Association, organized by Henry F. Bowers, a sixty-year-old lawyer of Clinton, Iowa, on March 13, 1887. This order, like the one formed later by Colonel Simmons of Atlanta, grew slowly at first. In 1893, five years after the founding, it had no more than 70,000 members. But hard times gave it an impetus, as they had to its predecessors, and in 1896 it probably had as many as a million members, and was said by sympathizers not too scrupulous about their mathematics, to number two and a half millions. The A. P. A. lodges possessed a ritual some- what similar to that of the Know Nothings, had secret degrees within the order, and im- posed terrific oaths binding members not to vote for or patronize Catholics. Again the “escaped nuns” and “converted priests” made their appearance. Again wild rumors were circulated regarding the fiendish designs of the Catholics against the Protestant popu- lation. A false encyclical of Pope Leo XIII, similar in purport to the false Knights of Columbus oath which has been industriously distributed by the Ku Klux Klan, was: said to absolve Catholics from their allegiance to the American government and make it “the duty of the faithful to exterminate all heretics found within the jurisdiction of the United States of America.” The A. P.A. wasstrong ineastern Michigan, northern Ohio, northern and central Illinois, lowa, northern Missouri, and eastern Kan- sas and Nebraska. But the reaction came almost as soon as its full strength was devel- oped: it was snubbed by both major parties in the election of 1896, and disappeared al- most immediately as an active political factor The truth probably was that by 1896 and ve. —- & ww mw CO eh Oe Ancestry and End @f the Ku Klux Klan later, national politicians had more to lose by es- tranging the Catholic and foreign vote than could be gained by accepting the windy tenets of “ Na- tive Americanism.” An interesting phase of the A. P. A. movement was that. large numbers of Germans and Scandinav- ians, naturally of Protes- tant sympathies, were either-members or allies. It was, of course, more anti-Catholic than anti- foreign. Few, it seems to me, can reflect upon the facts which | have endeavored to summarize without perceiving that the mod- ern Ku Klux Klan is di- rectly descended, not ‘rom the post-bellum organization of the same name, but from the A. P. A., the Know Nothings, the Wide Awakes (a “junior order” which ter- rorized New York city in the ’fifties), and the Na- tive Americans. Its dif- ferences are inconsider- able, its likenesses all- THE MUMMERY OF A KLAN INITIATION Clever salesmen have not found it difficult to sell memberships in the Klan. Ten important. If it has _ dollars, the fee required, is not so much as to frighten any one away, and the osten- added the Jews to its ob- sible purposes of the Klan are, at least in part, so high that those eligibles who are jectsof hatred, it has done so in the spirit of the earlier movements. Nevertheless, a word or two with regard to the real Ku Klux Klan may not be out of place, especially as the spurious Klan pre- tends to be descended from it. The original © Ku Klux Klan was organized at Pulaski, Tenn., in May, 1866. At first the pastime of a few restless young men, most of them veterans of the Confederate army, it found its hocus pocus, undertaken in fun, begin- ning to be taken seriously. Before long its usefulness in achieving secretly what the Federal troops of occupation would not allow to be done publicly, was perceived, and local branches sprang up throughout the South. Later the Knights of the White approached are quickly interested. Many ‘‘members’’, however, have never done more than pay the initial ten dollars, although after several years, despite their lack of activity, they are still being carried as “active members” Camelia (from which the “ Kamelia,” one of the woman’s auxiliaries of the modern Klan derives its name) attained importance in the Black Belt, leaving the northerly tier of states to the Ku Klux; and other organizations followed in different localities. The Ku Klux Klan, therefore, came to stand for an extensive movement, not highly centralized, which had for its object the maintenance of white supremacy in the old slave-holding states. In this purpose it may fairly be said to have succeeded. Naturally it came into conflict with the Federal authorities, was the subject of a Congressional investigation, and was finally outlawed. But before this last 5 34 act had taken place the original Ku Klux Klan, of which the Confederate General Nathan Bedford Forrest was Grand Wizard, was Officially disbanded by its head and founders. This voluntary dissolution took place, first because the immediate emergency had passed, and second because the name and disguise of the order had been abused by per- sons who were merely predatory and un- scrupulous. The order of dissolution, according to J. C. Lester and D. L. Wilson, members and founders, who published a volume on the history of the Klan, was issued on February 20, 1869—less than three years after the first meeting. Where this order was pro- mulgated, they testify, “obedience to it was prompt and implicit. Whether obeyed or not this proclamation terminated the Klan’s organized existence as decisively and com- pletely as General Lee’s last general order on the morning of the 1oth of April, 1865, disbanded the Army of Northern Virginia. The Klan had no organized existence after March 1, 1865. Thus lived, so died, this strange order. Its birth was an accident, its growth was a comedy, its death a tragedy. There never was, before or since, a period of our history when such an © order could have lived. May there never be again!” By Southerners the Klan is generally given credit for rescuing the South from a condition of anarchy, and for preventing the white civilization from being submerbed by its late slaves. But most Southerners look upon it as a movement which had a single specific purpose and which ended, as it should have ended, as soon as it had done all it could to accomplish that purpose. | am not passing judgment upon this view. It is of present importance only because it demonstrates the utter lack of a connection between the past and the present, the real and the imitation. One or two members of the original Klan are members of the present Klan. When Colonel Simmons was concocting his ritual, he lifted, with slight alterations, whole passages from the Klan ritual as made public in 1868. He did this for the first paragraph of his “ Kreed,”’ omitting an obsolete reference to the Federal Government; he did it with section 3 of Article II, in which the objects of the Klan are stated as follows: “This order is an institution of chivalry, humanity, justice, Robert L. Duffus & a, ~ and patriotism, embodying in its genius and principles all that is chivalric in conduct, noble in sentiment, generous in manhood, and patriotic in purpose.” This is taken verbatim from the old Klan prescript, except that Colonel Simmons, for reasons best known to himself, has substituted the word “justice” for the “mercy” of the original document. For good measure the Colonel also lifted the old Klan motto, “Quod sem- per, quod ubique, quod ab omnibus,” which may or may not originally have had a mean- ing. But these pickings and stealings from the old Klan are important only because they are part of the system of charlatanry by which the Twentieth Century model of the Know Nothing movement was sold to a gullible public. In taking leave of this subject the writer regretfully sets aside a mass of material, growing every day, which bears upon the present activities of the Klan. In Texas and Oklahoma, for instance, it is still an actual menace to law and order. | have on my desk a letter from an attorney of Fort Worth, in which the writer says: “We have almost a complete state of anarchy in this state at this time, and the worst of it is that the offi- cers of the law seem to be either afraid of these fellows or are members of the infamous outfit themselves.” An enclosed clipping relates the killing of Otto Lange and the wounding of the Lange baby at Somerville, Burleson County, by masked men who forced themselves into the house. Acting Governor Davidson took this affair seriously enough to call it “an open defiance of the state and a deliberate plot to overthrow its laws’’—thus going a little farther than his lukewarm chief, Governor Neff, whose policy it has been to sit tight and say nothing. Since January, 1921, there have been, according to the San Antonio Express, 21 lynchings in Texas; and this estimate does not include such lesser outrages as the whippings at Goose Creek, near Houston, and other breaches of the peace which have occurred in every community in which the Klan is powerful. If the Klan is not to blame for lynchings it has at least done nothing to diminish their frequency, for they have increased greatly since the organiza- tion came to Texas. Oklahoma has a similar story to tell, and Governor Walton was re- cently moved to declare martial law in Okmulgee County, although, he stated, the wT ea NA FRI Vw SS» Ancestry and End of the Ku Klux Klan ‘gt Ler «i » ag te . 4 * ae a t 4b. the re hi wie A A WOODLAND MEETING OF THE KLAN Onc wonders how many such “‘secret”’ meetings in the woods are held without some carefully staged publicity resulting from them. This photograph, which apparently originated with the Klan’s publicity department, was accompanied by a caption reading as follows: ‘“‘ Devotional exercises of a Klan, the Kludd, or minister of the Klan, offering a prayer. The opening of the circle is in anticipation of the coming of a high official, after whose arrival the circle again will be closed”’ act was not “aimed at any organization, but at the elements that are taking the law into their own hands.” But in Oklahoma “ele- ments that are taking the law into their own hands,” is merely a synonym for Ku Klux Klan. In the North, as I have pointed out in a previous article of this series, the Klan has not generally been guilty of provable violence. Yet it is not over-eager to obey laws of which it disapproves. An act passed by the last legislature of the staté of New York makes it mandatory for “every existing membership corporation and every existing unincorpor- ated association having a membership of twenty or more persons, which corporation requires an oath as a prerequisite or condition of membership” to file lists of its members. Following the passage of this law the Klan filed a certificate of incorporation as a “ bene- volent fraternal society,” and by this and other devices seems to have evaded compliance. In doing this it may not have overstepped legality, but neither has it shown much enthusiasm for the plain intent of the state’s law-making body. In the meantime it is busy consolidating its position in the neigh- borhood of New York City, especially on Long Island and in New Jersey, where it has conducted vigorous and adroitly advertised campaigns for members. Although there have been clashes between the Klan and its opponents in several suburban communities, it has not been clear that the Klan was in- variably the aggressor. In fact, its conduct in the metropolitan neighborhood has been as exemplary as that of such an organization well could be; or | might say more accurately that it has created dissension, broken up old friendships, and set communities by the ears without demonstrable violations of law. In conclusion I must set down a number of opinions which will have to be verified by time. The Klan may be expected to figure in 536 the election of 1924 as the Know Nothings figured in 1852 and 1854 and as the A. P. A figured—or rather attempted to figure—in 1896. It is working behind the scenes and on the backstairs in both parties, and in close voting will greatly influence the choice of candidates both North and South. In the improbable event of Mr. Ford’s nomination the Klan will throwmany votes hisway. But, except in isolated communities, chiefly in the South, it will carry no important candidates of its own choosing. There is not a state north of the Mason and Dixon line in which an open Klan endorsement would not prove fatal in a state or national election, although in some states—in Indiana, certainly—an open re- pudiation of the Klan would be almost equally dangerous. The order will remain a negative and disturbing force, helping, it may be, to hasten the decline of the existing parties, but not contributing a single constructive ele- ment toward the erection of new ones. By the end of 1924, | am willing to predict, it will be a punctured bubble. The sources of its disruption will be found within as well as without the organization. Almost from the beginning, as readers of these articles may remember, there have been rivalries and jealousies in the Klan ranks. At the present writing Colonel Simmons, founder of the order, is in retirement and at sword’s points with the Imperial Wizard, Dr. Hiram W. Evans; Edgar Young Clarke, chief instrument of the Klan’s first commer- cial successes, is. in retirement, in parts un- known, owing possibly to a white slave in- dictment; and there is bitter opposition to Evans, among Klan members as well as among those who have withdrawn. Charges of financial irregularity among both the sub- ordinate and the higher officers are constantly cropping up. An attempt to press these charges may at any time anticipate the natural processes of dissolution and destroy the central organization. This possibility has been strengthened by the revelations of Robert L. Duffus the Kansas ouster suit, and by the constant pressure being brought to bear by such down- right enemies of the Klan as the American Unity League of Chicago. Not all the Klan’s opponents are purely disinterested and not all of them are fighting it wisely (some, indeed, employ too many of its own methods to suit a fastidious taste), but an active and vigilant hostility is breeding in every com- munity where aliens, Catholics, or Jews are present in considerable numbers, or where the conscience of the native American is sufficiently aroused. As in the past the anti-alien and anti- Catholic movement must fail for lack of material on which to feed. Pushed originally by sordid adventurers for purposes of gain, taken over by equally sordid politicians, utilized by law breakers, fanatics, meddlers, and “plug uglies,” it will find no permanent function in American life. With the rise of new issues, possibly with the formation of new parties, it must weaken and disappear. 1 believe that the great majority of its honest dupes will find within a year or two a better way of realizing such of their hopes and aspira- tions as are both legitimate and intelligent, and that the cessation of immigration, with an increasing demand for labor, will lead generally to greater toleration and apprecia- tion in the popular American attitude toward the stranger within our gates. There never was in our history less excuse for an anti- alien movement or for religious bigotry. And if the Ku Klux Klan turns in upon itself and sets out to enforce its peculiar notions of the moral law upon native Americans, to carry the mean gossip and scandal of decadent small towns into national affairs, its downfall will be accelerated. Thesolution in the long run will befurnished by the common sense of common Americans, including many who have been induced by lies and misrepresentations to join a secret organi- zation whose secrecy adds, not to its power for good, but solely to its power for evil. CAN AMERICA HELP? Some of the Prominent Americans Who Have Visited Europe and What Europe’s Problems and Europe’s Future Some of Them Have Learned. By. MARK O AN American who spent any part of last spring and summer in Europe, there was more than mere casual interest—there was a striking significance—in the extra- ordinary number of public men from the United States whom one ran across in London, Paris, Berlin, or elsewhere. There was a member of the Supreme Court of the United States, Justice Sutherland; and another mem- ber recently resigned, Ex-Justice Clarke, now devoting his time to an almost Evangelical advocacy of the League of Nations. There were two members of the Cabinet, Mr. Mel- lon of the Treasury and Mr. Davis of the Department of Labor. (In addition to these, there were at least two former Cabinet mem- bers, Ex-Secretary Fall of Mr. Harding's Cabinet and Ex-Secretary of State Colby of Mr. Wilson’s Cabinet). Of the United States Senate there were eighteen, almost a fifth of the entire member- ship. They included at least one Presiden- tial possibility, Senator Oscar Underwood of Alabama; and another who, due to the sud- den death of President Harding, has become a Presidential possibility, Senator Hiram John- son of California. Among the others were Sen- ators Moses of New Hampshire, David Walsh of Massachusetts, Edge of New Jersey, Stan- ley of Kentucky, McCormick of Illinois, Wheeler of Montana, Brookhart of lowa, Spencer of Missouri, and Smoot of Utah. Of members of the Lower House, there were such well known ones as Longworth of Ohio and Porter of Pennsylvania. In another class of public officials were Eugene Meyer, Jr., Chairman of the War Finance Corporation; Solicitor-General James M. Beck, and Assistant Secretary of the Treas- ury Eliot Wadsworth. In addition to these there was a host of men recently in public life, or otherwise actively identified with public affairs in America, such as Ex-Senator Hitch- cock of Nebraska, Ex-Senator Frelinghuysen SULLIVAN = a of New Jersey, former Chairman Lasker of the Shipping Board, Ex-Congressman Copley of Illinois, Bernard M. Baruch, Chairman John Adams of the Republican National Com- mittee, Ex-Chairman Homer Cummings of the Democratic National Committee, Adolph S. Ochs of the New York Times, Cyrus K. Curtis of the Philadelphia Ledger, President ‘Nich- olas Murray Butler of Columbia University, former Ambassador to Great Britain, John W. Davis, Ex-Senator Clarence Watson of Virginia. Now if this were a mere catalogue of promi- nent Americans who spent a summer vacation in Europe, it would belong in some other sort of periodical than the WorLp’s Work. Its pertinence here lies in the fact that of the men named, and of many others not named, none were in Europe for vacation purposes merely. A few had their families with them and gave a portion of their time to conventional sight- seeing. But the main purpose with all of them—and, as to several whom the writer ran across, the whole purpose—was one aspect or another of the public affairs of the United States. Chiefly it was to acquire information about the present state of Europe, and ma- terials for judgment as to what America can do, or ought to do, in the field which we call broadly our foreign relations. During this period, the writer, also, was in Europe, and with a purpose roughly identical with the others. The curiosity of the writer, as well as of most of the public men who will have a personal or party stake in the situa- tion, was to see just what form the foreign relations issue can take next year. It was largely the anticipation of these fac- tors of the American political situation next year, and the consciousness that one version or another of the present facts about Europe will form the bulk of a great mass of political discussion—it was this that sent us hustling about from capital to capital, talking to scores of the men in responsible office, to editors, military men, labor leaders, bankers, and business men. Perhaps as good a way as any, for one who participated in all this, to transfer some of his impressions to millions of other Americans who share the curiosity about Europe and America’s relation to it, is to set down some of the more important of his notes, in an order as disjointed as they arose. I begin with Ireland, although that was not on the beat of most of the other Americans mentioned, and although its circumstances set it largely apart from the European situa- tion as it figures in American politics. 1 be- gin with Ireland partly because that is where | spent the first week, and partly because | got there a feeling of optimism which, al- though it was not wholly duplicated anywhere else in Europe, yet had as the chief of its causes, the return of the farmer to peace and work, which condition is duplicated in several other of the rural parts of Europe, and con- stitutes the most chtering single fact through- Sullivan THE LAKES OF KILLARNEY, IRELAND The civil war in Ireland, says Mr. Sullivan, stopped when the Irish farmers became more interested in crops than in fighting. In Ireland, as on the continent of Europe, the farmers are improving their conditions (although perhaps slowly) while the cities show fewer signs of regeneration out all Europe. In Ireland, the heart went out of the fighting almost overnight. It went out because the farmers, who were the backbone of it, just plainly got tired of the fighting and the mess and inconvenience of civil war. It was spring, and the call of the sod was in the air. The farmers felt the lure of it. They wanted to go to plowing and raise a crop. They had composed the bulk of the support of the opposition to the Free State, their sons had been the fighting men, and the farmers had provided sympathy, refuge, and sustenance. When they lost interest, the fighting collapsed, and within a day Ireland was an island of peace, intent upon the plough. To see it happen made you think of another April day when fighting ceased, and recalled one of the most pregnant of those familiar stories and aphorisms with which men of wit and insight have epitomized the atmosphere of many phases of American history. In 1889, the editor of an Atlanta newspaper, Henry W. Grady, made himself a Can America Help? national figure through a single brief speech. He had been invited to address the New England Society in New York, and he determined to take advantage of the occasion to carry from the South a message of recon- ciliation. He did it with humor, and not too much emphasis on sentiment, economics, or statistics; the time was ripe for it, and the happy conjunction of the hour and the man marked a turning point in American history. The atmosphere of the speech, which in- fected the state of mind of the whole country, and changed it from the rancorous recollection of war to a humorous and tolerant geniality— the atmosphere of the story rested largely on one brief story that Grady told, a mere quota- tion of the remark of a Southern soldier as General Lee announced the end of the fight- ing to his army gathered at Appomatox on a soft April day when the immemorial summons of spring was in the air: “ Well, anyhow,”’ said this philosopher among the private soldiers, “1 killed more of them than they killed of 5 39 me; I’m goin’ to go home and get out my plow and raise me a crop.”’ That story is relevant to the present state of Europe in two widely different ways. It is a fact throughout Europe that wherever the prevailing occupation is agriculture, the far- mer has turned to the plough and in the ag- gregate seems to be pulling Europe a little way out of the swamp. Everywhere, the farmer has added a cow or two to his herd, a horse to his stable, a few sheep to his flock. By that much—and in the aggregate it is considerable—Europe is “coming back.” But one is obliged to add that this is one of very few respects in which Europe is visibly re- covering. The other respect in which Henry W. Crady’s story is relevant to the present state of Europe is, unhappily, by contrast. Europe has by no means reached that state of mind of humorously genial reconciliation which Grady’s story reflected; far from it. On the contrary, rancor and hate are fully as malev- ARE THE FARMS THE BACKBONE OF EUROPE? This Austrian scene, according to Mr. Sullivan, is typical of the force that all over Europe is doing the most to re- build the damaged economic system. Everywhere farms are showing signs of improvement, and, in the aggregate, the improvement is great. But in the cities there is less to cause optimism 540 olent and as general to-day, possibly more so, than at the height of the fighting. | was talking with one of the half dozen men who are most directly charged with re- sponsibility for getting Europe out of its snarl, one who is gravely conscious of his need for help from every quarter, but entirely tolerant of those who do not feel that their conscience or their self-interest calls on them to give help. He asked me what America’s present attitude is. | told him | thought that so far as the Ruhr question was concerned, and so long as the Harding Administration was in power, America’s attitude would be one of aloofness. In his answering comment, this European statesman used twice a_ phrase which reflected a high-minded willingness to utter frankly the argument against his own interest. Twice he said “By the grace of God, you are three thousand miles away from it.” By “it,” he meant, again to quote his own words, “the feud, between the Teuton and the Gaul, which is a red trail across two thousand years of European history.” When he said “By the grace of God you over there have made a fresh start with new roots, and are three thousand miles away from it,” the remark that came to my lips was, “Far be it from me to reduce the distance by so much as a single mile.” But with the impulse came the sense that what might in ordinary circumstances be harmless humor, might sound, to a man bearing a sombre responsibility, like heartless flippancy, and | did not say it. And with greater reflection came the thought, can we in America not look upon our distance, not as a mere safety, but as a reason and ameans for giving help? Does not our very detachment equip us for some kind of réle of disinterested helpfulness? Is it not practicable for us, without reducing our distance from this permanent feud, and without becoming identified with either side of it, to provide the disinterested spirit and material help that would soften and dissolve the age-long tension, now in one of its most acute and dangerous phases? That is the contrast between two American points of view. One says: we are safely out of it; in Heaven’s name let us take the gift of distance the gods gave us and stay out. The other says: it is a call for help; let us not con- fess the lack of courage and the lack of re- sourcefulness to ignore it. Mark Sullivan And yet, with all the will in the world to help, just what, concretely, can we do? Well-meaning Americans can, and do, devise plan after plan for settling reparations, and for stabilizing currencies; but as to each plan, there is always at least one nation that won’t accept. Generally, it must be said, the most consistent vetoer of these plans is the French Government. It was the French Government which refused to accept Secre- tary Hughes’s plan for an international com- mission of business men to estimate Ger- many’s capacity to pay. It was a French refusal that made it impossible for a number of international bankers, including Mr. J. P. Morgan, to go on with a plan they had for fixing reparations, loaning money to various countries with which to stabilize their cur- rencies, and otherwise restoring Europe. The difficulty with the French—and on this point the testimony of all who have gone to the heart of things is universal—is that they want two separate things which, under the given conditions, are incompatible with each other. The French want: (A) Reparations from Germany. (B) Military and political security against future German aggression. France can get (A) only from a thriving and working Germany. But in order to get (B) the French want to reduce Germany to a condition of military and political impotence, which necessarily would include economic im- potence and make it impossible for Germany to earn and pay reparations. The French have been travelling the weary round of this closed circle ever since the Paris Peace Con- ference. The French demand, and are clearly entitled to have, enough money from Ger- many to restore the devastated districts of northern France. The French also demand enough money to pay the pensions for the dead French soldiers, although, under the Armistice contract, France’s right to this is much less clear. But this latter sum does not matter: let it stand that the French want and are entitled to have enough money to restore the actual damage done by the Ger- mans in northern France. This is so large a sum that Germany can only make it and pay it if she is permitted to keep her economic and political unity, and to go to work with the maximum of non-interference. (Incidentally in the very process of being permitted to re- main whole and to work without interference, Can America Help? BAD EMS, HESSE, GERMANY Can France obtain from Germany the reparations she so properly claims and at the same time be proof against the possible use of force by a regenerated Germany? And how much of the present difficult situation in the Ruhr has re- resulted from the failure of Great Britain and the United States to guarantee France against future German aggression? Germany seems bent on refusing to pay France if possible, but her own people are demanding that something be done to build up a gold secured currency Germany will acquire an efficiency and power which, at the end of the reparations pay- ments, will make her, in an economic sense, a more formidable nation than any of her competitor nations.) But when you have pointed out the process, the only process, by which Germany can pay maximum repara- tions, the French then say that they want also military and political security against future German aggression. The way to get this security is to dismember Germany, keep her under bondage, harass her steadily until her population diminishes, deprive her of solidarity. But if you do this, Germany cannot pay the reparations. So here you are again at the beginning of the same old circle. At the Paris Peace Conference, one of President Wilson’s economic advisers, dis- cussing the French demands with one of the French delegates, said to the Frenchman; “You French are trying to get your Christmas toast and your Easter egg out of the same goose. It can’t be done. You have got to choose between money and revenge—between reparations out of a living Germany, and security through the death of Germany.” In the various conferences on the same subject between Lloyd George and Briand, Lloyd George used to say to the Frenchman, “I wish you would show me how it is possible to get milk and steak out of the same cow.” There was a plan by which France was to have got her security separate from her rep- arations, by a means which would not have impaired Germany’s capacity to pay repara- tions. At the Paris Peace Conference Mr. Wilson promised Mr. Clemenceau he would ask America to unite with Great Britain ina joint treaty with France, guaranteeing the latter that in the event of any future attack from Germany, America and Britain would come to France’s help. But after Mr. Wilson returned to America, when the bitter fight against the League of Nations arose, trailing 542 its cloud of suspicion against all things European, Mr. Wilson saw that in the then mood of America, it would be so hopeless to get such a treaty through the Senate, that he never even proposed it. Thereupon Great Britain felt she was released from her part of the promise. This episode made the French feel that she could have but one dependable security against future German aggression, namely to make Germany impotent and keep her so. The failure of America and Britain to give this promised guarantee accounts large- ly for the mood of almost neurotic hysteria that France is in about the need of mak- ing herself secure by making Germany im- potent, through dismemberment or otherwise. You can think what you please about America going in now, but there can be no doubt that by first going part way in, and then backing out, America is responsible for much of the present state of Europe. Many thoughtful Englishmen think it was a pity for Britain to back out, even though she had the excuse of America’s backing out first. It was this failure of Britain to give the guarantee that marked the separation between a France and Britain united as allies, and a France and Britain little short of bitter enemies. This episode was the beginning of the long series of nagging actions on the part of France, and resentful ones on the part of Britain, that culminated in the strain of the recent July, France ‘seems to have forgiven America more readily for failing to go on with Wilson’s proposal, or certainly to have con- cealed her resentment, if she felt it. But to- ward Britain France began that long series of bedevilling frustrations of British policies and interests in various parts of the world, out of which so much unhappy history has arisen in the short space of three years. A part of France’s motive, freely admitted, has been to force Britain into giving her the treaty of guaranty. France’s course, seen in terms of ordinary human relations, is curious. In effect, she says to Britain, “I want you to love me and protect me; if you refuse to love me and protect me, | will pull your house down’’—a course of reasoning and conduct which would seem more at home in some restricted kinds of feminine psychology than in the intercourse of nations. Britain fears that France, if she cannot have the treaty of guaranty, or some equiva- lent security from outside herself against Mark Sullivan future German aggression, will press on a course that will end in the-disruption of Ger- many into several independent states. Such an outcome, the British regard with the grav- est concern. Several British statesmen and leaders of thought said that the break-up of Germany would mean the break-up of European civilization. When | asked why there should be the relation of cause and effect between these two events, they gave reasons too long and intricate to reproduce here. I felt unable to judge. But it is cer- tain that this is the British fear. A good many of the “highbrows”’ in Europe laugh at you when you ask if Europe is “re- covering.” They claim there is no such thing as a ‘“‘return to normalcy.” They say that what Europe is doing is passing through an evolution into a new system, an evolution similar to occasions iin the past when the world has discarded whole systems, whole philosophies of life, and of man’s relation to his fellow-men and to the universe. They say, in short, that the capitalistic system is passing, and that Furope is not to be described in terms of its distance from or to the order of 1914; that Europe is entering upon something new. It is hard to tell. If you sought for evidence to show that capitalism and the present industrial system is being seriously undermined, you would probably list it thus: (a) Thrift, saving, is.one of the corner stones of the present politicaleconomy. And in every country of Europe, some to one de- gree and some to another, it is being dem- onstrated, through depreciation of the currency, that the saving of money is futile. If you saved a dollar, the government, through depreciation of the currency, took every cent of it away from you. In Germany the savers of money have lost every mark they had accumulated. In Austria also, and in some other countries, the savers of money have lost all. In France, up to date, they have lost two thirds; and if the depreciation of the franc goes farther, as it probably will, they will approach the condition of the Ger- man savers. Even in England, the savers of money have lost much. In more than half of Europe it has been demonstrated that the last thing to do with money is to save it. Everywhere those who spent their money had the laugh on those who saved it. The wise were those who spent; the foolish those — wwe wT ef wa | Can America theca IN THE HILLS NEAR GRANADA, SPAIN The difficulties of Europe are to be found in countries that were neutral during the war as well as in those that were actually engaged in the mighty struggle, for economic troubles quickly jump boundary lines because of the commerce of nations and economic ills are almost immune to local preventive methods who saved—a reversal of one of the cardinal rules of conduct, a negation of one of the cornerstones of capitalism. If the psychologi- cal results of this should be permanent, or if the wiping out of values through depreciation of the currency is to be a permanent or even frequent device of governments; or if the causes that have led to depreciation are permanent, then, obviously, one of the es- cential foundations of capitalistic society will have gone. (b) The income tax and the inheritance taxes to the degree to which they are now practised in nearly every country including America constitute a seizing of privately owned capital. What is more to the point, they constitute a taking of the permanent capital which is in use as the basis of industry, and using it up, so that, for the most part, it disappears. The capital levy is not a thing of future speculation; it is here. Ifa business man’s income is 10 per cent. of his capital and if the government takes two thirds of his income, that does not differ from a capital levy of 6 per cent. of his capital. There are many capitalists who say they would rather give up 50 per cent. of their capital in one lump, than 5 per cent. a year indefinitely. Still more clear are the cases where inheritance taxes and death duties take 10, 20, or even 50 per cent. of accumulated savings. This money, in large part, is taken out of business where it serves the ordinary purposes of permanent capital; and is paid out by thie government to civil servants and others who, for the most part, consume it as fast as they get it. Essentially, it is both a destruction of existing capital, and, what is more fatal, a destruction of the incentive to save for future capital. If it goes beyond a certain point, and is kept up long enough, it is undoubtedly a negation of one of the cornerstones of the present basis of industrial society. (c) The doles to unemployed. It is one of the principles of our present political economy, as analyzed by Adam Smith and the older economists, that a man must work or starve. This principle, in several countries in Europe, is now denied. In England, the principle is asserted and is in practice that a man who is unemployed does not need to seek a new job as the alternative to starva- tion. So long as he is unemployed, he re- ceives from the government, or otherwise through semi-official channels, or through unions a “dole.” In the last four years, England has paid out upward of two billion dollars in these doles. This money, for the most part, has been taken from the accumu- lated savings of the country, through the mechanism of income taxes or death duties. The old principle that the cost of production is kept low by the need of the unemployed man to accept whatever wages he is offered, is superseded, for the time being at least, by the humane principle that the unemployed man shall be provided with enough to protect him against the fear of hunger. All this evidence, massed, seems formidable. And yet the shrewd people of the world are those who maintain their belief in accepted economic principles at precisely the moment when those principles appear to have become superseded—who keep their belief in the old normal at the moment when less sure-footed persons think the abnormal has become the new normal. One begins to look carefully into these old laws. In all the years since Malthus an- nounced his theory about population, most persons have looked on it as something be- longing in a future so far distant that no one need pay any practical attention to it. And yet something like the Malthus theory may be working obscurely in some parts of Europe. When there are brought together more people within a given national boundary than the soil within that boundary can support, a precarious situation arises. This is the case of Britain and Germany. Not more than twenty or twenty-five of Britain’s forty millions can live comfortably on her soil. For the remainder to live, Britain’s statesmen and industrial leaders must provide a steady flow of manufacturing and of exchange of the products of that manufacturing with other countries for food. It assumes a continuity of international trade at something near a given normal which is not easy to guarantee. For three years Britain has had an average unemployment of nearly a million and a half. 544 Mark Sullivan That is one reason Britain feels so strongly that she must bring back norma! economic conditions in the world. The present thought of America about Europe is so far short of reality that one is tempted to smile a little at our naiveté. When I left home in the spring, the International Court was an acute issue of American politics, and during the summer, every paper one saw from home reflected the Court as a continuing issue, with Harding and Hughes making speeches about it and politicians everywhere discussing it excitedly. But in Europe, -in the course of hundreds of conversations with public men of one sort or another, | never once heard the Court mentioned, and can only recall having seen one or two brief allusions to it in the European newspapers. The Court is a fine institution and it is func- tioning usefully. But it functions only with small matters on the outer edge of things. For curing what is at the heart of Europe’s trouble, the Court is hardly more effective than the Hague Tribunal, which, at the first thunder of war in 1914, gave a scared squeak, hurriedly told the janitor to close the shutters, and stored its paraphernalia of arbitration safely until after the commotion had been put down by force of arms. As to the League of Nations, that never came into any conversation about public af- fairs in Europe, unless the American intro- duced it. There is in Europe nothing like either the amount or the heat of the discus- sions Americans indulge in about the League. The League, like its child, the Court, is busy and useful, but only with matters kept shrinkingly separate from the big European questions which are the Ruhr occupation and the relations of France and Britain and of France and Germany. If the League should achieve the vitality to assert jurisdiction over this group of questions, its prestige and authority would increase accordingly. In spite of the disturbing picture Europe presents, it is yet true that if at any moment France and Britain should come to agreement with any degree of hearty good-faith and unity of interest, and if they should fix the amount of reparations, agree on the division of it and on sound ways of col- lecting it—in such an event, Europe, so far as trade is concerned, might leap forward overnight into a long period of large and active production. THE FIRST THOUSAND THE HARDEST In this department of the magazine in June there was published “ The Growth of a Rainy Day Fund” —being the personal account of a World’s Work reader’s experience in building up an investment estate of more than $100,000. Since then letters have been received from other readers relating their experiences in accumulating “rainy day funds’ of more modest proportions. Two of these ex- periences are given below in the words of the writers—one a voung minister in the West and the other a courageous mother in the South. They show the importance of small savings and indicate the great value of the first thousand doliars saved—a value out of all proportion to the amount, be- cause of what that sum wiil actuatly accompiish, and more particularly because of the habit of thrift that 1s formed in accumulating it.—THE EpiTors. "T SEEMS presumptuous for a young min- ister to talk about a “ Rainy Day Fund.” The ministry is not considered a pro- fession where one can make or save money. Iam just a young man in sucha profession, yet my wife and | have a fairly good “Rainy Day Fund.” Seven years ago | left the theological semi- nary for a charge which paid $600. The next year they gave me $800, the third year $1,000. Then | was moved to a parish that paid $1,600, where the next year my salary was increased to $2,000. It is now $2,400. You will notice that my lowest salaries were during the war and the high prices, and you will ask how we ever saved out of such salaries. We did not. But we always lived within our salary. That was the first important de- cision. But other things have come. Young people have married. People also have died. | have written articles for ministers’ maga- zines. There have been many calls for com- mencement addresses, baccalaureate sermons, and special help as preacher in evangelistic services. And whenever extra money has been received outside of my salary we have refused to spend it; it has gone into our sav- ings account. That was the most important decision. We knew we would have to live on our salary if we did not get this outside money. We therefore managed so as to live on the salary and save the extras. Let me say, however, that we live well. My wife has all the electrical apparatus, such as vacuum sweeper, washer, etc. We havea good car. My library is excellent; | am a buyer of good books and numerous maga- zines. Our two little girls are about the best dressed in town and my wife and | dress accordingly. Our contributions to the church this year will easily reach $300. When | entered my first pastorate seven years ago, | had not a cent of insurance and not a cent in the bank. If | die to-night, my wife will get $6,250 insurance. If I am killed while keeping my next lecture appointment, she will get $11,250. The three policies | hold will help her and the two children to make their way in the world. It is not much but it will help. | also shall ce cared for if totally disabled. Besides these policies | have a share in an electric light company which pays 7 per cent. and my bank ac- count is fairly good. | heard an old German friend of mine say that “the first thousand dollars were the hardest to get, the others came easier.” | find that he knew whereof he spoke. The woman’s experience covers a longer period and shows more of the fruits of saving. She wrote: | have read with interest the Rainy Day Fund article of the June Wor.Lp’s Work. | like these articles very much, for their in- fluence must be helpful to many who are struggling to save something for the in- evitable rainy day. The author of this June article was successful to a marked degree. My own experience, while nothing like as prosperous, has had encouragement enough to keep me trying all the time and results enough to show some accomplishment in building up my rainy day fund. | am writing my ex- perience not as something wonderful but as an inspiration to other women who have been left with families when the money was gone and the way looked dark and uncertain. | would say to all such: “The home and the children are worth the struggle. Try the Rainy Day Fund. Even though it takes ten years to succeed, try it!” 540 | know that it pays to save, even in very small amounts. | married, quite young, a prosperous farmer of the southland. Our union was blessed with a large family. All the time | felt that my husband was fully capable of supporting us in comfort. But there is something about country life in the South tending to ease and leisure, especially on the large landed estates where the very nature of the life—bossing ten- ants, selling crops, and collecting rents—does not demand keen business insight. It is not conducive to thrift and saving and when mis- fortune overtakes one, as it sometimes does, it finds those trained in this easy school un- equipped for the exactions and competition in other lines of work. In my own life the crash came and | realized as never before the lack of training for all other business in a farmer’s life. My husband and | gave up all our property to our credi- tors, even our home. We moved to town to educate our children. | believed my hus- band would do well in business. He said from the first that he was untrained for busi- ness, and succeeding years proved his asser- tion true. He got a small job and held it to his death, with a very small salary and no hope of a raise and no future. No money, no friends, his courage gone, and | knowing nothing! That was our plight —a pretty sad plight with a family on our hands. The World War was in sight and living costs soaring daily. It was hard to live in those days, much less to put something aside for the rainy day. | felt, however, that it was imperative to save something with a family that owned nothing and who might and did become sick at times. Neither | nor my children were very strong. So | resolved within myself that come what would | would put five dollars a month in the savings bank. Some months | could save this amount, some months | could not; some | saved a little more. | found it necessary to get work myself and to give practically all | made to the family budget in order to keep the children at school and the wolf from the door. When we entered the war, | had a few hundred dollars in the savings bank and the Liberty bonds then offered a splendid op- portunity for my small savings which went on regularly, big and little, mostly little. 1 kept the children in school, two and three of them. The World’s Work | paid cash for everything and kept out of debt by hard work and rigid economy. Two of my daughters went to work and they helped me nobly every month when they got their salaries. Together we worked, and | saved the little sum I set out to save. When the war was over | had one thousand dollars in the bank. My, how I had to economize to save that thousand dollars! | had been paying house rent all those years. Nine, | believe. Then the house was sold and | determined | would try to buy a home with the money that had gone before for rent. I was tired of paying rent and having nothing in the end. Imagine buying a home with a thousand dollars soon after the war when prices were at the peak! Well, I did; making the first payment and mortgaging it for the balance. My friends said | would never get the house paid for out of my small salary, with taxes, insurance, interest, street improvement, and other assessments, and innumerable repairs necessary on an old house. In addition | had to keep my boy in college. My friends saw all the defects of the house. It was too far out; too much out of repair. Land around was bringing little or no rent. It would be a white elephant on my hands. But | told them | could not go down town with one thousand dollars and buy anything. | had to go where | could. I could see through this property; they couldn't. | could see the rooms rented; the town was growing my way; and some day, | could sell the vacant lots about me for a profit. So | plunged ahead and bought the house and lots. | tremble now when | think of my rashness. But now, after three years, the town has grown out to me. I have made all the payments due on the house. The vacant lots | can sell and pay off the balance on the property. Best of all, | have kept my son at college where he graduated this June with an A. B. degree. Some will ask how I have done this. | reply: “By saving that little five dollars every month, by using judgment and econ- omy, working hard and looking ahead.” Not one penny of this was made by speculation or in get-rich-quick schemes. It was done by faith and prayer and works. | am willing to put my little thousand dollars against any one else’s as a remarkable Rainy Day Fund. WORLD'S WORKSHOP So many of the interesting things in the making of a magazine never get past the editor's desk that we have decided to devote a few pages every month to sharing some of them with our readers. These things include an acquaintance with the writers of the articles we print, let'ers from readers, and a miscellany of other things that may interest others as much as they interest us.—TuHe Epirors. HESTER H. ROWELL’S §$ar- ticles on the political upheaval in the wheat belt have an es- pecial timeliness in view of the election of Magnus Johnson as United States Senator from Minnesota. Memories of the late “‘ Pitchfork Ben’ Till- man will recur to many readers; but in the case of Johnson, as in the case of Tillman, much will be lost of the meat of the matter if thought is taken only of the picturesque overalls and the milk pail, and none taken of the deep fountains of unrest which have welled up so original an oddity into Senatorial halls. Of these deeper meanings of the stentorian Cincinnatus, Mr. Rowell gives a clear under- standing. This month the Wortp’s Work has shifted the position of the investment artice. Next month, even more portentous changes will be noted. The Red Eagle cover will give place to a four-color cover illustration taken from one of the articles; the frontispiece also will be in colors, and eight pages of full color will be printed, the work of Miss Jane Peter- sen, celebrating the romance of the fishing fleet of old Gloucester, Mass., which is about to celebrate its three hundredth anniversary. James B. Connolly, whose fictional prose has so often recaptured the magic of the sea, will chant the glories of the men who go down to the waters after fish. In later numbers will appear other full- color illustrative features covering our Na- tional Parks, the game birds of North America, and other subjects of interest that lend them- selves to colorful pictorial illustration. Two grieved readers remind us of a recent error in the WorLp’s Work. We printed a portrait of Senator Alva Adams of Colorado, and remarked that he had been thrice Gov- ernor of that State. The Dick-Whittington- like reference was wrong. It was the new Senator’s father, who was the Governor. Reverting to the Rowell articles, a reader in Milwaukee praises them and then takes issue with one of his conclusions. He says: ‘“‘T was interested in Mr. Rowell’s article on Wisconsin and Minnesota politics, and believe he has been an intelligent observer. But he misses One very vital point, it seems to me. “Since Cleveland’s day the Bryan Demo- crats have been in control and, finally, in the last Presidential election, traded themselves out of existence. They had to get the law amended at the last session of the legislature, to give themselves a legal status again. “Along with their corrupt cohabitation with La Follette, the total vote of Wisconsin has grown steadily less, and Mr. Rowell puts his finger on the other spot when he talks of last year’s Senatorial election. “It looks to me to be a more dangerous assault upon popular government than is generally realized. The facts will bear study. You may find a suggestion for deeper consid- eration of their tendencies. “Under the smoke of radical (farmer-labor) movements, our popular elections are being perverted and undermined.”’ The following memorandum of what Wil- liam McAndrew is trying to do in his series, “The Success of Our Successors,”’ should be of interest to all grown-ups who are helping youngsters grow up: 548 A notable manifestation of the seriousness with which we regarded the business of run- ning the American schools is the increasing number of public-school teachers who pursue professional training during “‘vacation.”’ 12,600 in Teachers College, New York; 1,000 in New York University. Harvard, Cornell, University of Michigan, University of Chicago, University of Virginia report their thousands. Pacific coast univer- sities crowded. Most of the colleges and normal schools are running during the summer for teachers who are in service the rest of the year. It means that America is taking seriously the great national problem of education, and that we are no longer content to turn the children over to immature young women who have gone scarcely farther into study than is necessary to lead their classes. Along with this growth of professional study has come the reéxamination of educational aims. Beginning with this issue of the Wor.Lp’s Work, the absurdity of aiming to produce a few scholars by taxing the whole people, 90 per cent. of which is made up of hand-workers, is repudiated in the first of a series of articles upon the American’s plans for his national upkeep. William McAndrew, who is assembling this magazine’s material, reaches the conclusion, after interviewing public men (not school masters) in every corner of the country, that the faith and affection which the American people centre in their schools are as profound, deep-rooted, and co dial as any national trait we have. The series he will offer here takes up the American objectives, shows that they are the same for our government and for our schools, and presents felicitous facts and photographs from all over the country, show- ing that these objectives are being progres- sively realized. The following is a letter from a reader in Chicago. THe Epirors, Wortp’s Work, | want you to read the enclosed clipping, which | gleaned from a small town Texas paper—the Lockhart (Texas) Post Register. It was written by “The Country Doctor” who conducts a column in that paper, in many ways as interesting and entertaining as the The World’s Work one conducted by Don Marquis, or the late B. L. T. on the Chicago Tribune. After reading it don’t you feel that the gen- tleman from Dallas whose letter you printed in the World’s Workshop in August is a bit pessimistic to say the least? The clipping is an accurate side-light on the true character of the citizens of Texas, our most maligned state. It seems that Emerson Hough is the only writer who ever got under the hide of Texans and told the truth about them, Mr. Duffus not excepted, and Mr. Hough (peace be to his ashes) wrote fiction. Ninety per cent. of the people have never been known to vote for anything—why, that large a majority wouldn’t vote that the world is round; and as to his statement about the safety of an anti-klan Texan, it is as silly as it is untruthful. | know men who have laughed at the Klan all over the entire state, and never had a finger raised against them. | have travelled all over the state of Texas and never had a gun pulled on me, yet twice in July | saw guns flashed in Chicago over such a trivial thing as a near-accident while driving a car. | venture that there are more gun-toters on Michigan Avenue, or Fifth Avenue to the square mile than there are to an entire county in even the Texas painted by the anonymous writer from Dallas. The enclosed clipping read as follows: “Swing low, sweet chariot, swing low,” and as it gently, noiselessly swung to, at the sick bedside of Uncle Frank Dorn, angels must have guided the good old negro’s spirit to a place aboard the unseen and unseeable chariot of God’s transport, and with a delicate whirr unheard by mortal ear, this carrier, fashioned and forged from the sacrificial blood of the gentle Jesus, departed. His boundless love, convoyed by the “‘Old Black Joes”’ of slavery days, guided at the hand of Omniscience, sped ahead for the Beautiful Always of the eternal To-morrow. The above is my tribute to the memory of one of the best, truest old negroes of Caldwell County, Uncle Frank Dorn. He lived, during his life, on a small farm some four miles north of Luling, and I can do no better than quote Dr. J. S. Francis, as we came away from the old negro’s house, Monday afternoon: “‘Uncle Frank and Aunt Dinah (his wife) have made good citizens, and this holds in comparison with white or black.” In the eighties as to age and ill of influenza, I suggested to the old man a few days ago that his life was nearly spent: “Doctor, I’ve tried to do right all my life, and when Old Marster sends for me, I’m ready to go,” was the aged negro’s reply. A RED LETTER BOOK GUIDE A Concise and Comprehensive Survey of Recent and Current Books By THOMAS L. MASSON WORLD AFFAIRS ITH the exception of Herbert Asquith’s history of the causes lead- ing up to the war and his account of the war itself, which will be issued later on, practically all the chief actors have written their war books. Most of them are dull reading, but taken as a composite picture of personal evi- dence, they form a mass of immensely valuable historical material. In addition to these personal accounts, there have been a great number of financial, historical, and biological volumes by various experts, each giving his own remedy. Amid all this conflicting evidence and opinion we gather two notes: that civilization § in Europe is in a very bad way and that America is the one bright spot in the fu.ure. Bertrand Russell hov-ever, has already ventured the opinion that it is much better for Europe to pass into a comfortable obscurity equal to the lost tribes of Israel rather than to undergo the fate of being “saved” by America. We shall await Mr. Rus- sell’s coming volume, “Prospects of -Industrial Civilization” (Century) with the somewhat de- pleted interest we feel when any distinguished writer on the other side of the water, not entirely dependent upon us for his living, deprecates in his own manner the existence of this unfortunate country of ours. We are free to confess that, while most of these war books are undoubtedly useful to the student and the politician, they are very dull reading. This month, however, we are glad to make a note of “Modern and Contemporary Civilization” (Lip- pincott. $2.20) By Harry Grant Plumb and Gilbert Giddings Benjamin, which sums up fairly well the main factors of the war; and ‘‘ The Riddle of the Rhine” by Victor Lefebuere (Dutton. Price not given) which we find to be an exceedingly interest- ing account of gas and gas warfare generally. Other books of the month are, “The Making of Rural Europe” (Dutton. $2.50) by Hellen Douglas Irvine, being a historical survey of landholding; “The Making of the Western Mind” (Doran. $3.50) By F. Mellan Stawell and F. S. Marvin, a rather illuminating and well written essay on European thought; ‘““The Reformation of War” (Dutton. $6.) by Col. J. F. C. Fuller, D.S.O., long, dull, and highly instructive, and finally “‘Coépera- tive Democracy” (Macmillan $3.50) By James P. Warbasse. From the purely business point of view, this last book is highly important, containing an exceedingly comprehensive account of the co- 550 Operative movement and its astonishing develop- ment. Without being so rash as to venture a positive opinion upon a world situation which probably contains more concentrated chaos to the square inch than ever before in history, a certain amount of reflection, based upon the reading of the books mentioned, and many others, leads us to the in- evitable conclusion that America holds the whip hand over the material destinies of the world. Furthermore, if we dare to suggest such a possibil- ity to those friends of ours in Great Britain who have expressed the opinion that the Almighty Dollar Y FAR the most interesting book this month dealing with a personality is “The Spirit of Islam” by the Right Hon. Syed Ameer Ali (Doran. $5.) The learned author of this very human and scholarly book is very much on his dignity in his defense of the Prophet. He touches somewhat gingerly, but nevertheless definitely, upon the two main charges which have been preferred so often by Christian writers against Mohammed, namely: that he married too often and perhaps too gaily, and that there was too much emphasis placed upon the material allurements of heaven. The author produces much evidence to show that Mohammed was a pure mystic of the highest order, much maligned, and we are bound to record that he makes out a good case. He merely mentions Washington Irving, when he might easily have dis- played irritation over Irving’s biography, which, as we now recall it, though it made no claim to original research, showed much quiet humor. We have placed this book on Islam among the personal volumes, because it deals so largely with the personality of Mohammed. From the Orient to Connecticut and Massachu- setts seems to be a far cry, but we must record next “‘A Life of Francis Amasa Walker”’ (Holt. No price given) By James Phinney Munroe. It was the good fortune of the writer of this review to be on somewhat intimate terms with the family of General Walker during his residence in New Haven, and before he took on the presidency of the E BECOME more firmly. convinced than ever as time goes on, that a constant rereading of James Parton, ' Alexis Tocqueville, and James Bryce is essential to an understanding of America and its institutions. With such a sure background, how- ever, we rapidly come to discriminate among those books about our country and its history constantly PURELY PERSONAL BOOKS ABOUT AMERICA Thomas L. Masson rules us, we nevertheless feel that when it comes to doing the right and the square thing, the in- fluence of this country and its impartial spirit wil! be one of the largest factors in such a desperate case as now exists. For this reason, the testimony of so many witnesses should not be ignoréd by readers It has often been said that we are so close to the war that it is useless to read any books about it also, it is true that it bores us. But we owe it tc ourselves to find out as much as we can about Europe. As a matter of fact, when one becomes actually immersed in this war literature it is a very interesting occupation. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We therefore have read this book with peculiar pleasure and pronounce it a model of biographical writing. General Walker was a very great man. He was modest, human, broad, and the story of his life is in such strong contrast to so many of the blatant personalities of the present day, that it makes us tremble at the future of this country, unless we can go on producing more men like him. So far as the other personal books of the month are concerned, we note “Memories of Later Years” (Appleton. No price given) by Oscar Browning, voluminous European patter, fairly and garrulously good; ‘‘Dostoevsky” (Knopf. $2.50) being letters of the famous Russian epileptic, in- teresting only to those who are interested in him; “Things Remembered” (Houghton. $5.) by Arthur Sherburne, which moved us not very much; and a book called ““The Dominant Sex” (Doran. $3.) by Mathilde and Mathias Vaerting, which appears to be another attempt, not only to explain woman (something that nobody: has ever succeeded in doing) but to show that the dominant sex is some- thing that exists by itself, irrespective of either side. We mention this book in this department because it seems to be personal, but whether anybody will be able to extract from it any information about the dominant sex which will be of any value as a practical guide, we are unable to say. It is im- possible for us to judge a book like this with any coherence. We have been married too long, too dominantly, and too favorably. being issued. For some time now, due in the be- ginning to Owen Wister and other patriotic writers, there has been a movement in favor of better text books on American history. Many of these text books have deservedly been held up to ridicule be- cause of their stupid and erroneous presentations. There seems to be seeping into the minds of some of our educators the idea that to give the facts about ve our early history is not necessarily unpatriotic. Some of the best books on any country have been written by outsiders. For example, here is a book by an Englishman ‘‘The Causes and Character of the American Revolution” (Oxford University Press. 7s 6d) by H. E. Egerton which seems to us to be written in the twin spirit of fairness and historic responsibility. It is well done, short, and salient, but ought possibly, however, to be read in the light of some of the most prominent standard text books dealing with the same period (sav Lossing). At the other end of the chronological scale is a book that we have read with feelings that are some- times defined as “mingled.” Frankly, we don’t know what to make of it. It deals with prohi- bition, and the prohibition of to day. It is “‘Citi- zen or Subject” (Dutton. $3.) by Francis Hennessy (‘‘a member of the New York bar’’) and as a very frank, not to say almost passionate attempt to dispose on paper of the poor old Eighteenth Amend- ment, which still, in spite of everything, seems to A Red Letter Book Guide 551 be hanging on like grim death. Personally, we believe that it will pull through in spite of what Mr. Hennessy states about it. He seems to feel, in the language of the living room, that it is dis- tinctly ‘‘de trop.” But then, Mr. Hennessy is a New Yorker. There are some people who some- times feel that New Yorkers are not all Americans. We are obliged to be neutral on this point. And so far as this book is concerned, we should not mind it at all if it were better reading. You know pretty well what the author means in the first few pages, and thereafter the plot doesn’t “intrigue” us, a word which we have never used before, but feel incumbent upon to employ at least once. There are two other useful books which we are glad to record, namely “A Primer of Citizenship (Dutton. $1.50) by Mrs. Reginald De Koven and “We and Our Work”’ (Boni. No price) by Joseph French Johnson, both containing a mass of statis- tical and institutional information which for pur- poses of contemporary reference, are valuable to the citizen, DRAMA N DRAMA there are two plays, one of which took a prize and the other of which is in our opinion equally good. Thefirst is “Ice Bound” (Little, Brown. $1.50) by Owen Davis, and the second “‘ The Adding Machine” (Doubleday. $1.50) by Elmer Rice. Both in the text are most excellent reading. And indeed, we are most glad to record here the growing practice of publishing the best plays. Charles Lamb, in one of his Shakespearean essays, declares that the best way to understand a play is not to see it but to read it, his argument, as we now recall it, being that in reading a play, you are limited in the stage business only by the limits of your imagination. We know of no more de- lightful occupation than play reading. As a rule it is also much safer than ordinary fiction reading. because most of the plays published have already been acted with success, which means that they are good. The reader is therefore insured in ad- vance against getting a “‘dud’—something that cannot—we know to our sorrow—be said of all the novels. There are other books of plays this month. There is a reprint of “Tolstoi’s Dramatic Works” a complete edition from original texts, translated so admirably by Nathan Haskell Dole (Cromwell. $2.50 net) and there are also “‘Puppet Plays’”’ (Harcourt. $1.75) by Alfred Kreymborg and “Ghetto Comedies” (Reprint by Macmillan. $2.50) by Israel Zangwill, those delightful comedies of Jewish life by a great literary artist, if not always a great dramatist. MENTAL AND SPIRITUAL HE literature of the Mind and theliterature of the Spirit would seem to be widely sepa- rated. The warfare between Science and Religion is proverbial. Yet, side by side with the continuous controversy going on between the advocates of one and the advocates of the other, it is becoming more and more evident to close ob- servers of both fields that these apparently two opposite poles of thought are not really opposites at all, but only different viewpoints of the same thing. Psycho-analysis has probed the Un- conscious, and sounded Deity; for in the Uncon- scious are declared to be hidden all of the unutter- able cadences of infinity. Vernon Kellog, the biologist, in his latest and most significant book, “Human Life as the Biologist Sees It” (Holt. $1.50) declares (pages 39-42) that he is beginning to realize there is more in his wife and child than appears in bodies “composed of engines, and of living tissues and organs composed of substances.” What he really means is of course, that the scientist, like the layman, is equally put to it to explain ori- gins. Mr. Kellog’s book, short and well written as all of his books are, is a very sane and very frank confession—with some quite natural hedging—on the whole mystery of life. If we wish, among this month’s books on this twin subject, to go to the other extreme, we have “Western Mysticism” (Dutton. $5.) by Dom Cuthbert Butler, a book which not only deals with many of the most promi- 552 nent contemplatives, but which performs the ad- mirable service reinforcing the author’s text by many quotations from their utterances. These two books, representing as they do almost opposite sides of the mystery of human life, should be taken in connection with ‘‘The Riverside New Testa- ment” (Houghton. $3.) a new translation by William G. Ballantine, D.D. Among many new translations of the New Testament, Dr. Ballan- tine’s is characterized by dignity of treatment and an enviable scholarship. We are frank however in expressing a doubt as to whether he has really added anything to a text which has already been so thoroughly treated. It appears to us, with all Thomas L. Masson respect to new and very important renderings, which throw great illumination on the text, that the King James version must always be read as a basis for a study of the Bible. Other books in this department this month are a new edition of a very remarkable book “A Mind That Found Itself’ (Doubleday. $2.) “The Family and Its Members” (Lippincott. $2.) by Anna Garlin Spencer, and “Training in Power and Leadership” (Doran. $3.) by Grenville Kleiser. This last book is practically a recipe for making supermen. Nobody on earth could have written such a book but an American. It reeks with efficiency, and is very horrible. FICTION F THE two best novels we have read this month, one is by an Englishman and the other by a Spaniard. This is not in- tended to be aconfession. Among many American books also read, we were favorably dis- posed in advance towards “The Nuptial Flight” (Boni. $2) because so much of the work of the author, Edgar Lee Masters, had in the past, given us so much pleasure. Alas! Mr. Master’s book is a strained attempt to portray two American families, or rather to portray certain characters springing from those families. It is written in this-is-a-cow style of the old New England primer, and after about forty or fifty pages the monotony of the style, largely descriptive, is exhausting. So far as story telling is concerned, this book has the common fault of so many American novels, where the author spends so much of his time in describing how the characters feel, instead of letting them speak for themselves. Robert Chambers, in his “Eris”? however doesn’t make this mistake (Doran. $2.) According go the list accompanying this book, Mr. Chambers has written fifty-six novels, and this is one more, making altogether fifty-seven varieties of Robert Chambers. And this is about a girl who went into the movies! It is stuffed with smart dialogue. And now let us come back to our Spaniard and our Englishman. The Spaniard, as you may have suspected, is Vincente Blasco Ibanez. His book “‘The Tempt- ress” (Dutton. $2) is so lurid, in a sense so trite, that we are almost ashamed to say how much we 4 A list of the books included by Mr. Masson in this and previous “Red Letter Book Guides’ as well as some of the books to be in- cluded in future ones will be found in the front advertising section liked it. Was it not Rebecca West who said that Ibanez was a gentleman, but not a novelist. That would be one reason why we consider him a novel- ist. His book has one merit which we may not accord to very many works of fiction. It is inter- esting. You can say what you otherwise will about it, but (as Robert Chambers so frequently makes his main character remark ‘“‘that’s that!’’) It has a certain kind of swing, a certain atmospheric sting to it, that moves you along. Besides, Ibanez knows his lady! That is a great deal in any book that deals with one. The book by the Englishman, Philip Gibbs, is “The Middle of the Road” (Doran. $2.) and is termed ‘“‘a novel of the period.” It is a depressing book, there is no doubt about that. The girl in it is great. The man is a cad, and nothing that Sir Philip can do to him—even at the end—makes him anything else. 'f this is the kind of a hero left over from the war then, say we, God help England. Burke to the contrary, this picture that Mr. Gibbs has drawn is almost like an indictment against a whole people. Admitting all this to be true, the book is good—very good. We think it is over- written; it could have been compressed to advan- tage. Mr. Gibbs might read Turgenieff’s recipe for writing a novel to advantage—first to write it out at great length and then to cut it down to as little as possible. Both Gibbs and Masters in- deed might take note of what Voltaire once said, that the secret of wearying your reader is to tell him everything! Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource World's Work Vol. 46, no. 5 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1923-09-01 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Internet Archive Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived https://archive.org/details/sim_worlds-work_1923-09_46_5/page/526/mode/2up Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Arthur W. Page, editor KKK https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/ca0dad845b55628d056c99b2c658c592.pdf a045e6d4ad7b2413941fe33c11de74ad Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource recruitment Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Text Any textual data included in the document The World’s Work ARTHUR W. PAGE, EpiTor FRENCH STROTHER, Manacine EpitTor BURTON J. HENDRICK, Associate EpItor : CONTENTS FOR AUGUST, 1923 Walter Hines Page - - = =e = = = =e ee ee ee ee «Frontispiece THE MARCH OF EVENTS—Awn EpiToriAL INTERPRETATION - - - - - = = 335 Horace J. Donnelly Rear-Admiral Mark H. Bristol William Fellowes Morgan Russell C. Leffingwell General Henri Joseph Eugene Gouraud METHODS OF THE MODERN BUCKET SHOPS - - = = = = = = = = 361 How Necessity Has Changed the Methods of the Bucketeers THE KU KLUX KLAN IN THE MIDDLE WEST (Jllustrated) Ropert L. DuFFus 363 The Growth of the Invisible Empire Above the Mason-Dixon Line WHAT I AM TRYING TO DO (Illustrated) - - - - - - Martin JOHNSON 373 Why Now Is the Time to Photograph Africa MAKING CROOKED PROMOTION UNPROFITABLE - - - - Harry S. New 384 What the Post Office Department is Doing with the Oil Promoters THE HUMOROUS SIDE OF ARCTIC EXPLORATION (Jilustrated) Amusing Incidents of the Frozen North Donatp MacMILLAn 389 VIVISECTION AND ANIMAL WELFARE (Jilustrated) - ERNEST HAROLD BAYNES 397 Is Vivisection Useful or Criminal? THE SIGNIFICANCE OF STANLEY BALDWIN. --- - - MARK SULLIVAN 403 Why Britain’s New Premier is Who He is LA FOLLETTE, SHIPSTEAD, AND THE EMBATTLED FARMERS (Jilustrated) Politics in Minnesota and Wisconsin CHESTER H. RowELL 408 AN ENGLISHMAN’S ADVENTURES IN THE UNITED STATES Puitip Gisss 421 American Audiences, Pullman Cars, and Adventures GRAIN MARKETING UNDER GOVERNMENT RULE (J/lustrated) What the New Law Concerning Grain Marketing Means EDWARD JEROME DIES 425 A PIG HUNT IN THE SULU ISLANDS (J/lustrated) Lt.-Co_. SypNEY A. CLOMAN 430 A Heroic Story of Americans in the Philippines VENTILATION FOR HEALTH AND COMFORT (Jilustrated) FLoyp W. Parsons 436 The Need for and Methods of Maintaining Good Air in Offices and Homes THE RED LETTER BOOK GUIDE - Near the beginning of the front advertising section Reviews of and Remarks About New Books THE WORLD’S WORKSHOP - - - Near the end of the front advertising section Some Glimpses Behind the Scenes in the Editor’s Office SUN-DIAL GOSSIP - - - - = =- Near the end of the front advertising section Chats About the New Books Published at Country Life Press Copyright, 1923, in the United States, Newfoundland, Great Britain, and other countries by Doubleday, Page & Co. All rights reserved. TERMS: $4.00 a year; single copies 35 cents; Canadian postage 60 cents extra; foreign, $1.00. F. N. DouBLepay, Pres. ARTHUR W. PAGE, Vice-Pres. NELSON DOUBLEDAY, Vice Pres. RUSSELL DOUBLEDAY, Sec’y. . A. EVERITT, Treas. JOHN J. HESSIAN, Asst. Treas. ) DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY ®) J’ COuNtTRY LIFE EDUCATIONAL REVIEW THE GARDEN MAGAZINE Rapio Broapcast ‘et SHORT STORIES CHICAGO: People’s Gas Bldg. GARDEN CITY, N. Y. NEW YORK: 120 W. 32nd Street BOSTON: Tremont Bldg. LOS ANGELES: Van Nuys Bldg. WALTER H. PAGE To whom a memorial tablet was unveiled on July 3d, in Westminster Abbey. It reads: “To the glor\ of God and in memory of Walter Hines Page, 1855-1918, Ambassador of the United States of America to the Céurt of St. James’s, 1913-1918. The friend of Britain in her sorest need”’ or\ rica THE WORLD'S WORK AUGUST, 1923 VoLuME XLVI NuMBER 4 THE MARCH OF EVENTS HE announcement that the na- tional budget this year shows a sur- plus of $200,000,000, instead of an anticipated deficit of $800,000,000, is more than an achievement in Federal finance. Its chief popular interest, indeed, is the light which it sheds upon condi- tions in the United States. Any one who is seeking grounds for optimism on the happy state of his own country, five years after the close of the war, can find it in the usually un- imaginative statistics of the Treasury De- partment. For these figures merely reflect general economic conditions. One cause that has chiefly swelled the total is the increase in income tax payments, which is one of the most certain indications of prosperity. The fact of the matter is that the United States at present is about the soundest coun- try in the world, economically, politically, and socially. Its strength on the material side needs no demonstration; the fact stands out in the most glaring fashion; but in the other elements that constitute a great nation— political and social security—our situation likewise compares favorably with any other part of the world. About seventy-five years ago, in a letter to an American correspondent, Macaulay pictured the lamentable fate that must inevitably overcome any nation founded upon the principles of Jefferson. He foresaw the time when the pressure of poverty would cause a state of disorder for which no parallel could be found in history. Then the Huns, Macaulay declared, would arise and over- whelm the United States, as they had de- stroyed Rome, the only difference being that the Huns who wrecked the ancient world came from without, while the Huns who were des- tined to destroy America would come from within. A nation founded upon universal suf- frage and representative institutions, and lacking the steadying influence of a privileged aristocracy, could logically have no other end. It is unfortunate that Macaulay could not be alive to-day. He gave the United States less than two hundred years of life. The fact now is that the American Government is almost the one solidly entrenched political organi- zation in the world. No one can predict how long the governments of the European con- tinent will endure. The destructive politi- cal movements that have almost brought Europe to ruination and the ultimate influence of which no one can foresee, have made very little effective headway in this country. Bolshevism is limited to a few alien elements and even Socialism polls very few votes and has few representatives in public life. The few manifestations of “ radicalism”’ in the West are merely temporary eruptions with temporary and fleeting causes; such enter- prises have been features of American politics for a hundred years. There is no occasion for undue complacency as we survey the American scene. There is, however, plenty of ground for a sane optimism. The country was never in a sounder condition and never better equipped to play a useful part in the world. HORACE J. DONNELLY For several months past. Acting Solicitor Donnelly of the Post Office Department has been busy with fraud order hearings in Washington, and as a result many fraud orders have been issued against the Texas oil stock promoters to stop them from getting more money from credulous people by their frau dulent methods © Brown Bros. WILLIAM FELLOWES MORGAN Head of the fund of $150,000 established by John D. Rockefeller, Jr., for the new insulin treatment of diabetes. The monev is to be given to several American and Canadian hospitals Peal eae 4 ; ‘ ‘ } ‘ —_ Ry ite Bi yea REAR-ADMIRAL MARK L. BRISTOL Who serves in the Near East in the dual capacity of commander of the American naval forces and American High Commissioner to Turkey. Admiral Bristol is one of the most influential forces in g to some semblance of order the distracted peoples of the East x holdin © Harris & Ewing RUSSELL C. LEFFINGWELL Former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, who has recently become a partner in J. P. Morgan& Company : ill GENERAL HENRI JOSEPH EUGENE GOURAUD Former Commander of the Fourth French Army, who commanded the Rainbow Division when it first took the offensive against the Germans in the Champagne Sector, and under whom the Americans gained their victory at Chateau Thierry. General Gouraud came to America to attend the reunion of the 42nd Division at Indianapolis in July first ined yond The March of Events 341 The Crisis in the Harding Administration HE President’s summer trip marks the crisis in his political fortunes. It forms the real test of his character as a party leader and as a statesman. It serves the purpose of emphasizing the issues between the White House and the disintegrating elements in the Republican party. These issues have been reaching a critical stage for many months. The great dividing question is whether this country is to assume a position of isolation in world affairs, or whether it is to play some part, even though a very modest one, in the great work of readjusting the shat- tered fragments of civilization. That the assertion of any interest in Europe means something in the nature of a split in the Republican organization is now perfectly plain. In fact that dislocation has already taken place. The open breach that followed Mr. Harding’s pronouncement in favor of the World Court was only the out- ward manifestation of antagonisms that had been lying latent for a considerable time. To what extent this opposition is genuine—is based, that is, upon a reasoned opposition to American participation in European affairs— and to what extent it merely offers an op- portunity for political manoeuvrings and political ambitions, is a point upon which the commentators are divided. To the Interna- tional Court itself, there is, and can be, no sane objection; nothing less harmful could be devised. The International Court now oc- cupies the centre of the stage merely as a symbol. It forms a rallying point for the several elements in our population which, for differing reasons, oppose American participa- tion in world affairs. The Irish-Americans dislike the court because it means making the United States an associate of Great Britain. The German-Americans dislike it because it brings this country once more into alignment with its allies in the Great War. The war enthusiasts oppose it because it looks to arbi- tration, instead of gunpowder, as a means of settling international disputes; the pacifists denounce it because it does not mean the absolute prohibition of war. Certain cham- pions of the League of Nations scorn the court because it falls so far short of their chosen goal, while enemies of the League fear it because it looks like the camel’s head in the tent. Behind these several groups are the public men—the Johnsons, the Borahs, the LaFollettes, the McCormicks—who are able to give the opposition voice and who have practically served notice upon the Administra- tion that a continuance of its policy means a split in the Republican party. THe situation is reduced to an absurdity when the responsi- ble administration, led by Mr. Harding, Mr. Hughes, and Mr. Hoover, boldly commit the party to one policy, and the party organiza- tion, led by Chairman John T. Adams, is just as boldly advocating precisely the op- posite. The spectacle of the President, tour- ing the country in the interest of the World Court, and that of the national chairman, opposed to the same institution, is without parallel in our political annals. The Impending Republican Split UCH a situation is of course intolerable. S It has served one great public purpose, however, in that it has clearly drawn the issue. It has divided the party, so far as its leaders are concerned, into two camps. It has presented the prospect of a vigorous party fight to one of the most peaceful and conciliatory gentlemen who has ever occupied the White House. The result of party schisms in the past is not likely to encourage so loyal and sincere a party man as Mr. Harding. Grover Cleveland’s struggle with his own party in 1892-096 delivered the party organization to Bryan and the control of the Government, in all its branches, to the Repub- licans. The Roosevelt split in 1912 resulted in eight years of Woodrow Wilson. Would a Republican division at the present time have such consequences? Mr. Harding is too good a party man not to give this matter earnest consideration; moreover it is entirely proper that he should, for a party split can have great public consequences, for good or ill. American government is party government; it is the prime duty of a President, as party leader, to hold his party intact; only great issues that deeply affect the public welfare justify the President in persisting in courses that mean its disruption. Grover Cleveland was the fighter for a great principle, a principle that rose superior to partisan consideration. It was more im- portant, he believed, that the currency should not be debased, that the Government stamp on a dollar should mean a hundred cent, in- ons eT oe 2 su 342 stead of a fifty cent dollar, than that the Democrats should retain their hold on the offices. He split his party on that issue and history has justified him. The merits of the Roosevelt-Taft quarrel of 1912 are not so clearly defined. Had Mr. Roosevelt foreseen what its public consequences were to be—a foreign policy with which he vigorously dis- agreed—he probably would not have caused the disruption of that year. What is the issue that has precipitated this situation in Republican councils? If the In- ternational Court is taken as a symbol, as merely the first step whose ultimate goal is American membership in the League: of Na- tions, then the point involved is certainly one of transcendant importance. This is the con- tention and the excuse of those who are most vigorous in their opposition. Mr. Harding, however, disclaims any such purpose. He has placed himself squarely in opposition to © Harris & Ewing JOHN T. ADAMS Chairman of the Republican National Committee, who President In other words, the extra- has loudly announced his opposition to Harding’s foreign policy. ordinary situation has arisen in which the responsible administration boldly commits the party to one policy and the party organization just as boldly advocates precisely the opposite The World’s Work membership in the League. On that point his language could not be more emphatic. “The new Administration doesn’t propose to enter now, by the side door, the back door, or the cellar door. The Senate has so declared, the executive has so declared, the people have so declared. Noth- ing could be more decisively stamped with finality.” In his recent speaking trip he has repeated this disclaimer in even more em- phatic form. International Court American in Origin HAT then, is this International Court, of which so much is heard, but of which, judging from the horrid shape it assumes in the public mind, so little is apparently known? A little history is necessary to make the whole thing clear. The idea, after figuring for many years, even centuries, in discussion, first appeared in definite outline at the Hague Conference of 1899. Then it was first and foremost an American policy. The instructions to the American delegates enjoined them to work for a permanent Court of Arbitration. This was to be a tribunal, constantly sitting, composed of leading jurists, ready at any time to hear and decide disputes between nations—disputes always of a legal kind. There was certainly nothing un-American about such a proposal. No one suggested at the time that its effect would be to embroil the United States in European difficulties or to impose a “super-government”’ upon this country. The plan, had it been adopted, would merely have carried into practice an idea with which the United States had for a century been identified—the settlement of international disputes by arbitration rather than by war. Out of the Hague discussions of 1899 came the Permanent Court of Arbi- tration; this institution had only two de- fects; it was not permanent and it was not a court. It was merely a panel of judges, out of which any Power could select a group to settle any pending disagreement. As a court this body has never sat; several nations, however, conspicuously the United States, have at times formed tribunals from the nominated judges. The second Hague Con- ference, that of 1907, witnessed another at- tempt to set up a permanent court, and, just Ow hfe Oe = Se i) A a ee i oe soe) ee) bs — “—* Ss aa evr SS «6 ee i el The March of Events 343 A MEETING AT THE HAGUE Out of the Hague discussions of 1899 came the unsuccessful Permanent Court of Arbitration. The second Hague Conference, that of 1907, witnessed another attempt to set up a permanent court. In both these efforts the United States was a leader as before, the leader in this effort was the United States. The plan failed, not because there was any particular hostility to the idea, but because no fair method of selecting judges could be devised. The only plan suggested for choosing these judges was an election held by the Powers represented in the Conference, not far from fifty. The trouble arose over the insistence of the small nations that they should have precisely the same voting power as the large ones. Ecuador, Uruguay, and all the other small Powers asserted the right to cast one vote, just like Great Britain, France, or the United States. The result would have been that the small South Ameri- can nations could have elected the court, and that the great Powers would have been forced to place their disputes before a tribunal which they had had practically no voice in selecting. Naturally they refused, and, as the smaller Powers were obdurate, no international court was formed. The Hague Conference of 1907, therefore, limited its action to a recommen- dation that the Permanent Court be formed as soon as some equitable plan of electing judges could be discovered. Up to the time of the outbreak of the Great War, the Powers were diligently seeking to find some way out of this dilemma, for the International Court represented a great goal which they were determined to make a realization. Ihe League Solves the Problem R. ELIHU ROOT, Secretary of State under Roosevelt, was the most active worker for this court in 1907; it is therefore fitting that he should have been an important agent in creating the court which has now become a campaign issue. The pro- blem that baffled Mr. Root and others in 1907 was readily solved in 1920. The reason is that a new agency had come into existence. This was the League of Nations. In this body the signatory nations are represented in two ways —in the Council, a small body, and in the Assembly, a more comprehensive one. Mr. Root, who was a representative at the gather- ing called by the League in 1920 to organize the Permanent Court, pointed out that these two bodies formed an ideal electoral college for the selection of judges. The larger na- tions controlled the Council; the small nations controlled the Assembly; each one could therefore act as a check upon the other; a simple provision making it necessary that each judge should obtain a majority in both bodies would give assurance that he was the choice of each. -The suggestion was at once adopted. If the League of Nations had per- formed no other public service, this in itself would have been a distinct contribution to the cause of peace. It showed emphatically ppt rk on 344 that the world at last possessed the mechanism for resolving knotty international problems, for it instantly settled a point, and settled it equitably, that had been puzzling the minds of jurists for nearly twenty years. This does not mean, however, that the League and the Court are members of the same body. The fact is that they are entirely distinct. The International Court sits at the Hague, whereas the League sits at Geneva; it deliber- ates in entire independence of the League. The President and the Senate jointly appoint the justices of our Supreme Court; the justices so appointed, however, are absolutely inde- pendent of the powers that have created them. The separation of the Hague Court and the League of Nations is just as complete. Organization of the Court HE court so established consists of fif- teen judges, eleven “ordinary’’ judges, and four deputy judges, the latter serving only in case one or more of the former are unable to appear. The ordinary judges give all their time to the court, receiving a salary of 15,000 florins a year, something © Paul Thompson JOHN BASSETT MOORE The American jurist who occupies a seat as a member of the International Court The World’s Work more than $6,000. They are required to hold at least one session a year, beginning in June, and continuing until all cases on the calendar are disposed of. Extra sessions can be called in case of pressing necessity. These judges have their headquarters at the peace palace at the Hague; while sitting, they wear a simple gown much like that of the American Supreme Court; in a sense they perform for the world a function not unlike that of our Supreme Court in settling disputes among the forty- eight states. Their jurisdiction, however, is limited. It covers that class of international differences which are known as “ justiciable’’: such are those involving the interpretation of a treaty; any question of international law; the existence of any fact, which, if established, would constitute a breach of international obligation; and the nature of the reparation to be made for such breach of an international obligation. None of these classifications, it will be observed, concern that type of international disputes which have been excluded as un- fitted for arbitration—those affecting na- tional honor or national interest. They are precisely the kind of disagreements which this country has always taken the lead in submitting to impartial tribunals. But the signatory Powers, by becoming members of this court, do not pledge themselves to submit even disputes of this kind to its ad- judication. Should the United States join, it would not commit itself to a single arbitra- tion. The organization specifically provides that our action, in each and every case, is entirely voluntary. Each party to a dispute decides, in each case, whether it will refer its differences to the court. It is true that each nation, on becoming a member, can sign a separate protocol pledging always to use the court in such disputes as those enumerated above; only fifteen of the forty-six signatories, however, have adopted this protocol, none of them being the large Powers; the administra- tion has definitely informed the Senate that it has no intention of accepting this stipulation. In other words the procedure, in submit- ting a case, is precisely the same as that provided in the several arbitration trea- ties to which this country is a party; the Senate, in each case, votes whether that case is to be submitted. Under the Inter- national Court, the Senate retains the same power. The March Ex-Senator Beveridge’s Error X-SENATOR BEVERIDGE recently declaimed against the International Court on the ground that, had such a court been in existence in 17706, the American Colonies would have lost their case against Great Britain and thus never have gained their independence. The fore- going explanation must have demonstrated the absurdity of this idea. The American Colonies in the first place would never have been a party to the court, as it is a tri- bunal of independent and equal sovereign- ties, and the American Colonies, in 1776, did not constitute a nation. Secondly, the court concerns itself only with legal questions of the kind enumerated, not those affecting the national safety and honor, and certainly any dispute affecting national independence belongs emphatically in the latter class. Thirdly, no signatory obliges itself to submit even the quarrels that fall within this re- stricted class, for its agreement to do so—en- tirely optional—must be obtained in each case. The absurdity of denouncing this kind of an organization as a “‘super-government”’ thus becomes at once apparent. This recital of its provisions rather gives point to those critics who object to the International Court be- cause its scope seems to be so limited. It is not a “court with teeth’’; it does not outlaw war. Though this objection has more force than that of the enemy who detects in it a plot to “entangle” the Nation in European af- fairs, the fact remains that the court, cir- cumscribed as it is, constitutes a great addi- tion to the world’s resources for safeguarding peace. It provides a permanent tribunal al- ways at hand to settle such disputes as the nations decide to submit. The mere exis- tence of those fifteen silk-robed justices is a constant protest against war. These men, sitting year after year, will acquire an exten- sive knowledge of international differences, and the method of accommodating them, which the temporary arbitration commissions, which are occasionally set up, can never obtain. The court will accumulate a mass of evidence, precedents and law which in time will exercise almost a determining influence in regulating the affairs of nations. Like every other human institution, the International Court must justify itself by its works. If its in- fluence is pernicious, if it promotes injustice of Events 345 rather than justice, if it palpably strengthens certain nations at the expense of others, then mankind will turn on it in wrath and destroy it. Any signatory nation can withdraw at a moment’s notice. If, on the other hand, its effect is seen to be beneficent, if it promotes friendship and righteousness among nations, if it advances peace and discourages war, then its prestige and its power will increase. In that event it is not impossible that the nations will enlarge its responsibilities. This court is now in complete operation. Forty-six nations have accepted it. The fact that one of the eleven “ordinary judges” is a distinguished American jurist, Mr. John Bassett Moore, despite the fact that the United States is not a party, indicates the broad minded and humanitarian lines on which it is formed. Did these judges repre- sent nations an American naturally could not sit among them. But it is the central idea of the International Court that it does not rep- resent nations; it represents the world. A particular nation does not have even to be a member in order to use its services. The United States can submit its international differences even though the Senate declines to ratify our proposed membership. It is therefore apparent that this Interna- tional Court provides no respectable ground for a “split” in the Republican party. This court is not an outgrowth of the League of Nations; it is a direct outgrowth of the Hague Conference of 1899; its responsible parent was the Republican Administration which was in power at that time. For nearly twenty-five years it has been the policy of the Republican party. Republican platforms for that period have endorsed it, and Republican Presidents have worked for it. President Harding, in advocating the court now, is therefore preach- ing sound Republican doctrine. A group of Republicans who wish to “split” their party and discredit their President on this issue, therefore assume a_ heavy responsibility. They might as well disrupt the party because it at present stands for a protective tariff. A Practical, Not a Political, Cure for Agricultural Troubles R. BERNARD BARUCH’S proposal for improving the condition of the farmer is the most practical contribu- tion that has yet been made toward the solu- ee a Meee ase d cane ae 346 tion of perhaps the greatest problem now disturbing American life. The condition of the agricultural regions, indeed, is about ‘the only black spot on the present economic situa- tion. Prosperity is almost universal. Wages are everywhere abnormally high. The only parts of the country that are not participating in these good times are those exclusively given up to agriculture. The prosperity of other sections produces hard times on the farms, for it causes high prices for practically everything the farmer consumes, at the very time that the prices for what he produces are going down. Anything which can help to correct this situation is worthy of the most serious attention, and any citizen with a plan that promises relief should at least enjoy the reward of having his proposals tested on their merits. The main difficulty is the decreasing prices of farm products. All solutions have taken the shape of plans for co6perative marketing. Politicians and unscrupulous journalists may give the farmer many explanations for his plight, in which the railroads and Wall Street and the Grain Exchanges come in for the chief blame, but the economists know that the main trouble is that the farmer produces more than the market can consume. At the present time he is selling far more than in any pre-war year; the great war demand caused a tremendous increase in the products of Amer- ican farms; this increased demand is rapidly coming down to normal, and the farmer therefore has great stores for which there is no market. This is the main difficulty in the agricultural regions. Any attempt to better it must lie in the direction of increasing the market. Most authorities believe that an effective system of codperative marketing would aid this process, and Mr. Baruch’s proposal seeks to accomplish this. He pro- poses that the wheat farmers use a sales organization of an extremely practical and experienced type; the very one, indeed, which they have not regarded for years with a particularly friendly eye; none other than the Armour Grain Company, of Chicago. What- ever may be urged against this organization, it at least possesses one qualification; it knows how to buy and sell the output of the farm. It has been doing this very thing with great success for many years. Its head, Mr. George G. Marcy, is perhaps the most expert Its force of sales- grain man in the country. _ usually proved to be mere nostrums. The World’s Work men have developed an exceptional technique and know the business as no extemporized group of farmers can know it for years. If thirty-five per cent. of the wheat acreage can be induced to join in gaining possession of the Armour Company and employ its experts for the purpose of selling its crops, Mr. Baruch believes that the result will be higher prices and new prosperity in the agricultural states. Objections in plenty will probably be raised against this, and not improbably the good faith of those associated will be questioned. Such an attitude is inevitable, even though it is not intelligent. Fortunately Mr. Baruch, who sponsors this plan, enjoys the confidence of the agricultural regions, and that fact in itself will prove a strong recommendation. The greatest danger of the present situation is political. In the past, the difficulties of the farmers have furnished opportunities to demagogues who have used them as stepping stones to political power, and whose cures have Mr. Baruch’s proposal—to which he is by no means wedded, for he stands ready to accept any better plan for marketing that may win the confidence of the farmers—has at least the advantage of being practical and not political in its nature. It aims, not to change the form of our government or to extend its func- tions into fields where it does not belong, but to help the wheat farmer to obtain good prices for his crops. Forcing Prohibition in Foreign Countries of prohibition has become entangled with an issue which, in reality, has no connec- tion with it, that of alcoholic drinks on foreign ships. The Supreme Court has decided that American sovereignty completely covers the three miles of water that surrounds American soil; that the laws of Congress are as com- pletely enforceable in these waters as on Amer- ican dry land; consequently that foreign ships must obey the Volstead Act, which means that they cannot bring within these waters alcoholic drinks for beverage purposes, even though they are kept under seal. As to the legal accuracy of this ruling there seems to be no question. It is good law, and foreign steamship lines must obey it, until Congress sees fit, if it ever does, so to amend the Vol- stead Act that these foreign ships may be |’ IS unfortunate that the general subject relieved of what is, after all, a great in- justice. The decision, as already said, raises an issue apart from prohibition; the reason is that prohibition is an American system. The United States, after mature consideration, has decided to prohibit alcoholic drinks on its own territory. That is the business of the United States, with which other countries properly have no quarrel. But no other country has adopted this system. In particu- lar Great Britain, France, and Italy have not done so. Their decision on this point is ex- clusively their own business, with which the United States has no concern. Any attempt we might make to force these friendly nations to adopt prohibition would be an outrageous act, and would have serious consequences. The most enthusiastic advocate of prohibition would not suggest such an interference in their domestic affairs. Unfortunately this is pre- cisely what the Volstead Act does indirectly. The foreign ships have a legal right to dis- pense drinkables from their own shore to the American three mile limit. The recent ruling makes no attempt to interfere with that right. But these same ships also have the legal right to dispense drinkables on the eastern voyage, from the American three mile limit to their home port. The recent decision prevents them from exercising this right. It forces the American prohibitory law into territory in which American jurisdiction does not prevail. Practically the Volstead Act, as interpreted by the Supreme Court, extends itself over foreign territory. Legal as this is, it is an unwarranted violation of that comity that should prevail among all nations. If the British Parliament should pass a law obliging American ships to sell alcoholic beverages within the British three mile limit it would have the legal right to do so, but such a law would be resented, and properly resented, in this country. The one solution is a change in the Volstead Act permitting foreign ships to seal their wet cargo when entering the three mile limit, with the stipulation that it shall not be unsealed until the vessels have passed the same limit on the eastern voyage. This would insure the per- fect enforcement of the Prohibition Amend- ment in American territory. It would leave the question of European prohibition where it naturally belongs—at the discretion of those countries themselves. The March of Events 347 The Law-Defying Trust in the Coal Industry? T WOULD be the part of wisdom if dur- | ing the summer the young man’s fancy and the old man’s also turned to thought; of coal. It is time for the householder and in- dustry as well to make as certain of its winter’s supply as is possible with an enterprise in which strikes are a normal part of business. It is beginning to appear that one of the chief reasons why strikes are so persistent in the coal business is that the United Mine Workers of America have set out to acquire a monopoly of coal mine labor in this country. This attempt of the union to gain a monopoly is of very particular interest to the public in several ways. To begin with, during the process of the monopolistic campaign the householders and the industries of the country are likely every once in a while to be treated to shortage if not suffering. In the second place, the union’s campaign seems to be setting up an extraordinary precedent of lawlessness, much more serious, for example, than the Ku Klux Klan. In the third place, if the union succeeds, the public will be faced with the long, hard, and costly task of breaking this trust just as it broke other trusts in the trust busting days. This struggle will be costly and bitter, for as arrogant and selfish as the industrial trusts were in their worst days they never so blatantly advised the public to be damned as have the United Mine Workers. The most serious aspect of the whole matter is not the cost of strikes nor the ultimate cost to the consumer if the United Mine Workers’ monopoly succeeds, but the blows which this union has struck—and so far successfully— at popular government. The bituminous operators have submitted to the United States Government’s Coal Fact Finding Commission a series of briefs taken chiefly from court records. These show that in the Mine Workers’ campaign for a mono- poly they rely chiefly upon the check-off, an in- voluntary system of collecting dues and assess- ments, and on armed warfare and corruption. The ‘Check-off’”” System HE “‘check-off”’ is a system by which the union forces the coal-mining companies to deduct from each miner’s wages all dues and assessments of the union before the miner gets his money. These dues and assess- Dali aa Ss Pe * a Llae SRTS SACTE = 348 ments are paid to the union. The legality of this system of involuntary payment of dues has been questioned in the courts. Its result is to give the United Mine Workers a fund of be- tween $15,000,000 and $20,000,000 a year with which to push their campaign. One of the uses to which they put this money is arm- ing and equipping of irregular forces with which they endeavor to enforce and extend their monopoly. The Herrin massacre was part of this programme. About twenty men were murdered in cold blood. Some, after being wounded, were forced to crawl on their knees through the town of Herrin and then, with ropes around their necks, were taken to the cemetery and shot. After this the union raised $900,000 in Illinois and with this money defeated the ends of justice so that not one man was punished for this crime. Nor is this an isolated instance. The briefs of the bitumi- nous operators show that this is one example of many in which the union employs guerrilla warfare to achieve its objects with complete indifference to state and national constitu- tions, the common law, or the rights of man. These are most serious charges based chiefly on records of various courts. These charges are before the Coal Fact Finding Commission authorized by Congress and ap- pointed by the President of the United States. The public has a right to expect that this commission will investigate the attempted monopoly, the “ check-off’’, which is the basis of it, and the warfare by which it is pushed. If the bituminous operators’ briefs are true, the public will not expect an agency of the United States Government to deal with an organization a part of whose policy it is hab- itually to defy the law. And if the operators have done similar things, the public will expect that their conduct shall be equally exposed. From any proper view these questions are far more fundamental and important than the price of coal. They strike at the funda- mentals of our government. They are the test of the real courage and patriotism of this commission. The Last Appearance of Richard Croker CURIOUS proceeding in Ireland is chiefly interesting to Americans for the light which it sheds upon their own political history. The children of the late Richard Croker have protested his will— The World’s Work unsuccessfully. The facts which are mainly important to Americans are two: firstly, that there should have been any will to protest, or, more accurately, that the amount should have involved several millions; secondly, that the contest should have taken place in Ireland. To the students of democracy these circum- stances are almost appalling. Who was this Richard Croker, this man who, after an apparently temporary sojourn in the United States, was able to return with great accumulations to the country of his birth, and there lead the quiet and elegant life of a country gentleman? In what way did he heap up the fortune which has made this sordid post-mortem appearance in an Irish court? Most of our great American millionaires have some business or profession or productive lifework which they can show for the great reward that fate has given them. What public service did Richard Croker perform? What return did he make to the American community that had treated him so generously? The facts of his career, so far as they are known, do not satisfactorily answer these queries. These facts are simply stated. The man was born in Ireland in 1843, came with his immigrating parents to America when a child, spent a brief time in the New York pub- lic schools, learned the trade of a machinist, and became a volunteer fireman. These plain biographical details, however, do not adequately picture the man. Croker’s great distinction, as a young man, was physical prowess. He was exceedingly clever and formidable with his fists. It was the time of the famous Irish gangs—a phase of New York life which no longer exists; Croker was the leader of the so-called “ Fourth Avenue Tun- nel Gang.” Leadership of this sort in those feudal days meant political power; Croker early joined his fortunes to Tammany Hall and became a conspicuous figure at elections. Election methods in those days were also primitive, for Tammany had a variety of ways of making the hesitant citizen vote in the way that would do the most good. Secret ballots were unknown. Intimidations and physical pummellings were far more effective than abstract argument; one method especi- ally lingers in the memory; the newly made voter, standing in line at the polls, would sometimes find immediately in his rear a Tammany worker who would deftly inject Oo wr = tee Or Ue Ue CL” The March of Events 349 an awl or other sharp instrument into his person at any indication of independent political thinking. Shooting affrays were not infrequent. The New York public first learned of Richard Croker when he was ar- rested on a charge of murder. The trial wasa long and famous one; Croker, however, was acquitted, and in 1886 he succeeded John Kelly as leader of Tammany Hall. He held this post until 1902, when he retired to a country estate in Ireland, weighed down with the for- tune which has formed the subject of the re- cent litigation. Since 1890 Croker had held no salary paying job, and had engaged in no business. The mere recital of these facts is sufficient. As to the kind of city government New York enjoyed during the Croker dictatorship the historical student needs only to consult the several legislative investigations held. The Lexow hearings of 1892 and the Mazet hear- ings of 1899 tell the story. Yet this Croker episode is not entirely discouraging. It represents an inevitable and passing phase of evolving democracy. Croker typifies the period when New York was a frontier com- munity, with all the evils and vices, as well as all the energy and vitality, that compose such a primitive state of society. To a certain extent New York is still a frontier camp, yet it is not likely that, conspicuous as are its present political faults, it would endure another Croker now. Common Sense in American Embassies ERTAIN Congressmen have selected rather an unfavorable moment for at- tacking the plan to provide an appro- priate architectural setting for the American diplomatic service. Congressman Madden in particular has launched his phillipic at the precise moment when the new home for the American Ambassador in London is nearly completed. This embassy—the first the American Government has ever owned in this capital—is a modest but entirely dignified structure at No. 13 & 14 Prince’s Gate, Knightsbridge, for many years the London home of the late ]. Pierpont Morgan, and the gift of the latter’s son to the American people. When the alterations are finished, the Ameri- can Ambassador to Great Britain will no longer be homeless, but will possess a definite and permanent address. THE LATE RICHARD CROKER Who, after holding the position of leader of Tammany Hall for years, and amassing a considerable fortune, proved that his sojourn in America was but temporary by returning to the land of his birth and leading the quiet and elegant life of a country ‘“‘gentleman’’. AlI- though once arrested and tried for murder, he was acquitted after a long trial, and not long thereafter became the head of Tammany Hall. Through his Tammany affiliations he acquired his fortune Congressman Madden objects to larger allowances to ambassadors in the interest of democratic simplicity; he wants no ostenta- tion in the ambassadorial establishment, but that quiet and dignity which are the mor2 fitting qualities of the representative of a great republic. In this ambition all good Americans join. There is one way, however, in which it can never be realized, and that is the failure to provide adequate allowances. The present niggardly policy produces the most extravagant display in the American diplomatic service. Most of the American Ambassadors in Europe for the last half cen- tury have been rich men, sometimes mere millionaires who have shocked both Euro- peans and Americans by the lavish scale on which they have lived. The reason is that a poor man could not accept the post. Oc- casionally men of modest means have done so, and have spent in two or three years the entire accumulation of a lifetime. A recent a ST nee. Sanclie Siete Ee ab Te TE THE NEW AMERICAN EMBASSY IN LONDON Formerly the London home of the late J. Pierpont Morgan and recently presented to the United States Government by J. Pierpont Morgan, Jr. The house is now being remodeled, and will shortly be officially oc- cupied American Ambassador at an _ important European capital informed his friends, when he accepted the appointment, that he had saved about $150,000 in a lifetime of hard work, that he would retain his post as long as his little fortune lasted, and that then he would be obliged to return home. For the most part, however, ambassadors have been rich, and that democratic simpli- city for which Congressman Madden yearns has been painfully absent in their manner of life. The problem is not a difficult one. No sensible American believes that American Ambassadors and Ministers should draw fabulous salaries and live in magnificent governmentally supported palaces. The pro- per scale is suggested by the way we treat our Presidents. The White House is the ideal residence of the head of a great and prosperous republic—far more so than the gorgeous structure America could build had it the inclination. The salary and allowances made the President, enable him to live in that dignity and simplicity which comport with his exalted station. This is the model for the The World’s Work treatment that should be accorded the Presi- dent’s personal representatives at the great capitals of the world. First a decent and spacious house, well but not ostentatiously furnished. The salary at present paid— $17,000—need not be changed, but an al- lowance for maintaining the ambassadorial position, perhaps $35,000 a year, should be provided. This allowance should in no sense ke made part of the salary; it should be used only as an expense account, and any unused part should revert to the public treasury. There is a danger in giving our diplomatic representatives huge salaries; the places would be likely to become political plums, with all the demoralization that this would imply. A stipulation that the money could be used only for embassy purposes, and that the unused part should not become the per- quisite of the ambassador, would forestall any such demoralization. The fact is that no ambassador at one of the great capitals can live in simple decency on less than $50,000 a year. The American Am- bassador in London, for example, is obliged to give a reception on the Fourth of July to all the Americans resident in that town. Even though he feeds them only sandwiches and coffee, the function costs him not far from $2,000; and this is only one of an infinite num- ber of expenditures which custom demands of him. A total budget of $50,o00o—including salary and allowances—would enable him to fulfil his duty with all the dignity and modesty that his position makes necessary. Then poor men as well as rich could accept such appointments and the ability and character of the diplomatic service would consequently improve. Self Improvement of the Motion Pictures HE Committee on Public Relations of the Motion Picture Producers and Distributors of America, Inc., has made progress in its work. This Committee is one of Mr. Will Havs’s enterprises, and is under the immediate direction of Mr. Jason Joy. Its purpose is to arrive at a real co6per- tion between the film producers and a sym- pathetic body of representatives of the churches, the schools, labor, business, anc other public organizations. These represen- tatives view the pictures before they are dis- tributed, and give their opinion of their merits The March of Events and faults. section of the intelligent public opinion of the country, and their counsel has won the respect of the producers and thereby is sensi- bly affecting their methods in the making of They are a pretty good cross films. The Committee has wisely accepted the fact that motion picture producers are engaged in a commercial enterprise and that they must please their audiences, whose de- mand is chiefly for diversion. They have, therefore, criticised only where a picture was misleading or corrupting, and here they are gradually bringing the producers to see that clean and accurate films are sound business. One example of the Committee’s influence is noteworthy. “The Covered Wagon” is a great commercial success. It is a story based on the historical f{=cts of the opening of the Oregon Trail. As originally written, the scenario introduced Kit Carson as a principal figure in the plot. Historically, this was an error. Also, it revealed Kit sharing in some unwholesome bar-room scenes. The Com- mittee pointed out to the producers the evil of consciously distorting history, and the scen- ario was re-arranged to substitute another character. From a commercial viewpoint, this seemed a great risk, as the producers relied on Kit Carson’s reputation to aid in the illusion of the story. The Committee also pointed out that Kit Carson was a patron saint of the Boy Scouts, and that he should not be represented in scenes tending to lower the ideal of his character in theireyes. “The Covered Wagon,” as finally produced, elimin- ated these objectionable elements, and was nevertheless a sensational commercial success —an object lesson to the producers that will doubtless draw them closer than before to the opinion of the Committee. The Committee has not stopped with merely negative criticism, helpful though that is. It has realized that it must provide a quid pro quo for such criticism. It has, therefore, made a policy of urging its consti- tuent organizations to announce their ap- proval of pictures which are regarded as repres- entative of what, in their judgment, pictures of each type should be, and this positive com- mendation is given publicity through many channels which amount to free advertising of pictures that deserve it. This approval has a tangible commercial value, and that also tends to make the producers prize the good opinion of the Committee. 351 By this method, more has been accom- plished in the direction of good films that can possibly be done by legal censorship. The professional censor is seldom wise, rarely representative, and is, in the nature of his task, a nuisance to those whom he is presumed to correct and a poor servant of those whom he is presumed to serve. The Committee on Pub- lic Relations, being widely representative, brings to bear a sounder view of the public interest, and, its work being done without coercion, is more influential with the producers. In the long run, it promises a genuine coép- eration, which should produce a genuine im- provement in the quality of the motion pictures. How to Lose Foreign Markets F THE United States is to level out the | valleys of periodic depression in the curve of its business cycles and is to keep its factories and farms steadily and fully oc- cupied,’’ says Mr. Julius Klein, director of the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, “the maintenance of permanent foreign out- lets must be assured regardless of fluctuations in domestic market conditions. It does not improve the standing of America’s business abroad to have the first sign of better domestic trade bring about the immediate abandon- ment of all interest in those foreign contacts which had been hailed with such joy and solici- tous regard during the dark days of 1921.” Unhappily, despite the lessons of the war and the ensuing cycle of prosperity and de- pression, the American business man in foreign trade remains too frequently the spoiled child. In a number of important cases, Mr. Klein says, “the accumulated assets of good will and experience are likely to be thrown away over night and squandered by a reversion to those haphazard, spasmodic policies—or ut- ter lack of policies—which had been the most serious handicap to our commercial progress abroad before the war.’ One firm, which had been courting foreign trade during the lean years, curtly refused “a six-figure order because ‘they were too busy with domestic demands.’”’ Another suddenly abolished its export department, which had been labori- ously built up by a faithful foreign staff, with the explanation that “home markets are once more sufficient to take care of our entire out- put.” 352 The World’s Work Frequently home offices display an utter lack of tact in dealing not only with their foreign customers but with their own sales- men. Sometimes this failing is complicated by red tape. One such company now “finds itself obliged to pay many thousands of dol- lars in additional customs duties because it refused to relax its stock-movement policy and to rush through certain emergency shipments to anticipate an increase in tariffs in a foreign country.” Some companies hamper their business by failing to trust their representa- tives as they should in matters of credit. A serious fault is failure to abide by announced price lists. Another is a failure or refusal to adjust prices to the prevailing market levels. Not so serious, perhaps, yet important in the long run, is the omission of small courtesies in correspondence. “A closing sentence such as, ‘We want to thank you on behalf of our firm for the courtesies that you were kind enough to extend to our Mr. White on his recent visit to your city’, or ‘We wish to ex- tend to you and your good family our cordial © Harris & Ewing JULIUS KLEIN Director of the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce Christmas greetings and best wishes for the New Year’ would,” Mr. Klein thinks, “be an important factor in the creation of good will.” Perhaps the “business-is-business”’ atti- tude has done more harm than good to Amer- ican foreign trade. For business, besides being business, is a system of human relations which cannot and ought not to be reduced to a soulless routine, and which involves much more than the getting of orders and taking of profit. This is a lesson that might be applied at home as well as abroad. Where it has been applied it has justified itself financially, besides adding to the urbanity of daily existence. A Negro Who Had Made Good HE Spingarn medal, awarded each year to “the man or woman of African descent and American citizenship who during the year shall have made the highest achievement in any field of human endeavor,” goes this year to Professor George W. Carver, director of agricultural research and chemistry at the Tuskegee normal and industrial insti- tute. That Professor Carver is not alto- gether unworthy of this distinction isevidenced by the list of his achievements. Professor Carver has discovered 145 different foods or useful articles which may be made from the peanut and 107 which may be made from the sweet potato; he has made potash and stock feed with the aid of the chinaberry; he has demonstrated the uses of okra fibre for rope, cordage, mats, and carpets; he has made furni- ture stains from native clays and vegetables; and dyes from dandelion, black oak, wood ashes, sweet gum, willow, swamp-maple, and numerous other native growths; he has used the native clays for washes and scouring pow- ders; and in.many other ways demonstrated what. may be done with materials lying, liter- aily in Alabama’s back yard. Not all these suggestions may prove com- mercially feasible, yet they indicate a racial genius devoted to practical ends which ren of all races must admire. Professor Carver is as good an example as could be found of the economic value to the South of the liberated and enlightened Negro. The committee mak- ing the award included Bishop John Hurst, Theodore Roosevelt, Dr. James H. Dillard, Oswald Garrison Villard, Dr. E. E. B. Du Bois, Dorothy Canfield Fisher, and Dr. John Roe ‘ial en ver the ted ak- rst, rd, O1S, The March of Events 353 SE Ue, palais SR oO Che eter mee me « | rf PPR err ccc CHILDREN IN THE COTTON MILLS Formerly there was much criticism of the number of children employed in the cotton mills. This number has greatly decreased, and now the farms are the worst offenders against children It is interesting to note that in addition to recognizing Professor Carver’s _ scientific achievements, they declared that his “clear thought and straightforward attitude have greatly increased inter-racial knowledge and respect.” The Present Situation in Child Labor , | SO THE casual reader child labor and the textile industry are probably al- most synonymous. How wide this is of the truth is shown in an instructive bulletin recently issued by the Federal Children’s Bureau. In 1920, when the last census was taken, more than a million children between 10 and 15 years of age were “‘engaged in gain- ful occupations” (as the census reports euphe- mistically put it), .to which must be added an uncertain number under ten years of age, most of whom were engaged in farming. Of the total recorded number more than half (569,824) were at work on their home farms, and 66,990 others were hired out as farm laborers. Manufacturing and mechanical in- dustries required 185,337, of whom 54,649 were employed in textile mills, and 21,875 in the cotton mills alone. Mining employed 7,191, transportation 18,912, “public service’’ 1,130, “professional service” 3,465, domestic and personal service 54,006, and clerical occupations 80,140. The record therefore shows that the greatest sinners in the matter of child labor are not the cities and industrial centres, but the farms. To most Americans this fact will probably come as something of a surprise and a shock. If a general average of all industrial occupa- tions is taken, the South is the principal of- fender against childhood. In the whole United States about one in 12 of all children between 10 and 15 is at work; in Alabama, Mississippi, and South Carolina about one in every 4; in Georgia one in 5. Sixteen and six tenths per cent. of North Carolina’s children are wage earners, 18.5 per cent. of Arkansas’s; 13.4 per cent. of Rhode Island’s. Several Southern states, however, stand lower in the scale (or. higher in the measure of humanity) than Rhode Island. These are Delaware, Maryland, Florida, Kentucky, Tennessee, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Texas, and West Vir- ginia. West Virginia’s percentage is 3.9 or not much more than half the average for New England. The Western states, as might be expected, have comparatively little in- dustrial child labor, although Arizona’s per- centage is 7.1. If the non-agricultural occupations are segregated, “the proportion is considerably larger for New England and for the Middle Atlantic states, and slightly larger for the 354 East North Central states—Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, and -Wisconsin—than for any of the three southern geographic divi- sions.” In other words the South is not the centre of industrial child labor. Among cities of more than 100,000 population Fall River with 18 per cent. of its children employed and the old whaling town of New Bedford, with 17 per cent., head (or perhaps it would be better to say foot) the list. The decline in the number of children employed in the textile industries during the last ten years has been almost wholly in the South, where, the children bureaus report, “considerable advance was made in child-labor and educa- tion laws, and where the effects of the Federal laws were especially marked.” Child labor is thus not a sectional problem. Whether in the mills of North Carolina or Rhode Island, the coal mines of Pennsylvania, or the sugar beet fields of California and Colorado, it reflects the technical condition of industry and agriculture and the social and economic standards of the population. Wher- ever the labor of children is profitable to employers, or wherever the existence of the so-called “family wage”’ makes it seem neces- sary, children are sure to be put to work. The remedies are partly legal, partly technical, and partly social. The raising of adult wages in parasitic industries—that is, in those which do not provide the male wage earner with enough to support an average family—is apparently essential. To accomp- lish this, new machinery and methods of The World’s Work production may be called for, yet this is surely not a task beyond the capacity of the sup- posedly ingenious American employer. It is not so difficult a problem, certainly, as that created by the curtailment of. education and opportunity, and the probable shortening of working life, which go with child labor. Whether there was a decisive permanent gain in the fight against this evil between 1920 and 1923 remains, surprising as the statement may seem, somewhat in doubt. Between 1910 and 1920 the number of children em- ployed in the United States decreased by 46.7 per cent., or almost half, and the number between the ages of 10 and 13, by 57.8 per cent. Unfortunately for the accuracy of these figures as bearing upon present condi- tions, the census of 1920 was taken in January at nearly the lowest point of an industrial depression. Since January, 1920, the revival of business and the abrogation of the Federal child labor law have doubtless added greatly to the number of children at work. State laws dealing with the terms and conditions’ under which children may be employed were not, of course, affected by the suspension of the Federal law. It is un- fortunate that Federal legislation in this field has depended upon so debatable a constitu- tional principle as the use of taxation as a means of destroying. Apparently the evil can be permanently abolished only by means of a constjtutional amendment. Inthe mean- time the stirring of the national conscience ought to make itself felt-in state legislatures. CHILDREN IN THE SUGAR BEET FIELDS Manufacturing states have reduced the number of children employed in the industries, but many agricultural states still permit the wholesale employment of children on farms YK wee Ow wv —-. The March of Events 355 THE “INCONCEIVABLY PLEASANT” HOME LIFE OF NEW YORKERS This photograph shows that section of New York north of 44th Street and east of Seventh Avenue. It is crowded with apartments and hotels, and that section shown in the distance running along the east side of Central Park is filled with apartments the rents for which are probably the highest in the world More and more such states as Rhode Island and North Carolina should find themselves in bad standing if they allow their industries or their farms to rob children of their birth- right. The New Yorker’s ‘Inconceivably Pleasant”? Home Life HAT scant.ninety or ninety-five mil- lions of Americans who live outside the metropolitan area of New York City can secure an edifying glimpse at certain aspects of urban.concentration at its height by glancing at the Sunday real estate sections of the New York newspapers. Let us take the choice bits of the apartment renting list of a well-known firm. Its lowest offer is three rooms and bath, unfurnished, for $1,400 a year, and the top price in this particular list is twelve rooms for $10,000 a year. These, it must be remembered, are bargains. A cer- tain apartment building on East Eighty-sixth street “ provides with incomparable excellence a new mode of dwelling that enables you to do as little or as much housekeeping as you de- sire.” The rent for two rooms and a kitchen- ette here runs from $1,500 to $2,000, a typical rental in parts of town that would seem desirable to a small-city person with a total income of about twice that much. If the small-city person required as much room as he was used to at home, he would have to pay two or three times the figures given. He might choose to simplify his existence by renting an unfurnished apartment in an apartment hotel, for which he would pay | from $700 to $1,400 annually for each room. “The reason for the apartment hotel, in general,’ says an advertisement depicting the charms of this solution of the housing problem, “is the growing desire of apartment house dwellers for a better way to live—a way that will eliminate work, waste, and worry, assure more living service, more com- forts and conveniences, and, at the end of the year, prove more economical in money. : The millions of dollars invested in these splendid apartment hotels is a most practical expression of the demand for a Better Way to Live. The advantages they offer are very practical and humanly appealing. Fhey give you a home life inconceivably pleasant.” But the home seeker may be unable to live in such undoubted Elysiums, or to pay the $3,000 or $4,000 needed for a comfortable amount of space in a reasonably clean and quiet neighborhood between Washington Square, and, roughly speaking, Washington 356 Heights. He may, then, take refuge in the Bronx, or in the wilderness of apartments at the northeast end of Manhattan island, which he will reach after a ride of from forty minutes to an hour in an indecently and inhumanly crowded subway car, where his children will still, in most cases, be compelled to play in the streets. Here he will pay $20 per room a month, or a little more, or a little less. He may decide, after enduring this Purgatory for a time, to commute into New Jersey or Long Island, where he may buy a roomy house in a good neighborhood for between $10,000 and $20,000; or an especially well-built house in a preferred neighborhood for $30,000 and up. Even if he chooses to remain in the city, he will want to send his wife and children out of town for a part of the summer. If he rents a humble furnished cottage within commuting distance, he will be lucky to pay as little as $700 for a season’s use of it. Whether he elects to live in the city or out- side, our middle-class home-seeker cannot work out a perfectly satisfactory mode of life. The disadvantages of the city are obvious; they include noise, dirt, crowds, and the scarcity of safe places for children to play. Most children in New York City find their playgrounds in the streets. A minority get into the parks; a still smaller minority are sent to expensive private schools, where their play activities are taken care of. If the city man commutes, he may leave his family in attrac- tive and healthful surroundings (although not all suburban communities are rustic paradises), but he himself must undergo not less than two hours each day of nerve-wrack- ing labor—for commuting is probably about the hardest work a city office man does—in addition to his regular job. Unless he is a man of unusual energy and buoyancy he will find himself too much exhausted, after his return home, for study or for the ordinary decencies of social life. Commuting is not, of course, peculiar to New York, but there is no city in the country where it is done under such extraordinarily trying conditions. This burden of discomfort and expense increases—or, to put it in another way, the value of the New Yorker’s dollars, measured in terms of well-being, decreases—year by year. Such are the diminishing returns of metropolitan life. The point has passed, for middle-class people, when such aggregations of population as Greater New York were The World’s Work worth what they cost; and if the middle-class New Yorker has lost out, what of the less for- tunate? The citizen of San Francisco, Seattle, Den- ver, Indianapolis, Atlanta, or Cleveland may well congratulate himself on having most of the advantages of city life, with few of the advantages under which the supposedly fortunate New Yorker labors. Perhaps these advantages of the smaller city more than compensate, for ninety-nine people out of a hundred, for the added glamour and the occasional supreme opportunity of life in New York. The situation suggests that it is time to draw a more careful line, not between rural and urban populations, but between urban populations which have, and those which have not, passed the point of diminish- ing returns. This is a task for the sociologist, to whose efforts must be added those of the engineer and industrialist. In the meantime it might be a wholesome symptom in American life if the resident of the smaller cities would realize that the op- portunity to build up a truly American cul- ture is more open to him than to the New Yorker, and would then act upon that realiza- tion. The very congestion of the greater city makes for a species of barbarism unfriendly to the more delicate flowers of life and the arts. For them we must look elsewhere than on the island of Manhattan. Cathedrals and the Modern World OR those philosophic minds that see modern life in its historic perspective there is a certain incongruity between two ecclesiastical developments which have recently taken up much space in the public press. Practically all churches, except the Roman Catholic, are now profoundly stirred on the question of creed and dogma. The lessening grip of old-fashioned faith is the pre- vailing religious symptom of the time. The convictions long regarded as essential to a Christian life are rapidly being dispensed with. A New York clergyman of Episcopal ordination has paraded from the Sunday pul- pit his disbelief in most of the formal doctrines of that church and practically challenged the Bishop to remove him, a challenge which the Bishop has declined to accept. The Presby- terian Church has publicly proclaimed several dogmas as indispensable to membership, yet The March of Events THE CATHEDRAL OF ST. JOHN THE DIVINE IN NEW YORK As it will appear when it is completed. This structure was begun in 1872, and is now only partially built. many of the leading Presbyterian pulpits of the Nation have rung with denunciation of this injunction and have announced their in- tention of defying it. Many men who pub- licly affirm their disbelief in the Virgin birth of Christ and in His resurrection are admitted to ordination. There is nothing especially new in all this; the conflict of religion and science has been acutely active for more than fifty years; recent events, however, have focussed attention upon an ancient con- troversy, and the appearance of certain lively champions of the two schools of thought has given the subject personality and emphasis. Whatever emotions may be aroused, one fact is apparent; the age of faith has gone. Out of it all something finer may emerge, but that unquestioning and satisfied acceptance of - fundamental truth, another name for faith, no longer controls the modern world. The other fact is the new zeal for cathedrals in the Episcopal Church. Some months ago the Washington Diocese announced plans for Recently an appeal for $15,000,000 has been made in order that-the church may be completed a cathedral at the national capitol, vast in its size and magnificent in its architecture. The New York Diocese has recently issued an appeal for $15,000,000 to finish the great Cathedral of St. John the Divine, a beautiful structure which was begun so long ago as 1872. There are probably few Americans who would not like to see these enterprises succeed. Beautiful things are one of the greatest needs of the American democracy at this moment, and monuments that symbolize the elevation of the human spirit add an inestimable qual- ity to American life. Few will therefore see any incongruity between the religious think- ing of this era and its architecture. The one thing that the cathedral solemnly emblazons is religious faith. Like faith itself, it belongs to the Middle Ages. The great medizval edifices were the expressions of a time that knew not the higher criticism, that did not disturb itself over the contradictions of the Bible, that did not attempt to explain the miracles of the New Testament on scientific grounds. These 358 things were as much realities as the rising and the setting of the sun. There was no conflict between science and religion, for there was no science; possibly there was no religion—but there was certainly faith. The great cathe- drals stand in Europe the silent witnesses of the complete confidence and childlike belief of their creators in the simple and under- standable God who watched over their daily lives, who remorselessly punished the wicked and abundantly rewarded the good. Is there not some spiritual inconsistency in a great and beautiful cathedral on the Hudson, standing alongside Columbia University, an intellectual kingdom in which Darwin reigns supreme? The World’s Work Making Mexico Literate OME years ago advocates of American intervention in Mexican affairs used to divert attention from the less agree- able aspects of their scheme by pointing to the advantages which the “little red school house,’’ arriving with the American occupa- tion, might be expected to bring. Experience in the Philippines has shown that these ex- pectations were well founded. However, it is pleasant to learn that Mexico has realized her own problem and is going at it in her own way, without the support of American bay- onets. A committee formed last year under the Department of Public Education, with Sefiorita Eulalia Guzm4n at its head, organized classes under volunteer teachers last year, in which 50,000 adults were taught to read and write Spanish. It is hoped that many more will be reached this year. Classes “may be held in the home, the garden, or some public place, and may consist of one or more illiterates wish- ful of acquiring the rudi- ments of education in the language of their country.” Thecentral committee issues certificates to the volunteer instructors and also fur- nishes such material as may be required. Citizens who cannot give personal service are urged to help by giving financial aid to private edu- cational institutions, by founding new schools, by organizing educational so- cieties, by founding or con- tributing to public libraries, and by financing scholar- ships. “The committee is plan- ning a national literacy day,” says a statement of Sefiorita Guzman, “when, AN INTERIOR VIEW OF THE CATHEDRAL OF ST. JOHN THE DIVINE As it now is. The Episcopal Diocese of New York is endeavoring to raise the necessary money with which to complete this structure, and recently the Wash- ington Diocese announced plans for a cathedral at the national capital, vast in its size and magnificent in its architecture throughout the entire Re- public, teachers and pupils will assemble in the centres of population. In this an- nual festival well-deserved The March of Events A SCHOOL IN MEXICO For many years observers of Mexico have pointed to the need for schools, and at last the Mexican Government seems to have seen the necessity for them recognition and honor will be given to those who have rendered this noble and truly patri- otic service, not only to their country but to the entire race, inspiring us with renewed courage to continue our crusade until its ulti- mate purpose—a literate Mexico—has been achieved.” The task of abolishing illiteracy in Mexico is a formidable one, and the work already ac- complished is only a beginning. It is only in such efforts as this, however, that there is any hope for democracy, for the literacy of the masses is the keystone of that great edifice. The evidence that this great truth is making substantial headway in Mexico is one of the most hopeful developments in the distracted republic. Better Sentences for Crooked Promoters RAUDULENT promotion is becoming H considered a greater crime against society than it used to be. The housebreaker, or the highwayman, who takes his life in his hands to gain his ends, is given the limit the law allows; the promoter, who robs thousands by the use of the mails, the telegraph, and the telephone, generally got a light sentence and was soon back at his nefari- ous operations. But public sentiment is changing toward this method of wholesale robbery. When the promoter started after Liberty bonds, people began to lose that misplaced regard that some held for him be- cause of their contempt for those who became his “suckers.’”’ Many people were formerly like a Pennsylvania judge who refused to con- vict fraudulent promoters brought before him because, he said; #f people were foolish enough to part with their money for such schemes, they deserved to lose it. That same judge, however, and many others have later fallen victims to some new scheme of the promoters, and now, like the judge, they are ready to give them the limit of the law. Judge Kenesaw Mountain Landis, while on the Federal bench in Chicago, best ex- emplified and to a considerable extent led this change of sentiment. It was he who in December, 1919, sentenced S. C. Pandolfo to ten years in the penitentiary for his frau- dulent operations in selling nine and a half million dollars worth .of stock in the Pan Motor Company. Pandolfo used his ill- gotten millions to carry his case clear up to the United States Supreme Court, but last April he entered Leavenworth penitentiary to begin his ten-year sentence. In the first of the Post Office Department’s Texas oil cases, tried before Judge Benjamin F. Bledsoe of Los Angeles, sitting in Fort Worth, Texas, ten-year sentences were given to the two promoters and a two-year sentence to the man who permitted them to use his name. It is such sentences that make crooked promotion unprofitable. The pro- moter might be willing to risk a few years in prison for the fortune he gets, but he will The World’s Work PANDOLFO IN THE PENITENTIARY An illustration of the effectiveness of the work of the Post Office Inspectors. S. C. Pandolfo, the arch promoter of the Pan Motor Company, who renamed St. Cloud, Minn.,—the seat of his gigantic promotion operations—‘‘Pan-Town-on- the-Mississippi,’”” and became the virtual dictator of the place, is now “‘Pandolfo Such is the end of Napoleons of crooked finance when the Post Office inspectors get after them. Wor.p’s Work readers will recall Pandolfo as one of the “Pirates of Promotion” exposed by this magazine in January, 1919. He sold $9,500,000 worth of stock to the public and got half of that amount himself in the Pen.” not risk ten. It is the effective way to mini- mize the promotion evil. In sentencing others who pleaded guilty to fraudulent promotion operations, Judge Bled- soe said, “These men have indulged in flam- boyant and excessive claims in connection with the enterprise they operated for the pur- pose of separating innocent and gullible peo- ple from their money. There cannot be any excuse for that any more than there can be an excuse for the highwayman. These men admit they were involved in a scheme to de- fraud. In my judgment nothing is more indefensible or more despicable. Such a scheme lacks the merit of a manly holdup, while possessing at the same time all of its intrinsic advantages. Those engaged in such a scheme do things that a brave man would disclaim, all for the purpose of getting some- one else’s money.” The Problem of the Standing Automobile OUGHLY speaking, the United States now has one automobile for every nine or ten inhabitants, with a total capital value of at least seven or eight billion dollars, and the number is rapidly increasing. Within a few years, if economic factors are alone considered, the nation will be able to go auto- mobile riding comfor- tably and simultaneously on any fine Sunday after- noon. But the economic factors have ceased to be the all-important ones where automobiles are concerned. The time is approaching, as John Ihlder, manager of the civic development de- partment of the Chamber of Commerce of the United States, points out, when a halt may be called by “the incapac- ity of streets, not only in cities, but even in towns and villages, to hold more cars.” Mr. Ihlder emphasizes the problem of the standing automobile. ‘Until some inventive genius invents a collapsible car that can be folded up and put into the hall closet or a corner of the office,’ he says, “this question of what to do with the automobile when not in use is going to cause more and more concern to manufac- turers and salesmen, and to would-be owners than ever has been caused by justices of the peace with a keen eye for local revenues.” Mr. Ihlider lays it down as axiomatic that “the streets are designed primarily for tran- sit” and that “entrances to buildings in which there is a large amount of coming and going must be kept accessible.” Obviousy these conditions conflict with the car owner’s desire to park his machine as near his place of business and as long as he desires. Parking space can be added to by the use of portions of public parks, and by the opening up of the centres of city blocks; and private initiative may utilize vacant lots or provide special storage buildings. But these are admittedly makeshifts. The only final solution, ap- parently, will be a re-distribution of traffic. In other words the decentralization of busi- ness, industry, and residence which the auto- mobile makes possible must be taken ad- vantage of to diminish the congestion which the automobile causes. —e ow lUmGlUlC ~ —-™ YY ”* make he! —o oO wa es er T METHODS OF THE MODERN BUCKET SHOPS Every month in this part of the magazine the WorLpD’s Work prints an article on investments and the lessons to be learned therefrom «HE modern bucket shop operates differently from the bucket shop of old. With a bucket shop as it used to be conducted nothing was bought and nothing was sold. The records were kept as though every order had actually been executed. The intention of the bucke- teer may have been that within his financial ability all customers were to get the profits that would have accrued to them had every order been executed. He may have intended to be an honest gambler, taking his profits when he won and standing his losses when the market went against him. When state laws were passed requiring that all orders must be executed, the bucket shops devised new and intricate methods of opera- tion. The modern bucket shop executes its orders but does not hold the customers’ stock. It is therefore in the same position as its pre- decessor of being “ short”’ of the stock of which its customers are “long.”’ In other words, the bucketeer takes a position in the market opposite to that of the customer. This, in- cidentally, is forbidden by state law, but it is more difficult to prove than straight bucket- ing because of the ingenious methods used by the bucketeers in disposing of the stock. There are four principal ways of doing this: 1. The stock may be sold by the bucketeer himself. 2. It may be sold by him through the medium of one or more dummy ac- counts. ; 3. It may be “loaned” to some other bucketeer or to a legitimate broker. 4. It may never have been delivered to the bucketeer; he may have purchased it for the account of his customer through another bucketeer, or a legiti- mate broker, who by common under- standing “fails to deliver.” According to an authority who has investi- gated houses of this character, methods (1) and (2) are not now commonly employed; the bucketeers prefer methods (3) and (4) because they complicate the accounts and make discovery more difficult. Under method number (3), when the stock is “loaned,” the other bucketeer, or broker, pays the lender the full market value on the date of the transaction and agrees to return the stock upon demand, on repayment of the money involved. The bucketeer, however, through connivance with the borrowing broker, never demands the return of the so-called “Joaned”’ stock; consequently the transaction becomes a bona fide sale by the bucketeer, who, presumably, and according to this books, is carrying the stock for his customer. Under method (4)—now the favorite meth- od—the bucketeer never receives the stock purchased for the account of his customer. On the New York Stock Exchange, in legitimate transactions, it occurs frequently that in cases of customers located at some distance from New York, immediate delivery of stock is impossible. Unless the purchasing broker has immediate need for the securities pur- chased, he is usually willing to allow the seller to defer delivery until the stock to be trans- ferred is received from the customer. In this case the selling broker is said to “fail to de- liver’ and the purchasing broker is said to “fail to receive.’ It should be said that the New York Stock Exchange is particularly careful to see that this privilege is not abused by its members. Under this method, the bucketeer, in con- nivance with another broker, has a valid contract covering the purchase of the stock on his customer’s order, but simply fails to take delivery of the stock. As no money is paid out until the delivery is made, no money has to be advanced by the bucketeer in this trans- action at all. It is in this way that the mo- dern bucket shops operate exactly as did the notorious bucket shops of old, and yet have accurate accounts on their books from which it would be difficult to prove that they were bucket shops. When they fail, as so many of them have done, and their customers and So et | 362 The World’s Work other creditors get little or nothing back, then one can assume that they were bucket shops. It might be supposed that these “failure to deliver’”’ and “loan” items would run into enormous figures, and they would, provided the accounts were not frequently liquidated. It is understood, however, by those in a posi- tion to know, that the bucketeer contemplates a complete turnover in his customers’ ac- counts once every ninety days. In other words, he clears his records by cleaning out his customers in that time. That accounts for the fact that he spends so much money all the time to get new customers. When the market is going down he is all right as long as he can get new customers. But when Stock prices rise steadily, as they did for many months following August, 1921, it is difficult for the bucket shops to clean out their cus- tomers’ accounts. It was that market ad- vance that precipitated the failure of some- thing like a hundred of these houses in the last year and a half. Both the legitimate broker and his cus- tomers can make money at the same time; a bucketeer gains only when his customers lose. That fact makes evident the corrupt intent with which the bucket shop scheme is conceived. If people make purchases from such a concern, either™ on margin” or by the partial payment plan—a method of invest- ment fostered by these houses, and a very proper method when the purchases are made through reliable houses—and are led to be- lieve that a legitimate brokerage business is being conducted, and if they would not have made such purchases had they known the true situation, they are deceived as to one of the material facts—the security behind the investment. For if the situation had been as they were led to believe, that security would have protected them regardless of what might happen to the concern; but as the situation actually is, the bucket shop must prosper by its customers’ losses, and in_ proportion thereto, or else both bucket shop and cus- tomer go down together. That goes a long way toward accounting for the fact that the creditors of many of the failed bucket shops will get little or nothing. Those experienced in the detection of fraud under the Federal statutes maintain that the conception and operation of such a concern is a fraudulent scheme in that it gives assurance of security by falsely representing that a brokerage business in good faith is being conducted that would make it possible for every customer to benefit by a rising market, when in truth and in fact the intent is to wipe out every account on a falling market, and if the market should rise, not to intend to settle and not to make any provision to meet that contingency. But to know how the bucket shops conduct their business, while interesting, or to know that they probably violate the Federal fraud law by so doing, does not help the average individual to distinguish between a bucket shop and a legitimate brokerage house. It indicates, however, the need for making sure that one does business only with legitimate houses of the best reputation. There are many such houses about which there is no suspicion of bucketing, and the names of some of them can easily be secured from one’s bank or other reliable sources. It is not as easy to learn just what houses do operate as bucket shops, because, as has been shown here, that is a difficult thing to prove. It might not be amiss, however, to point out that the WorLp’s Work, in its “ Pirates of Promotion”’ series, about five years ago, in an article on “The Modern Bucket Shop,” —which was then out after Liberty bonds by means of the partial payment plan—listed J. D. Sugarman & Company, one of the first of the Consolidated Stock Exchange houses to fail; E. M. Fuller & Company, the partners of which recently pleaded guilty to bucketing; Charles A. Stoneham & Company, the head of which house was a graduate of the old bucket shop of Haight & Freese, and several others which have since failed. In another article of that series Kriebel & Company, a bucket shop of Chicago, the heads of which were recentl\ convicted for fraudulent use of the mails, was also mentioned, and in still another, L. L. Winkleman & Company, which recently failed, was used as an example to show that there were not enough commissions on the business done on the New York Curb Market to pay the heavy expenses of that and other larger Curb houses provided they did a legiti- mate business. The investor can find out what are the dangerous houses to do business with if he makes sufficient investigation. He can trore easily avoid them by doing business only with houses that are known to be _ thor- oughly reliable. wre i we ee SN oF Oo == ae > ~The Ku Klux Klan in the Middle West What the Ku Klux Salesmen Have Done Outside of the South, and What the Ungainly Organization They Have Built Has How Big the Klan Is and Where it Is Heading Tried to Do. By ROBERT L. DUFFUS N PREVIOUS articles | have attempted to sketch the origin of the Ku Klux Klan in the imaginative brain of “Colonel” William Joseph Simmons, its early strug- gles with popular indifference, its burst of prosperity under the stimulating influence of Edgar Young Clarke and his businesslike assistant, Mrs. Elizabeth Tyler, its impeach- ment at the bar of public opinion, its sinister activities in Mer Rouge and other Southern communities, its political victories, which almost seemed destined to build up a nation- wide super-Tammany, and the internal dis- sensions which have dragged so much of its dirty linen into the light of day. The publicity which the Klan has enjoyed in the last twenty months has not been of a sort calculated to endear it to any judicious and public-spirited person, yet it is during these months that it has made the extensive inroads in the North which | shall in the pres- ent article endeavor to indicate. The candid observer must admit that some of the same portions of our population which followed in Mr. Roosevelt’s train in his great days, and which have contributed many a progressive measure to the national programme, have also proved susceptible, in certain pivotal North- ern states, to the Klan’s siren song of hate. [t is easier to describe this strange phenom- enon than to account for it. For the present ! shall confine myself to the simpler task. When Mr. Clark set out to sell the Klan at his bargain rate of ten dollars a head, he con- ceived of a plan of campaign which should take in every available American from Bangor to San Diego, and from Bellingham to Key West. He was not guilty of a narrow section- alism, and a Yankee dollar was as good in his eyes as one from south of the Mason and Dixon line. But because of a number of con- ditions, mostly geographical, the Klan spread first in the South, growing strong in Georgia, Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Texas, Okla- homa, and Arkansas before it advanced in force into the North and Middle West. In most cases it has travelled, like its great pro- totype, the boll weevil, through contiguous territories. The great exception to this rule was the Pacific Coast, to which the Klan was carried early, and where a number of peculiar conditions (among them the presence of Jap- anese, Mexicans, and Hindus, and the preva- lent fear of the I. W. W. and other radical movements) may have contributed to its success. The peak of the Klan’s activities and victories in the Middle West has come from a year to eighteen months later than in the South, and considerably later than the same stage in the Far West. Statements as to the organization’s mem- bership, whether made by friends or foes, usu- ally need to be taken with more than a grain of salt. The following figures, dated about the end of May, 1923, are as good as most: Florida, 26,000; Georgia, 90,000; Alabama, 78,000; Mississippi, 16,000; Louisiana, 54,000; Texas, 170,000; Oklahoma, 104,000; Arkansas, 45,000; Tennessee, 30,000; South Carolina, 19,000; North Carolina, 47,000; Virginia, 35,000; Kentucky, 48,000; Kansas, 60,000; Nebraska, 45,000; lowa, 51,000; Missouri, 136,000; Illinois, 131,000; Wisconsin, 40,000; Minnesota, 30,000; Michigan, 75,000; In- diana, 294,000; Ohio, 300,000; Pennsylvania, 200,000; Delaware, 6,000; New Jersey, 65,000; HENRY J. ALLEN Who, when governor of Kansas, began the fight against the Ku Klux Klan in Kansas, which has been carried on by his successor, Governor Davis New York, 75,000; Connecticut, 45,000; Massachusetts, 61,000; Rhode Island, 12,000; Colorado, 34,000; Montana, 3,000; Idaho, 18,000; Utah, 20,000; New Mexico and Ari- zona, about 5,000 each; California, 134,000; Oregon, 58,000; Washington, 38,000. Most estimates of the total number of Klansmen in America fall between two and three million. The total here indicated of, roughly, two million and a half is, | believe, reasonably accurate. But such statistics as these represent not the actual number of active members at any given time, but the total number who have been accepted for membership. They in- clude many who have broken with the Klan and are now its avowed enemies; and they include many more who paid their ten dollars Robert L. Duffus to the organizers, bu have since lost interes: and dropped out. The order is run by a smai! minority, as such socie- ties usually are, ‘and in most cases it is certainly only a slightly larger mi- nority that attends the regular meetings. A young man of prominent family in Indianapolis was asked two years ago to join a new fraternal society which, he was told, was to “fight Bol- shevism.” He readily signed the application and paid his ten dollars, but was never initiated and never attended a meeting. Yet his name was still being carried on the regular membership lists in May of this year. Such cases seem to be not uncommon. In some communities members have dropped out by the thousand; in a few, local klans have voluntarily disbanded; in others whole klans have gone over into rival organiza- tions, such as the “ Fas- cisti of America,”’ which has its headquarters at Omaha. The actual paid-up membership in good standing in Kansas at the present time is probably not more than 15,000—one fourth of my estimate of those who at one time or another joined. Yet if the actual membership is consider- ably less than the figures given, the Klan’s voting strength may be considerably more. The Ku Klux, like other movements, has a penumbra of sympathizers who for one reason and another will not join, but who share its prejudices against Jews, Catholics, or for- eigners, and will vote for it at a pinch. Although official Masonry has spoken un-- equivocally in most of the afflicted districts against the Klan, the Masons have sometimes found themselves, as they did in Oregon, on the side of a measure or candidate supported © Paul Thompson The Ku Klux Klan by Klansmen. Such issues are rarely clean- cut, and in spite of the election of Klan candi- dates in a large number of American com- munities, it is fair to say that there has not yet been a clean test of Klan voting strength in America. Probably, so long as it remains a surreptitious and opportunistic’ faction, greedy for power and careless of principle, there will not be such a test. An examination of almost every supposed Klan victory shows other influences to have been at work. For instance, in Fort Scott, Kansas, a candidate known as a Klansman was e‘ected mayor this spring; but in addition to being a Klansman he was also a former divinity student, a former locomotive fireman, and a field representative of the Scottish Rite Masons. When to such varied affiliations are added the complexities of local politics, it is virtually impossible to determine what influence each one has had. The Klan revealed itself in the Middle West in considerable strength in 1921 (as I have stated in a previous article 18,000 Klansmen were said to have resigned in Chicago follow- ing the exposures in the summer of that year), but it did not begin an aggressive campaign in the North until 1922, and in some states, such as Wisconsin and Minnesofa, its activ- ities have not yet reached a climax. From Texas, its great stronghold, it first reached North into Oklahoma and Arkansas, in which it became very strong; thence it advanced into Kansas and Missouri, and within the last year has grown like a weed in Indiana—now the heart of Northern Klandom as Northwest-- ern Texas is of the Southern—and has estab- lished itself firmly in Illinois and Ohio. To the corps of organizers sent from At- lanta were added, as the campaign proceeded, promising members of new lodges. Thus men from Oklahoma City, a hot Klan centre, were sent to Topeka to help bring Kansas into the fold. In Muncie, Indiana, also a hot bed of the Klan, ten or a dozen of the local brothers gave up their regular jobs and went soliciting in Ohio, sending back word to friends at home that they were “making big money.” In the state of Kansas, to which the solici- tors turned their attention early in 1922, and which seemed a promising field, the Klansmen encountered one of the severest setbacks of their career in the person of Governor Henry Allen. As this is written the outcome of the fight begun by Allen and carried on, though less dramatically, by his successor, Gov- in the Middle West 365 ernor Davis, is still-in doubt, but there is no doubt that Kansas at best will prove a hard nut to crack. f; The Klan operated in Kansas, as in Ne- braska, from central headquarters in Kansas City, Missouri. It held several initiation ceremonies in the neighborhood of this city, inviting reporters to witness them from a safe distance, and even held an open meeting in Convention Hall, Kansas City, Kansas, to which the general public was invited: Its strength on the Missouri side in the city and county elections of November, 1922, was estimated at 16,000, the number of votes cast for the unsuccessful Klan candidate for circuit judge. In the meantime the situation in Kansas had become critical. The railway strike had disorganized industry and transportation, and Governor Allen was using every means in his power to keep the wheels turning. At this juncture Klan organ‘zers were hurried across the border from Oklahoma and became active in the railway’ centres of Arkansas City, Coffeyville, and Pittsburg, all near the Okla- homa line, and also in Emporia, Newton, and Hutchinson. In all these towns considerable numbers of railway men were out of work. In a similar crisis in Arkansas the Klan had allied itself on the side opposed to the strikers, and can fairly be blamed for a number of acts of violence, including the unprovoked lynching of one striker. But in Kansas the Klan solici- tors conceived the really brilliant idea of en- listing the strikers. Their appeal was simple and direct. The railways had imported strike breakers, many of them Negroes. Was not “white supremacy” thus endangered? Ought not something to be done about it? As a result of arguments like this the railway men actually did flock into the Klan in what seem to have been large numbers, and the elections of last spring showed conclusively that they were then still willing to vote for Klan candi- dates. In Emporia, William Allen White’s model town, a Klan candidate was elected mayor over White’s emphatic opposition, the vote running largest in the labor wards. The Klan is said to have canvassed Emporia by means of salesmen who modestly represented themselves as insurance agents. In justice to labor it is well to bear in mind that this was one of the few instances in which it has been tricked, as a group, into supporting the Klan. The Klan is nearly everywhere 366 an enemy of labor organizations. Even in Kansas it circulated its familiar “ Ti-Bo-Tim” postcard, intended as bait for prospective members, in which it gave as one of its pur- poses, “Preventing unwarranted strikes by foreign labor agitators.” Its attitude in the Kansas industrial towns undoubtedly arose from the fact that labor was already at swords’ points with Governor Allen over his Industrial Court law, so that opposition to Allen was an easy way of getting recruits. But although Allen’s court was destined to be rejected by popular vote in the fall elections and to be denatured by a later decision of the Federal Supreme Court, he held the whip hand in the summer of 1922 and used it. Governor Allen’s policy was to anticipate strike disorders rather than to repress them after they had begun. At Arkansas City the Klan leaders had hit upon the brilliant idea of parading, in full regalia, in the neigh- borhood of the railway shops as a gentle re- minder to strike breakers of possibly dire consequences if they remained at work. Allen, on being informed of this project, re- quested the mayor to intervene, and on the mayor’s reply that he was unable to do so, announced that he would both halt the parade and remove the delinquent official if the latter did not act. No such parade was held, either at Arkansas City or elsewhere. But Allen’s most notable contribution to the Klan’s history in the North was the ouster suit which he caused to be filed on November 21, 1922. Although undertaken by Allen near the end of his term this suit has been continued by Charles B. Griffith, a former assistant attorney-general who was elected attorney-general in the fall elections. Griffith has had a capab e assistant in Captain John Rhodes, who has been in direct charge of the case. The suit took the form of a petition that the Klan be restrained “from holding any meetings, assemblages, or parades, and from appearing in any public places or in any public view with the identity of the members concealed by masks and other trappings, and from fomenting and prosecuting any contro- versies, animosities, or hostilities against other persons on account of differences in race or place of birth or religious or sectarian beliefs or methods, and from issuing any commands to other persons as to the opinions, . plans, theories, or conduct of such other persons, and Robert L. Duffus from disturbing the peace and quiet of fam- ilies and neighborhoods, and from interrupting or molesting religious services or members thereof, or any persons meeting or met together for the purposes of worship, or to perform other duties enjoined on them as members of any such religious society, or from disquieting or disturbing in any manner con- gregations or assemblages of people met for re- ligious worship, and from assembling together with the intent to do any of the acts afore- said.”” I have quoted the document at such length because it is, despite its legal verbiage, a good description of what the Klan has done or attempted to do in practically every com- munity in which it has obtained a footing. The state based its case, first on the declara- tion that the Klan was a foreign corporation doing business in Kansas without a charter; second, that it had adopted and was using “said name, Knights of the Ku Klux Klan, for the purpose of intimidation and threats against persons who do not conform to the plans, doctrines, theories, or practices of said corporation and its members”; third, that “the use of the said trappings and masks of concealment have been and are for the pur- pose of concealing the identity of the members of said corporations and preserving their safety and immunity from retaliation and punishment, and for the purpose of intimidat- ing and threatening other persons in order to compel or coerce them to conform to and comply with the opinions, plans, theories, and practices, and to obey the commands and threats of the defendants and of other mem- bers of the said corporation within the state of Kansas”; and finally, “that among the opinions, plans, theories, and practices of said corporation and of said other defendants, and of the members of said corporation not spe- cially named as defendants, have been and are to foment and prosecute controversies, ani- mosities, and hostilities against other persons on account of differences in race, in place of birth, and in religious or sectarian beliefs and methods.” The testimony taken at the hearings which followed the ouster petition indicated that this indictment was not too strong. In the first place it was shown that the Klan had organ- ized its work in Kansas with a cleverness strongly reminiscent of certain corporation practices of pre-Roosevelt days. Replying to the petition the Klan’s attorneys pointed —"~ Dee wrnuM it 1 —-ert —_— OP UR wee mw | ll ll eli ed _aI Ww te tete CD CD — ISD The Ku Klux Klan in the Middle West 367 out that “there are four Klan organizations in which progress is made as follows: first, Klansman; second, Ku Klux, third, Ku Klux ‘Klan, fourth, Knights of the Ku Klux Klan.” “A Klansman,” they declared, “is no more a Knight of the Ku Klux Klan than an En- tered Apprentice is a Fel- low Craft; or a Fellow Craft a Master Mason; or a Master Mason a Royal Arch Mason; or a Royal Arch Mason a member of the Lodge of . Perfection; or a member of the Lodge of Perfec- tion a member of the Chapter of the Rose Croix;or a member of the Rose Croix is a member of the Kodosh, or that a member of the Kodosh is a member of the Consis- tory.” Thomas R. Daly, named as one of the de- fendants, had admitted, in a letter which fell into the attorney-general’s hands, that he was a Klansman. Of him the defendant attor- neys said: ‘‘Probably Mr. Daly, the writer of the letter, is a member of the organization known as Klansmen, but, of course, that fact would not constitute him an agent, represen- tative, oremployee of the foreign corporation.” The legal utility of these subterfuges is clearly apparent. The Atlanta Klan is aim- ing to control, yet to avoid the responsibility foritsacts. If the organization is as its attor- neys described it in this instance it has been devised, with the utmost care, not to obey but to evade the law. Two Klan agents in Kansas, one of them, Guy Swallow, a former police chief of Topeka, refused to testify on the ground that they “had taken a solemn oath before God”’ not to divulge Klan secrets. In each case a few days in jail led them to submit, but such evi- dence as they gave was delivered reluctantly CHARLES B. GRIFFITH Attorney-General of Kansas, who has been an active opponent of the Klan, and whose efforts have made it difficult for the Klan to spread rapidly in his state and with the obvious intention of helping the investigation as little as possible. Not one of the 150 witnesses who were members of the Klan when called gave their testimony will- ingly or frankly. It was brought out that Klan officials had advised members to deny their connection with the order. Here is an extract from the testimony of James Burns, an Atchison gun- smith, who was for two months a member: I was instructed not to tell that | was a member of the Klan [The Organizer told him] “If you are called before any court and have to take an oath, if you haven’t time to notify the secretary, the first Klansmen you meet, notify him and he will notify the secretary, to take your name off the books immediately. Then you are not a Klansman and will be telling the truth.” 368 I says, ‘‘What shall I do if under oath and they ask me?”’. He says: ‘Swear you are not.” I says, “You look at me and see if I look like that kind of man.” . He says: ‘Well, while you are swearing that automatically puts you out, and when you get done that automatically puts you back.” Another witness, E. A. Simon of Kansas City, Kansas, was asked, “What were your instructions as to what you should say about being a member if ever put on the witness stand under oath?” “I was instructed to deny membership,” was the reply. “The Cyclops said we were members when we were in the lodge hall, but that our membership ended when we passed out of a meeting.” Such was the assistance which these defenders of “law and order” were ready to render to” the constituted authorities. In the mass of evidence taken were other interesting sidelights on Klan characteristics and methods. The principal witnesses, mem- bers or former members of the Klan, sum- moned at Kansas City, Kansas, included a former assistant United States district attor- ney, a former assistant county attorney, two detectives, a veterinary surgeon, a former sheriff, a chief clerk in the office of the clerk of the county court, a farmer, a lawyer, a druggist, and the president of a men’s Bible class. In Salina, Kansas, the known mem- bers included a policeman, a barber, two undertakers, an insurance agent, the sheriff, a printer, a druggist, the postmaster, a grocer, a tinner, a carpenter, a gardener, a sign painter, a laundry wagon driver, and a brick mason. These queerly assorted groups skated pretty close, according to the admissions of former members, to the verge of lawlessness. A Kansas City attorney, L. S. Harvey, who had aided in the Federal prosecution of radicals during the war, stated that he had withdrawn because he became convinced that the Klan was in violation of the statutes making it illegal conspiracy for two or more citizens to join to deprive other citizens of their constitu- tional rights. A Kansas City clergyman who also withdrew said that he had been threat- ened and believed that the Klan had much to do with the pressure which led him to resign his pastorate. Members admitted that in- structions were given at Atlanta in methods of disguising the voice and also of giving pun- ishment without permanently injuring the victim. Robert L.. Duffus “| was on a committee to investigate a Jew who had moved here from the South,” one witness testified, ““and had been reported to our organization by the secret service depart- ment of the Klan at Atlanta. This Jew had been run out of town down there, and we were instructed to call upon him and keep him moving.” As it happened in this case “none of the committee functioned.” An attempt was made, this time through moral suasion, to “correct the viewpoint” of the superinten- dent of schools in Kansas City, Kansas, who had allowed both Negro and white children to participate in the same school pageant. Special robes were exhibited and it was testi- fied that they were worn by “ Kluxers” sent out to administer discipline. At Salina, Kansas, the Klan warned and threatened persons “misbehaving.” At Ga- lena threatening letters were sent to two members of the police force, and at Columbus to the editor of a local paper. “Our city government is all right,’’ wrote a citizen of Wellington, “It is strongly opposed to the Klan, but with the sheriff and under-sheriff members of it we feel like we are without pro- tection of the law.” The files of the govern- or’s office at Topeka contain hundreds of letters, some of them scrawled and ungram- matical, but all voicing an honest indignation at the Klan’s conduct and purposes. Neigh- borhood after neighborhood, which had been peaceable and friendly, is revealed in these letters, and in testimony taken in court, as split into hostile groups by the Klan’s arrival. Although actual vio'ence was rare (the whip- ping of the mayor of Coffeyville, who later sued his town for damages, is almost the only notorious instance), communities lived in a state of uneasiness amounting to terror; and the Klans did not scruple to threaten even when they were too cowardly to execute. Of course the situation played upon the nerves of the unstable, who are subject to delusions of persecution, and also gave opportunity for easy revenge to those who had private feuds on hand. When a man received a letter declaring that his conduct “had proved very unsatisfac- tory,”’ and ordering him to “make a speedy departure from our city” he had no sure means of knowing whether it was a genuine or a spurious Klansman who signed it. Such a letter could, of course, be signed by an individual Klansman, who had access to the The Ku Klux Klan in the Middle West 369 official stationery, with- out the consent of his possibly more scrupulous breathren. The very existence of the organi- zation encouraged ter- rorism. In its details the Kansas situation is prob- ably typical of that which exists in other Middle Western states, the main differences being in the degree of success at- tained. The methods employed in Indiana are substantially the same as those employed in Kan- sas, although the greater strength of the Klan in Indiana has made it more arrogant. Its strength is hinted at by the fact that it suc- ceeded in roping in the chairman of the Repub- lican State Committee, Lawrence Lyons; just as its element of weakness is indicated by the fur- ther fact that Mr. Lyons later resigned and re- pudiated the Klan in a scathing letter which re- ceived national publicity. The Klan is said also to have made overtures to the chairman of the Democratic State Com- mittee, although there is at this writing no positive support for the rumor that this gentleman also listened to the siren song. At present it is politically dangerous in Indiana to be either a known member or an out-and-out enemy of the Klan. The Klan first showed its hand in Indian- apolis last fall, when it suddenly appeared in the November elections, and acting generally under cover caused the defeat of several can- didates, among them nominees for state auditor and for clerk of the supreme. court, who were Catholics or had otherwise incurred the ill-will of the Invisible Empire. The Klan has secured a firm foothold in the county offices of Marion County, which includes the city of Indianapolis, and from this point of CAPTAIN JOHN F. RHODES Attorney-General Griffith’s assistant who has direct charge of the case against the Klan in Kansas vantage has been carrying on a vicious war- fare against Mayor Lew Shank. Its weekly newspaper, 7 he Fiery Cross, sold on the streets in strident competition with Tolerance, the organ of the American Unity League of Chicago, contains the usual hodge-podge of political and religious propaganda. Chal- lenged to make good its claims to being repre- sentative of “law and order” it has brought in detectives who catch an occasional boot- legger or saloon keeper, not a member of the Klan, and turn over the resulting evidence to the county prosecutor. As the Klan refuses to coéperate with the city police officials its efforts have not been conspicuously successful in “cleaning up” Indianapolis. In Indianapolis the Catholic, Jewish, for- eign, and Negro elements are strong enough, Courtesy the Rocky Mountain News PHILIP S. VAN CISE District Attorney at Denver, Colorado, whom the Klan attacked because of his energy in pushing an investigation of the order. to remove him from office, but were unsuccessful a if they combine, to defeat the Klan in any election. The real power of the organization lies in its secrecy. An overt act, which might be seized upon as an issue by its opponents, would, in the opinion of most liberal citizens, be its death blow. In the meantime it serves to create friction between Christian and Jew, native and foreigner, and holds the door open to machine rule and corruption. More and more its resemblance to a sheeted Tammany increases. At Muncie, Indiana, two hours’ ride from Indianapolis, the Klan has shown itself, not only willing to condone violence but also dis- posed to overawe the constituted authorities. The organization came out in the open at Muncie in the fall of 1922, gave public lec- Robert L. Duffus tures and held oneor two parades. The little city had no foreign or Negro problem, and its labor was largely domestic. Casting about for something to do the Klansmen seized a Negro boy accused of flirting with white girls, carried him to the woods, warned him, and turned him loose. A more serious escapade was an attempt to kidnap a local editor, radically opposed to the Klan, who in the resulting scuffle shot and probably wounded one of his assaillants. The would-be kidnappers fled, taking the supposedly wounded man with them, and the mayor of the city, a respected local physi- cian, set police detectives on the trail. Two members of the force were thought to have the guilty men under surveillance when mysterious opposition developed, complaint was made that the police had “‘talked too much,” and the mayor was forced by political pressure not only to halt his in- vestigation but to discharge the two men who had been active in it. Lately, local observers be- lieve, the Klan’s power is ebbing at Muncie, and although its membership is probably as large, or nearly as large, as ever, it is not taken quite so seriously. In Nebraska the Klan made relatively early appear- ance, and organized “dens” in Omaha, Lincoln, Hastings, Sutton, McCook, North Platte, Fremont, Grand Island, and Nebraska City. But although Omaha has had a Negro problem, and was the scene of a desperate race riot, the Klan did not catch on there. Mayor Dahlman forbade parades, and one Kleagle, at least, gave up in despair and retired from the scene with all his records. The reason for such comparative failures is difficult to find. Every book agent knows that some communities are “easy” and some “hard,” although in appearance the “hard” and the “easy” may be as like as two peas. Doubtless the Klan encountered the same mystery. Apparently, also, it had hard sledding wherever it went into regions where anything like the pioneer American spirit They tried Ss! =. - OEE OE OS er SP ome i The Ku Klux Klan survived. This accounts, possibly, for its relative failure in Western Kansas, in Col- orado, and in most of the region lying between the Missouri River and the Pacific coast. In Denver, Colorado Springs, Boulder, and Longmont the Klan made strenuous efforts to organize in 1921 and.1922. In Denver, in June, 1921, it announced to the world: We are a “law and order”’ organization, assisting at all time the authorities in every community in upholding law and order. Therefore we proclaim to the lawless element of the city and county of Denver that we are not only active now, but we were here yesterday, we are here to-day, and we shall be here to-morrow. “| know the names of some of the men of this order,”” Mayor Bailey announced, a year later, after receiving a threatening letter, “and | regret to say that some of them hold high official position in the city of Denver.” In reply the Klan held a picturesque initia- tion, near Estes Park, at which ceremony re- porters saw several hundred candidates bap- tized “with water from a large goblet.” Following the receipt of a threatening letter by a Negro named Ward Gash the grand jury at Denver ordered an investigation of the Klan, which, it was found, had been mas- querading as the Denver Doers’ club. Here, as in the more extensive Kansas inquiry, at least one man refused to testify on the ground that his oath as a Klansman was more sacred than his duty as a citizen. The inquiry gave the Klan some unpleasant publicity, although it resulted in no punishment except the fining of the reluctant witness for contempt of court. It also led to an abortive attempt to recall the district attorney, an energetic young man named Philip Van Cise, who had been active in pushing the investigation. This spring Mayor Bailey, although he received more votes than any other candidate, was defeated for re-election by the operation of the prefer- ential voting system. The strength of the Klan and its sympathizers in Denver, which was thrown against Bailey, was estimated at about 3,000 votes—not enough to carry a candidate or a measure, but influential in a close contest. The city of Chicago has been, and is, a battle ground between the Klan and its op- ponents. Here are the principal headquarters of the American Unity League, publishers of Tolerance (of which | may have mure to say in the Middle West 371 in a concluding article) and also of the pub- lishers of Dawn, a Klan weekly edited by a former employee of the Unity League. The Klan influence in Chicago politics is relatively insignificant. In the primaries of last April it is thought to have polled, or influenced, about 20 per cent. of the total vote; but in the city council it holds not more than two out of fifty seats. Mayor Dever, a Catholic with the support of union labor, had the honor of being attacked in scurrilous pamphlets sup- posedly issued by the Klan, but his expected vote was not seriously diminished. Shrewd onlookers believe that the order has “taken its licking” in Chicago so far as an open challenge to political power goes. This gen- eralization may be overhasty as long as it can muster a solid and disciplined minority. Much has been made of the Klan’s successes in Oregon, where it supported a school law requiring all children between eight and six- teen years of age, after September 1, 1926, to attend the public schools. This measure was avowedly aimed at the Catholic parochial schools. Governor Ben W. Olcott, who op- posed the Klan and the bill, was defeated in last fall’s elections and Walter M.. Pierce, who had the Klan backing, was elected. Klansmen in Oregon, as in California and other states, were suspected of what Governor Olcott characterized as “felonious assaults and unspeakable outrages committed under the veil of the dark.”’ Governor Olcott had called upon all good citizens to “ give support to the proper law enforcement arms of the Government in this movement against masked riders or cloaked and disguised figures who unlawfully skulk about on secret missions for unknown ends.” But the vote in November, 1922, cannot fairly be called a vote for law- lessness. The movement for compulsory school attendance seems to have originated, not with the Klan but with the Masons, and to have been aimed originally, not at the Catholics, but at illiteracy and defec.ive edu- cation in general. This movement was taken over by the Klan, with the result that the Klan and the Masonic orders were generally (although doubtless unjustly) assumed to be in partnership. The Klan leadership in Oregon is closely allied with certain of the electric light and power corporations, and it is common gossip among politicians that it was organized, or encouraged, as a counter-irritant against re- © Underwood & Underwood WILLIAM E. DEVER The new mayor of Chicago. seriously diminished. form movements which might impair the corporate interests. The effect of its victory was greatly weakened by a split in its ranks, which ultimately led to the formation, outside the Klan but composed of Klansmen, of what became known as the Federated Patriotic Societies. Disgruntled members. of these orders freely accused the parent -order of. cor- ruption, and almost as freely admitted their own political or economic self-interest. As an organized political power, Oregon observers believe, the Klan is already past its prime. In California, especially in the Sacramento Although he is a Catholic and was scurrilously at- tacked by the Klan in Chicago before his election, his expected vote was not The Klan is not strong politically in Chicago. seats in the City Council it controls but two Robert L. Duffus Valley and around Los Angeles, the Klan has been powerful, and has brought about in some localities a veritable reign of terror. But in Cali- fornia, as in Oregon, a split has developed, nu- merous outrages, one of them resulting in the death of a constable who had gone out with a raid- ing party of Klansmen, have alienated public opinion, and the order is probably on the decline. As this is being written the Klan is making a ser- ious effort to surround the city of New York, the head and front of most of the influences in America which it de- tests. It is active in suburban Connecticut, in New Jersey, on Long Island, and in up-state New York, and has an- nounced its intention of contesting the law re- quiring secret societies to make public their mem- bership lists, which was passed at the last session of the New York state legislature. Early in June the Klan, with its sister order, the “Kamelia,” filed an application for incorporation in what is undoubtedly an attempt to evade the new law. There is no doubt that the Klan, like every other political organization in the country, is already making plans to figure in next year’s presidential elections. If Henry Ford is nominated it will probably support him. If no presidential issue is raised in which it can take sides it will “knife’’ Catholics, Jews, and foreigners in both parties. In a concluding article | shall essay the réle of prophet and will also attempt to measure the Klan by certain classical standards of Americanism. Out of fifty Mr. Duffus’s concluding article on the Klan will appear in the World’s Work for September WHAT I AM TRYING TO DO Why Now is the Time to Get a Permanent Motion Picture of Untouched Africa. Some of My Plans for Photographing Natives and Wild Animals, and How I am Going About It By MARTIN JOHNSON Photos copyrighted by Martin Johnson The American Museum of Natural History has interested itself in Mr. Jobnson’s photo- graphic records of African wild life and has taken upon itself the task of providing a file in which the films can he kept permanently on record. The following letter signed hy the president of the Board of Trustees of the Museum gives his carefully weighed opinion of the importance of Mr. Jobnson’s work: “In the worldwide effort to gather knowledge and first hand information regarding the vanishing wild life of the world, Martin Johnson has already shown what may be done by photography. The unique photographs of his first African journeys accomplish a double purpose: they give us a price- less record of what actually still exists; they make an irresistible appeal that this beauty and fascinat- ing interest of the intimate natural life of animals shall not be destroyed. The American Museum of Natural History took a very unusual step in endorsing these films and photographs, not only because of their beauty and truthfulness, but because they give a message needed the world over. In.the coming second journey to Africa, carried out as planned in the same spirit of conservation, will be rendered a service of greatest scientific value in the field of natural history. The double message of such photography is, first, that it brings the aesthetic and ethical influence of nature within the reach of millions of people who are otherwise forever debarred from such influence; second, it spreads the idea that our generation has no right to destroy what future generations may enjoy.—HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN.” N A few more weeks my wife and I will be on the way to Africa again—this time for the biggest effort of our seventeen years in the tropics. | have crossed the South Seas with Jack London in the Snark. With my wife I have photographed cannibals in the Solomon Islands. We have penetrated 400 miles into the interior of Borneo to photograph the wild life of that great but little-explored island. We have spent two years in the African jungle and on the African plains among the countless thous-* ands of wild animals that still are to be found there. And in our wanderings we have learned many things about animals and men, about guns and cameras, about heat and the difficulties of the trail. During all the time we have been hunting and photographing, we have been going through a sort of tropical school. Now we are about to start for Africa again, to spend five years in the interior, and all the things we have learned—all the ex- periences we have had—are going to prove in- valuable. All our difficulties, all our troubles, DOWN THE KURABATANGAN RIVER IN BORNEO Mr. and Mrs. Johnson penetrated over 400 miles into the interior of Borneo and brought out a motion picture of life in the wilds FLOATING all our mistakes in the past have been care- fully analyzed, in order that we may profit from them on this next Martin Johnson before the natives and the wild animals have disappeared. In the next five years we can accomplish the task. In a few years more than that wild Africa—fascinating Africa— will be but a fading memory. We are planning to shoot nothing. There are situations that will undoubtedly arise in which we will be forced to shoot—to protect ourselves—to secure food—to secure for scien- tific purposes some new animal unknown or little known to science. But our purpose— our prime purpose—is to photograph Africa and the inhabitants of Africa—to photograph them as they normally exist—to photograph them in their wanderings, in their play, in their migrations and their congregations—in their natural relations to each other and to the world in which they live. Thrills in plenty we will have—and | hope we’ll photo- graph many of them—but they are incidental toour main purpose, which is tosecure a truth- ful, accurate, complete, and interesting pic- ture of Africa as it is—not a picture of “The Adventures of Mr. and Mrs. Martin Johnson.” I] FRICA is not a “dark” continent. In the days of Stanley and Livingstone that expression was coined, and the only thing it ever signified was that white men did not know what they might find in the vast interior. expedition—for we are going to spend five years making motion pictures in the wilds, and we will bring back with us a vivid portrayal of un- touched Africa—a_pic- ture of the beauties of the last of the great con- tinents to be explored—a picture of the natives and the animals as they live their lives all but un- touched by civilization— unaffected by the worries of the outside world. We will get a picture that will be a record for a thousand years to come, of Africa as God made it, before the white man . . AMONG THE CANNIBALS OF penetrates further into its beautiful wilds, and MALEKULA Seven years ago Mr. and Mrs. Johnson visited the New Hebrides ana the Solomon Islands and made motion pictures of the cannibals that still are to be found there 1 ( @ <P In ne ng ot oY. mon here What I Am Trying to Do 375 * La ze c % i Bt Se a. mi : 1 pres 4 al iv a? NAIROBI A modern city in British East Africa, with pavements, taxis, hotels, and two daily papers. To any one who has seen the wonderful views across the peaceful plains, who has seen Mt. Kenia rearing its stately three-peaked crest into the clear blue sky, who has seen a score of different species of wild animals coming in hundreds or in thousands to the water holes to drink together in peace, who has exper- ienced the wonderful silence of the jungle at daybreak, or who has listened to the weird sounds that break the silence of the night, who has worked with the happy child-like natives, and lived with them in their un- spoiled country, who has experienced the thrill of safari—no such person can think of Africa as “dark.” Instead it is a world apart—an Arcady of all but flawless perfection—a land of peace. But it is also a land of courage, where the stately animals and the handsome natives are peaceful not through fear. Undisturbed they are tranquil, but they will turn upon the transgressor if they are threatened, or if they believe they are threatened, and then life is cheap in Africa. But the tales of animals Mr. Johnson will outfit his “safari” at Nairobi bent always on destruction, that attack with- out provocation, that are vicious by nature, are mostly baseless fabrications, or have been brought out by hunters who were not ob- servers. No doubt men have been attacked —and will be again—who consciously have given no cause for attack. But few authentic stories are to be found of animals bent on kill- ing for the joy of killing alone. Carl Akeley, for instance, has been twice terribly mauled—once by a leopard that he had wounded, and once by an elephant that he was tracking—but he is as certain as | am that both animals would have gone their way peacefully but for their very proper impression that they were threatened. II] O IT is into this Africa that we are going, and it is this Africa that we are going to picture. And this is the way we are going to do it. On our last visit to “British East” we penetrated, by an indirect route, 1,300 miles Martin Johnson MRS. JOHNSON AND A GROUP OF PORTERS IN CAMP or so from Nairobi, which is on the railroad into the surrounding country in search of that connects Mombasa, on the east coast, material, and here we shall develop our films, with Lake Victoria Nyanza. On this long and be at home to callers, if any find us. trek we found a lake, So extended a time perhaps unknown, as we plan to spend heretofore, to white requires that we have men. It is shown on all the comforts of a i no map | have ever real home, for upon seen, and even long- one’s physical condi- time residents of Nair- tion depends one’s obi had never heard of ability to make the it. So beautiful is the trying side trips and spot, so wonderful is the patient hunts for the view, and so per- the animals we wish fect the lake that Mrs. to photograph. Johnson named it Our first task will be Paradise. As the crow to build a log house, flies it is perhaps 800 and to instal all the miles from Nairobi be- photographic equip- yond that semi-arid ment that we require, district called the for the heat demands Kaisoot Desert. that we develop our : A BLUE MONKEY Here we shall build films as we expose our base camp, and here we shall live for them, and, too, there are many ways to get most of the five years we intend to stay. bad pictures and only a few to get good From this base we shall make our journeys ones. So we want to see what we have What I Am Trying to Do taken in order to know whether or not the work must be done again. With us at Lake Paradise we will have one hundred porters, for we must be more or less constantly in touch with Nairobi in order to get the regular shipments of photo- graphic supplies that we shall require and that have already been ordered shipped periodically so that we may have fresh nega- tives and chemicals that have not “gone bad.” With us, too, we shall have cattle, pigs, sheep, and chickens, for we do not want to have to kill game for food any more than is absolutely necessary. And already | have arranged for a black “ boy” who has been trained as a gardener in Nairobi to go with us in order to keep us supplied with garden truck. For a year or so we shall have two Hindoo carpenters and a-Hindoo plumber, and | will be electrician and will instal a lighting plant, ZEBRAS AND-AN ELAND 377 for the proper developing of negatives de- mands plenty of clear, filtered water, and printing requires electric light. For hurried and connortable trips across country where they can be used, we shall have three of the sturdiest automobiles we can find, with bodies carefully de- signed to carry cameras, beds, and all the countless necessities that photo- graphie work in the wilds requires. We shall have ten per- sonal “boys” for gun bear- ers, camera porters, and the like—men of higher intelli- gence than the hundred or- ‘ dinary porters—and ten professional porters for the careful tasks of transporting other delicate equipment. Draft and pack animals will be useful for many tasks, and I am planning to have a number of mules, oxen, and camels. In “British East”’ these animals are not expen- MR. AND MRS. JOHNSON WITH THEIR SAFARI Travel in the wilds requires many porters, for often it is necessary for the men to carry all the supplies. pounds is the usual load for a man. Sixty Mr. Johnson plans on having 100 porters and 20 men for special jobs ee Se ee fos Tine A Se oe em A MERU TRIBESMAN , sive. | shall buy ten camels, for instance, for $70—$7 each. The mules and oxen will cost more. I am also planning on experimenting with zebras for ‘‘saddle- horses.” Our camera equipment is to be composed of both motion-picture and still cameras—ten of each. Three of our most impor- tant cameras will be of the type designed by Carl Akeley for just such work as we intend to use them for. There are no better cameras for wild- animal work than these which were designed by Mr. Akeley after he had learned the weaknesses of other cameras. Two of these will be mounted together, one to be turned at the usual speed of 16 exposures to the second, while the other, operated by the same crank, will make 64-exposures to the second. When operating this machine, then, two pictures are made at the same time and with one set of controls, the only difference being the speed of the exposures. It is by this means that “slow movement”’ pictures are secured, for when these two films are pro- jected the first shows the motion as it ap- peared to the eye, while the second, being projected at one fourth the speed at which it was taken, shows any moving object mov- ing, apparently, much more slowly, making Martin Johnson it possible to study details of motion that the ordinary camera cannot show. For the scien- tific study of animals this equipment will be exceptionally valuable. Another motion-picture camera will be fitted with four lenses of different focal lengths, all mounted in much such a way as similar groups of lenses are mounted on high- power microscopes. The mounting will be permanent and very heavy in order to elimin- ate vibration. With this equipment it will be possible to change from a short- to a long-focus lens, or the reverse, in a fraction of a second. Many times | have failed to get some striking photograph because of the time consumed in changing lenses. Long-focus lenses are notoriously hard to use, but fortunately I have had years of experience with them and feel confident of my ability to handle them. These deli- cate lenses make it possible to photograph animals at 150 or 200 yards in such size on the negative as to make them appear to be A KIKUYU WOMAN With her baby and a load of ‘‘ mealies” A MERU WARRIOR What I Am Trying to Do A MERU WARRIOR The ostrich feather ball on the point of the spear signifies two things—first, that he has killed an os- trich (not a simple task, by the way, for ostriches are wary and fast) and second that he is at peace Another bit of equipment that | have worked out is a great tripod fifteen feet high on which three cam- eras can be mounted, one above another. | have found that ani- mals are not afraid of a light structure that they can see through, but I have had some trouble when | have built blinds large enough to hide two or three cameras, for such a blind is quite large enough to give the animals the im- pression that it might be cover for a lion. The result, of course, is that they give it a wide berth. The electrically op- erated cameras can also be started by within twenty or thirty yards. Most animals will not be frightened by a camera operating 150 yards away, and will often go on with their ¢razing or their play after being a little startled as the sound of the camera first reaches their ears. The image through these lenses is as clear as the average lens would register at an eighth or a tenth of the distance. Another series of cameras will be operated by electric motors run from storage batteries and can be started and stopped by a button on a wire led for almost any distance. With such a camera placed in the open where the animals graze, and watched from a blind ora tree hundreds of yards away, we will undoubt- edly secure pictures that we never could get if we were forced to operate the camera by hand. This equipment will also be valuable for use in jungle glades, in order to secure pic- tures of such rare animals as the okapi and the bonga, which are timid and are seldom seen. A TURKANA CHIEF These people wear the hair of their ancestors plas- tered to their own hair with clay in a sort of beaver- tail effect. It is very heavy and hard A MASAI WARRIOR the breaking of a thread stretched across a trail. Animals almost invariably tra- vel along game trails —paths worn in the grass of the plains. To mount a camera cov- ering such a trail and to stretch across the trail a thin black thread is not difficult, and the camera can be left for a day ata time, with the proba- bility that sometime an exceptional photo- graph will be taken. With this equipment | can already imagine myself impatiently wondering, as I de- velop the exposed film, Martin: Johnson MERU WARRIORS what sort of an African citizen has so accom- modatingly taken his picture for me. Flash-light pictures are, of course, not diffi- cult to secure. But once the flash explodes the animal waits for little more, and the camera hunting for that night is likely to be ruined. As an experiment, however, | am taking with me some magnesia flares. These burn for 30 seconds, or a minute, or more, depending upon their size, and while | admit that the chances are that most animals will bolt at the first sign of light, it may be that some curious individual may wait for at least a few seconds to see what it’s all about. But there is one plan that I have made that 1 am particularly anxi- ous to try. | know of a plain where elephants often congregate, but on which there is no cover. Now elephants are not difficult to pic- ture at a few hundred yards, but | want to get some close-ups. Neither do I want to have to shoot any, as Mrs. Johnson and | have been forced to do when we have ventured so close as to make them think we were dangerous, for once an elephant herd has been fired at—particu- A TELEPHOTO PICTURE OF HIPPOPOTAMI larly after elephants have been killed—they grow exceedingly wary. My plan is to build a very heavy steel cage with room enough inside for me to have the space to operate a camera. In the top of the cage will be a sort of cupola built of heavy iron pipe, and in the top of the cupola will be a trap door, that will lift up. This cage I shall bury in a hole dug for it in some strategic point in this elephant-infested plain, so that only the cupola will be visible. Early in the morning | shall enter the cage with my cam- era and when the ele- phants put in their appearance from the trees at the edge of the plain | shall spend my time hoping that some of them wander my way. In case they do 1 shall be able to op- erate the camera from an almost invisible spot, and in case some sus- picious fellow charges me | shall be able to disappear into my bur- row out of harm’s way. 1 doubt if any of them will try to dig me out. If they do, I’ll have to fall back on my gun. There are countless other things that | have prepared or planned, for a five-year excursion is more than a camping trip. | expect to use, for instance, about 60,000 feet of nega- tive a year—ten miles of it. One doesn’t need much imagination to understand that a lot of equipment is necessary in order to do the work satisfactorily. In addition, we will be equip- ped with ‘‘still” cameras carrying long-focus, wide- angle, and portrait lenses, the last being for native portrait work. Further- more these cameras will be so designed that strings can be used to operate them, either by hand from a dis- tance or by contact of the animals themselves. The heat that we shall encounter necessitates a great deal of care in trans- porting our goods. Most What I Am Trying to Do JERRYMANI AND A LEOPARD Mr. Johnson’s gunbearer and ‘head*man. He is always happy and good natured and has a fortunate faculty of keeping the “boys” in a good humor 381 of the cases for perishable goods will be built on the fireless cooker principle, and while the outside may be so hot as almost to burn one’s hand the inside will remain at the temperature at which it was packed. IV () UR idea is not to wait until the five years is over before we release any of our pictures. We plan on sending out two pictures before we finally return with a third. The first picture we shall send out will be of the life of the natives. For that we have-already in- mind several of the finest natives that we. have seen. It is our purpose to show them Fe MRS. JOHNSON AND A GROUP OF MERU NATIVES The tall man at the left of the front rank is Songo, around whom Mr. Johnson plans on building a motion picture of native life. He is a ‘tale bearer’ —that is, a carrier of news, who travels from tribe to tribe with the news and gossip of the countryside 382 in every phase of their life—their home life, their dances, their hunts, their religious ceremonies, and all of it will be pictured around Songo the Tale Bearer, a fine spec- imen of the Meru Tribe, who travels from tribe to tribe—Kikuyus, Wakambas, Borans, Turkanos, and Samburus—to tell of the news, the hunts, the gossip in which they are all interested. He is any African Homer of the present-day—a tropical bard—a “dark”’-con- tinent newspaper, and a perfect specimen of African manhood. The second picture will probably be called “African Babies” and for it we shall make every effort to secure pictures of scores of different baby animals and pictures of young- sters among the tribes we visit as well. To the person unacquainted with Africa it will be an education in itself, for every animal’s young are playful, and some are almost as full of fun as kittens. Baby elephants, baby lions, baby gnus, baby giraffes, baby every- thing play, and with the playful children of the happy natives added, the film should be a jolly, happy picture of “dark” Africa as the younger citizens view it. AN AFRICAN LANDSCAPE Martin Johnson CHEETAH The cheetah is neither true cat nor true dog. He has feet like a dog, and a head like a cat. He is harmless and lives mostly on birds, is easily tamed, and is sometimes used as a hunt- ing dog Vv RR seventeen years | have been wandering here and there in the tropics, and for fourteen years Mrs. Johnson has been with me, photographing the strange and interesting things we have seen. But neither of us is content with thinking of the things we’ve seen or the pictures we’ve taken. What we’ve done is done, and while we feel that we have done something to create a better understand- ing of the out-of-the-way spots we have vis- ited, we are not satisfied that we have done our best. To us what we have done seems now as if it were a course of training, and now we want to do something better, something more valuable, and more permanent. If it is not done now it will never be done, and so it is that this expedition is being financed. But to tell the whole truth, the thing that appeals to one most is Africa; the wonderful days in the jungle and on the plains, the weird night sounds, the trumpeting of elephants, the breaking branches as they feed among the trees. | look forward to the camp fires and the singing porters after the day’s work is done. I want to see Jerrymani, my head man and gun bearer as he comes up into the circle of light around the fire and tries to still his almost chronic laugh while he salutes and asks “Order, Bwana?”’ I want once more to see little old wizened Japandi, who actually Sv Sel OS we VS OS ON UWS Se he tt ee ee i What I Am Trying to Do weeps with delight if one pats his shoulder and commends his work. I want to see Ka- varandi. and N’garo and Omar—the best porters that ever were—as they lower their burdens after a long day’s march. And | want to listen to the jungle noises—to the roar of a lion in the distance, to the cry of some night bird, to the chant of contented natives, to the far-off scream of a leopard. And I want to go to sleep again in the vast bedroom of Africa, knowing that the world is peaceful and that Mohammed, our old watch- man, is sitting at his camp fire, contented and full of stomach, to watch while Bwana and Memsahib sleep. A GLIMPSE OF LAKE PARADISE It is beside this lake that Mr. and Mrs. Johnson will build their permanent base, and it is here that they will spend most of the next five years. Lake Paradise is about 800 miles, as the crow flies, from Nairobi 383 MRS. JOHNSON AND A TEAM OF GREVEY ZEBRAS Two months before this photograph was taken these zebras were wild. They are hardy, and are immune to hoof and mouth disease and the tsetse fly MAKING CROOKED PROMOTION UNPROFITABLE What the Post Office Department is Doing to Prevent the Operations of Crooked Promoters and to Punish Offenders. The Texas Oil ‘‘Boom’’ and Some of the Companies That Have Been Forced Out of Business By HARRY S. NEW Postmaster-General of the United States N ITS campaign against the crooked pro- moters who disturb confidence in all securities and undermine the esteem in which citizens hold the Government, the Post Office Department has been instru- mental in the indictment of ninety-two in- dividuals in Texas, who, it is estimated, have had a hand in fleecing something like two million people out of more than $140,000,000 in the last five years. The Department of Justice has three experienced Special Assis- tants to the Attorney General, in addition to the local United States Attorney and his assis- tant, engaged in the trial of these cases in Texas and has detailed a special Federal Judge to assist in hearing them. Within eight weeks after the returning of the indictments by a Federal Grand Jury at Fort Worth, the first of these cases had been tried and the two promoters of the General Robert A. Lee Development Interests had been convicted of fraudulent use of the mails and sentenced to ten years in the Federal penitentiary and fined $15,000. Such satisfactory sentences for those who conceived and carried out this bold-face fraud should cause others who prey on the savings of the people of this country to pause in their nefarious operations and weigh the possibili- ties; and the two-year sentence of the self- styled “General” who was the figurehead in this case should be a warning, to all who are tempted by the Get-Rich-Quick Wallingfords to lend their names to deceive the public. As pointed out in the WorLp’s Work Jast month, these Texas indictments are but the first fruits of an active campaign of the Post Office Department, working with the full coéperation of the Department of Justice, to put the fraudulent promoter out of business. One immediate result of this campaign is evident in Fort Worth in the amount of pro- motion literature that is going out through the mails. The grand jury which returned these indictments—the largest number ever re- turned in promotion fraud cases at any one time—sat for six weeks, from March 12th to April 2oth, listening to evidence presented by the corps of post office inspectors dispatched to Texas to clear up this evil. For months:before that the mailing of pro- motion matter from the Fort Worth post office had been growing enormously. It was the last of March that it reached the high- water mark. Much of it was in the form of oil journals carrying the promoters’ advertise- ments. In the last week of March twenty of these publications were mailed as third class matter—known as permit mailings—and dur- ing that week 329,723 pieces of such mail went out. In the first week of May, following the indictments, only eight of these papers were left, and the mailings had dropped to 58,152 pieces. In March there were also ten oil journals enjoying the second-class privilege. Their mailings during the last week amounted to 36,494 pounds. Due to the lack of advertis- ing, or more directly due to the indictments, two of these ceased publication, and the mail- ings of the other eight fell to 12,207 pounds. This does not include the papers and other promotion matter that went out in one-cent wrappers, or the bulk of the promoters’ cir- culars that went first-class, all of which fell off proportionately. This means that credulous people throughout the cquntry are now receiv- ing much less oil promotion literature from Texas than they did. Another reason for this radical reduction in promotion matter emanating from Fort Worth has been the active use of the fraud order f Making Crooked Promotion Unprofitable 385 authority by the Post Office Department. The crooked promoter fears the fraud order as much if not more than he does criminal prose- cution. It stops his operations and cuts off his revenue immediately. For as soon as a fraud order is issued he can no longer receive his mail; it is returned to the senders stamped “Fraudulent,” and no money order made out to him will be paid. This makes it useless for the promoter to send out any more literature. It puts him out of business at once. This effective measure is being used against all of these promoters who are found to be using the mails fraudulently. Scores of them have been cited to appear at Washington be- fore the Acting Solicitor of the Department, Mr. H. J. Donnelly, and show cause why fraud orders should not be issued against them; and already a number of such orders have been issued after careful consideration of the evidence adduced at the hearings before the Acting Solicitor. THE PETROLEUM PRODUCERS ASSOCIATION FRAUD order was issued against Dr. Frederick A. Cook and his Petroleum Producers Association, and when an-attempt was made to evade the effect of this order by notifying stockholders to send further pay- ments to F. K. Smith, an associate of Cook’s, the order was quickly extended to cover that name also. It was used in the case of the “General” Lee Interests; the Pilgrim Oil Company and its three trustees, who were operating a merger scheme similar to Doctor Cook’s, and against Fred L. Harris, alias Frederick L. Haskins, who was trading on the established reputation of the well-known syn- dicate writer, Frederic J. Haskins, in publish- ing promotion papers which pretended to give disinterested advice about oil stocks but were designed to promote the.sale of his own worthless securities. Fraud orders were also issued against the Independent Oil News, The News “2,000 Acre Club’”’, New Royalty Club, and the International Investors’ Bul- letin, of Fort Worth and Dallas, Texas—all promoted by Harris. ae The operations of the Revere Oil Company and the Dixie Royalty Company were also found to be fraudulent after a formal hearing before the Acting Solicitor, but the issuance of fraud orders against these names was with- held on account of the appointment of re- ceivers for these concerns, the receivers agree- : ing to return promptly to senders any re- mittances sent in payment of stock. But the promoters of these concerns also operated under the names of the Kosse Gusher Syndi- cate, Kosse Gusher Lease Pool, Roco-Moran Syndicate, Mayflower Oil Co., Guaranty Lease and Royalty Co.; International Broker- age Co., and the Eastern Trust & Mortgage Co., at Fort Worth and Dallas, and fraud orders have been issued against these names. Up to the time of the writing of this article the Department has also issued fraud orders against the Mexia-Gibraltar Oil Company, The Texas Trust Company, The One Dollar Oil Club, The Two Dollar Smackover Lease Club, and the Kosse Double Royalty Club, all of Fort Worth, Texas. THE SOLICITOR’S USE OF FRAUD ORDERS VEN more effective use has been made of the fraud order proceedings by the Solici- tor’s office of the Department in its efforts to protect the public from the depredations of these swindlers. Seldom is it possible to re- cover for the investor any of the ill-gotten gains of the swindler. The issuance of a fraud order stops him from getting more money. His subsequent trial and conviction may put him in jail to pay the penalty for his crime, and keep him from operating a new fraud scheme for some years. But his “suckers”, as he calls them, have little chance of getting back any of the money they have parted with under the spell of his appealing propaganda. In Texas, however, we have been able to stop some fraudulent promotions in less time than it would have taken to hold fraud order hear- ings, and in one case it has been possible to bring about the restoration of a good part of the money fraudulently taken from the public. The details of that case, without the names, show how effective this arm of the Govern- ment can be at times in safeguarding the savings of the people. On April 4th, a promoter purchased at the Fort Worth post office ninety thousand twelve-cent stamps. That caused an in- vestigation to be started at once. Those stamps were used to send out ninety thousand fake telegrams by special delivery mail. The envelopes in which they were mailed were printed to resemble closely Western Union envelopes. The message within, on a fake telegraph blank, was a hurry-up call of the promoter designed to secure from the ad- 386 dressee at least twenty-five dollars. It was dated 5:30 p. M., two days later than the date of its mailing. A quick investigation by two post office inspectors and an attorney from the Solicitor’s office disclosed that this promoter had previously mailed a series of five circular letters to more than one hundred thousand persons throughout the country. These let- ters were on the letterhead of the First Na- tional Bank of a small town in Texas, and were signed by the cashier of that bank. In the first of these letters the banker said he had been cashier of this “old reliable First Na- tional Bank” for fifteen years, that he was a conservative business man and banker and slow to advise any one to invest unless he felt that their investment would turn out profita- bly. In subsequent letters and circulars there was unfolded an “absolutely safe plan’”’ for making some quick money for investors; a profit of ten for one in about sixty days, with much larger profits to follow. The reader was to be permitted to come in on the ground floor of a so-called pre-organization plan and share in the big organization profits to be derived from the sale of stock be- longing to the ground floor syndicate. He was advised that he was not “ buying stock”’ but was helping to organize his own company, which was going to “sell stock”’ to the other fellow. He was assured ten for one on his money “oil or no oil” by participating in what was in fact to be a game of selling worthless stock to the “other fellow.” It was stated that they would secure leases on one thousand acres in one of the counties of Texas, between two certain wells, and two hundred acres in the Smackover field, Arkansas. The investigation disclosed that the acreage in Texas was worthless. It was, in fact, about midway between the two wells, but they are twenty-two miles apart and both of them at that time had been in course of drilling for more than a year and had struck no oil. There was no oil in that whole county according to the best geologists. The bulk of the acreage to be secured in Smackover was found to be eight miles from any production and while these promoters claimed they were to pay $150 an acre for it, it was known that acreage could be secured in that vicinity on drilling contracts; that is, any one who would agree to put down a well on the land would be given a lease for it. The investigation showed conclusively that Harry S. New this was a fraud scheme. A citation was therefore prepared calling upon the promo- ters to show cause why a fraud order should not be issued against them, and Mr. C. W. Hassell, the attorney from the Solicitor’s office, accompanied by Post Office Inspectors Swen- son and Switzer went to see the banker in whose name this scheme was being carried on. They found that he had been induced to permit the use of his name and the name of his bank on assurance from the promoter that the scheme was legal in every particular. The banker himself owned the thousand acres in the Texas county and was to receive $10,000 from the company for the lease of this tract and $5,000 additional for his services. He had signed a contract with the promoter employing the latter “to act in the capacity of broker to raise $200,000.” It was stipu- lated in this contract that the promoter was to use a series of five.letters and one telegram, “copies of which are hereto attached and which bear my O. K.’’—(the banker’s). And it was provided that the promoter was to get 25 per cent. of the gross amount of money that came in. When Attorney Hassell and the two in- spectors called upon the banker they showed him a copy of the citation setting forth the charges to be filed against him, and stated that they were ready to serve it on him at once. He voluntarily elected to immediately direct the postmaster to withhold further delivery of his mail, and two days later he went to Fort Worth, conferred with his attorneys and his associates, and the following day filed a permanent order directing the postmaster to return to the writers, stamped “ Refused,’ all mail held or thereafter received addressed to him. He also filed an affidavit that he would refund all money in his posses- sion to the remitters and would make restitu- tion to all investors in so far as he was able. This scheme, during the few weeks that it was operated, took in something more than $125,000. When the mail was stopped, about a week after the ninety thousand fake tele- grams went out, the money was pouring in at the rate of $5,000 a day. Unfortunately, however, the promoters of most fraudulent schemes do not so readily lay down their arms as this banker-stool- pigeon did. It therefore behooves inex- perienced investors to learn the earmarks of fraudulent promotions so that they can pro- Making Crooked Promotion Unprofitable tect their own savings from them. By use of the fraud order, the Post Office Depart- ment can effectively end such swindles; but not until proof of fraud is secured. By criminal prosecution the fraudulent promoters can be made to suffer the penalty for their crimes, but not until the damage is done. The Government intends to keep so actively on the trail of these law-breakers that crooked promotion will become unprofitable. But until that happy time arrives, inexperienced investors should study the methods of these unscrupulous promoters and learn to avoid them as they would the old shell game at a fair. They are just as sure to lose their money if they don’t. To help in the educa- tion of such investors, it might be well to tell of some of the things the investigations in Texas disclosed. The evidence upon which the issuance of the fraud order was based in one of the “merger” schemes shows that from the be- ginning of the operations of the promoter, in March, 1922, to the time of his indictment this spring, the stockholders of more than three hundred earlier oil promotions had been approached by him and the “merger” of those companies by his concern announced. In his zeal to accumulate stockholders lists this promoter employed a number of “scouts”’ to travel regularly about the country in search of companies whose lists might be acquired. In many instances officers or trustees of in- active companies approached him and sold their lists to his institution. The prices paid ranged from $50 to as much as $2,000 in a few cases. In rare instances was any property acquired with these lists. In nearly a hundred cases the names of stockholders were secured and “mergers” announced without the con- sent of the officers of the companies involved. He wrote all these stockholders urging them to save the loss of their previous investment by exchanging their holdings for stock in his concern, always on the condition that they invest an additional amount in cash of at least 25 per cent. of the face value of their old holdings. A DECLARATION OF TRUST HIS concern was a trust estate, like most of the other Texas promotions, and the promoter was the sole trustee. Under his dec- laration of trust, filed four months after he started business, he was given the right to sell as much stock as he wished and at such prices as he saw fit. He had absolute power and full control over the company’s affairs and it was specifically provided that he might do anything with its assets that he deemed neces- sary or advisable. For his services he was to receive one eighth of all gross funds received. | wonder how many people would have invested in such a concern if they had known of these provisions in the declaration of trust. And how many would have invested if they had known that what they were going to get was non-transferable receipts, no mention of which was made in the literature, and that the only quotations for the stock were fictitious ones made by prearrangement with a few brokers, including employees or associates of the promoter himself? Why people persist in taking stock-selling promoters at their word and swallow their misrepresentations without investigation, is a mystery. The literature represented this concern as a strong, successful organization with an in- come from producing wells equal to a yearly dividend of 25 per cent. on all outstanding stock. An audit of the company’s books made by Mr. H. B. Matheny, special bank accountant of the Department of Justice, showed that up to January 31, 1923, the total of all receipts from the sale of oil and returns from royalties for the nine months period of operation was just $2,810.39. At that time there was outstanding approximately $2,500,000 of stock and two dividends of 2 per cent. each had been paid to stockholders, amounting to $30,073.95. They were paid out of the proceeds of stock sales. A total of $438,408.42 had been received from that source. Most of it had gone for lists, for operating expenses, and for dividends. On January 31st, when the stockholders were expecting another dividend, which, at 2 per cent., would have called for $50,000, there was only $5,660.77 cash on hand. The pro- moter, for some reason, did not get his one eighth out of this promotion; but he made use of the funds of the concern and its large office force, which for a time worked in two shifts, day and night, to produce literature for other promoters, and out of these the in- spectors estimate that he got $230,000. He received 50 per cent. of all the money he lured from investors for these other promotions; that was better than one eighth from his own. 388 These “merger” companies were interested in acquiring mailing lists not in merging com- panies. The evidence shows that the stock certificates sent in were filed away and for- gotten. More conclusive evidence on this point was unearthed by the inspectors in connection with the Revere Oil Company, which is now in the hands of receivers, and whose promoters are under indictment. A certain one of the ninety-two indicted men, sold to the Revere Company for $300 the stockholders list of the Alpha Oil & Refining Company. The Alpha had no assets, but this man went out and bought a lease from a lease broker for $50 and had it made out direct to the Revere. Then he had a bright idea. He went to a list broker—which by that time had become a regular business in Fort Worth— and bought the stockholders list of the Cul- berson’s $5.00 B:11 Syndicate for $10. He then created, in his mind, the First National Producers’ Association, had some cheap stock certificates printed and some cheap letter- heads. He then wrote to the stockholders of the Culberson’s $5.00 B:11 Syndicate, using a fictitious name, and telling them that al- though it had been impossible for him to make money for them in the Culberson Syndicate, he was now going to give them an equal amount of stock in the First National Pro- ducers’ Association, which was going to make money. He mailed these letters in one-cent envelopes. They were held at the post office for more postage, and as he could not be located, because of the fictitious name, they were never delivered. Meanwhile he went to the Revere people and sold them this new stockholders list for $300. The Revere pro- moters then sent out their regular “merger” letter, offering to merge the First National Producers Association. It went to people who had never received any stock certificates in that imaginary company. HOW THE MONEY DISAPPEARS HE course of another stockholders list that went into the Revere ‘‘merger’’ shows how little chance the public has in these pro- motion propositions. Another one of the in- dicted men, was the organizer of the Dorado Oil Syndicate, a trust estate. It had leases all Harry S. New over Arkansas. He sold 2,400 shares at $25, $37.50, and $50ashare. With the money he bought in his name a lease near El] Dorado and another in Texas. He drilled on these two leases and got two wells in Arkansas and two dry holes in Texas. He owed the Ar- kansas driller $5,000 on a note and the latter attached the oil from the two wells. Then the promoter sold his producing lease to another man for $12,500, made him trustee of the Dor- ado Oil Syndicate, and departed for California. The new trustee sold the producing property to Dallas people for $30,000 and turned the worthless leases over to the Revere Company along with the Dorado Oil Syndicate stock- holders list. These Texas investigations have to date covered nearly two hundred cases, and as a re- sult of them it can be written in large letters for the education of the public that at least 50 per cent. of all the money paid for Texas oil promotion stocks goes to those who write the literature, supply the “sucker” list, and send out the promotion material. Out of the re- maining 50 per cent. the inspectors estimate that only 5 per cent. goes into drilling for oil. This should set at rest the fallacious argument that this campaign will restrict the production of oil. Far from it. We are conserving the resources of the people so that more money is made available for legitimate exploitation and development. We are after the stock seller, not the man who is honestly seeking production. If we put the promotion swindlers out of business, there will be more money for the honest driller who wants to prospect for new fields. As a matter of fact the stock- selling promoters ordinarily do not drill in purely wild-cat territory; they usually get cheap leases in a section where there is or was production somewhere near that they can talk about. The way they flocked to Kosse after one well came in there for 15,000 barrels, due to a geological freak, and went dry in about a month, shows how active they are in searching out new fields. They are still telling their dupes about the “Great Gusher at Kosse,” and are acquiring leases there, although 50 dry holes have been drilled around this dead “ gusher.”’ THE HUMOROUS SIDE OF ARCTIC EXPLORATION Laughable Incidents That Break the Monotony of the Hard and Dangerous Work Above the Arctic Circle. The Eskimos’ Sense of Humor, and Some Amusing Anecdotes of Northern Life By DONALD AN’S popular conception of the Arctic is a great white land of drifting snows, biting winds, starvation, and possibly death. This is the picture drawn by the early explorer—a true one—and necessarily such by all who have attempted to attain Farthest North, the conquest of which de- manded years of experience, of patience, of toil, of resourcefulness, and of infinite detail in plan. Common sense, however, dictates that there must be a certain kind of pleasure derived from the work or man would not con- tinue to harness his dogs and disappear over the northern horizon. Not only pleasure at the time in pitting one’s self against the ele- ments of nature, deep snows, terrific winds, thin ice, high pressure ridges, extreme cold, and burning sun—and winning out, but re- miniscences on the return home of the laugh- able and amusing incidents of our various trips. Such began on the North Pole trip with Peary even before we left the foot of East 23rd Street, New York City. Upon my re- turn on board ship following a busy day about the city purchasing supplies, | was greeted by Charlie, the cook, with the words: “Your room mate has been here. Here is his card.” To my amazement the card read “Colonel H. D. Bomp.” The distinguished title wor- ried me considerably for | could not imagine myself spending a year or more in a closet, for such my room was, with a colonel! All the anticipated pleasure of the trip was gone. | had lost my enthusiasm. As | afterwards learned, my real room mate, George Bomp, and his father, the colonel, had been down and upon being informed that I was not on board ship they left the colonel’s card. Before leaving the ship George inquired of the cook as to whom he was to room with, and received MACMILLAN the shock of his life upon being informed that it was Professor MacMillan! A few days later our mutual fears were allayed when we met in a little room, | to learn that he was but a good-natured boy in temperament and he considerably relieved to find out that | was not a “Professor”’. For several days prior to our departure reporters were as bad as the heat—always present. Some one of the crew inadvertently mentioned the fact to one of these scribes that we had no reading matter on board for the long winter nights. Here was an oppor- tunity for real service. In the next morning’s issue this fact was called to the attention of the kind people of New York. That afternoon a stream of books was flowing down East 23rd Street to the Recreation Pier, carried by young, middle aged, and old, and even trucks. It was the most cosmopolitan library ever assembled, for there was everything, with one exception, from a Nick Carter to a classic and that exception a Bible—not a one. The men for’ard and aft filled their shelves. The haycock of books on the dock looked as big as ever, and there it remained through the night. The next morning Peary appeared. When his grey eyes lighted upon that chaotic and nondescript mass of literature he stopped short. His red mustache fairly bristled as he exclaimed: “Who in Hell sent those books?” No one knew and if he did he dared not con- fess to the “Wanted Books for the Roose- velt!’”’ in the press. A few hours later we received orders to put them on the quarter deck and the whispered information: “We'll throw them overboard when we get out to sea.” The happy thought occurred to us that we might dispose of them among the poor whites and fishermen of Labrador, who clamor in- cessantly for reading matter from every pass- ing ship. No one was more happy in testing the truth of that familiar quotation: “It is more blessed to give then to receive.’’ Upon hearing that familiar query, “Have you any books, sir?’’ the men exchanged sly winks and beckoned the boatman to the side of the ship, who encountered such a deluge of books and bundles that in consternation he grabbed his oars and rowed wildly away fearing that we were attempting to sink his boat. We were prepared for the Arctic in more ways than one. We had letters of in- troduction to the people at the North Pole! These were sent to us by a society in the West whose membership consists of men and women who sit in the dark and see things at night. They were regular correspondents with people at the Pole and had kindly informed them of our future arrival. The Polar inhabitants had promptly thanked the learned society for this interesting bit of in- formation and had signified their intention of being out on the ice to meet us. Let- ters of introduction followed giving us the names of the King and Queen and the proper mode of salutation. Some of our canned goods of 1908 had been packed away in the after lazaret in 1905. It occurred to Charlie Percy, our cook, that it would be a good idea to make use of these as quickly as possible. He summoned Billy, the galley boy, from the forecastle and ordered him to go aft and get ten cans of corn. In doing so it was necessary for Billy to pick his way gingerly over a narrow plank lying on the surface of several tons of extremely old whale meat. Billy’s feet flew out from under him and he sat with a splash in the quivering jelly-like mass. When Billy, some ten minutes later, ap- peared in the doorway with his arms full of DONALD B. MACMILLAN, DR. SC., F.R.G.S. Formerly a college instructor, who joined , one of Peary’s expeditions, in 1908, and has house lot, big enough, he been exploring most of the time since then. said, so that his neighbors From 1920 to 1922 he was commander of ‘ . . % the MacMillan Baffin Land Expedition COuldn’t look into his win- 390 Donald MacMillan canned goods, Charlie’s nose reared up on its hind legs and with a searching look, he de- manded a can of the corn. Very gingerly he applied the can opener, holding the innocent and perfectly good food at arm’s length while Billy stood at attention wondering how to get out of the cabin without presenting a rear view to his commanding officer. Charlie crooked his arm slightly, and detecting no odor, dared to hold his nose to the edge of the tin. A bit relieved he ordered another tin and went through the same operation of opening and smelling. Billy was still holding his position of “front”. The cook looked at the tin and then looked at Billy. The tin was elim- inated. “Billy, is that your” yelled Charlie. The boy did not await orders to retreat but bolted through the door. That afternoon he told the crew that he would buy another pair of pants when we reached Etah, North Greenland, not realizing that Etah was two or three holes in a hillside and not a respectable sized town as many think! Eventually we reached the northern shores of Grant Land and went into winter quarters at the edge of the Polar Sea. One of the crew declared that he had always wanted toown some land and immediately went on shore and staked out a double dows. Work began with a rush and continued throughout the winter. On the November moon Peary ordered me to proceed to Cape Columbia for a series of tidal observations. On this trip | had as companions two Eskimo boys, their wives, and a sailor by the name of Jack Barnes. Rabies is of very common occurrence among the Eskimo dogs of the Smith Sound tribe. With bloodshot eyes, nen we ea SS aS lS lS ee The Humorous Side of Arctic Exploration 301 THE “BOWDOIN” FROZEN IN THE WINTER OF 1921-22 This is the ship on which Mr. MacMillan made his last Arctic trip. The ship’s hatches, as the photograph shows, are protected by snow igloos in order to retain the warmth dropped lower jaw and tail, such dogs wander aimlessly, snapping at every dog within reach of their jaws. One showing symptoms of this disease we slipped from harness to protect our other dogs. Throughout the night he charged. repeatedly out of the darkness into the midst of the two teams. Jack was very much alarmed and clearly manifested his fear in every movement, clutching the upstanders of the sledge, stepping lightly on his toes, and peering anxiously into the gloom. It has often been said that the Eskimos are stolid, that they are anything but humorous, that they do not appreciate a joke. Quite the contrary, they see the funny side of every- thing. Eging-wah had been watching Jack for some time chuckling to himself at his ap- parent: hysteria. Slowly he crept up behind him and with a terrific growl grabbed the white man by the seat of the pants! Jack went up like a rocket and landed with chatter- ing teeth on top of the load with eyes darting in every direction anticipating another attack. The Eskimos shrieked with laughter revealing to the crestfallen sailor that he had been the victim of a practical joke. | may say here that a dog with Piblockto as it is there called, is not feared in the least. | have never known a man, woman, or child to be attacked by a dog in this condition. Finally we reached our destination, built our snow home, and settled down for ore month’s tidal observation. Living so intimately with the Eskimos one naturally has the opportunity of learning much in regard to their language, which by the way, is exceedingly difficult to learn owing to the fact that it is polysynthetic and agglutina- tive. The key to the language is “Kanok atinga?”’ or “ What is its name?” One may learn the Eskimo name for all material ob- jects by the use of this phrase. | discovered one night that the rising heat from our oil stove had melted a hole through the roof of our snow house. Pointing to the hole | inquired “ Kanok atinga?’’ One of the girls promptly replied ‘‘Oop-sha-sul-nee-eye’’. | jotted it down immediately-in my note book kept for that purpose, spelling it phonetically, followed by the word “hole”. A few days later | happened to tear the knee of my bear skin pants on the corner of an iron strapped biscuit box. Embodying my newly learned word in the sentence | requested Too-cum-ah, one of the two girls, to get her needle and thread and sew up the hole in my pants. She burst out laughing as did the other girl. Finally, but only after repeated inquiry as to the cause of their merriment, one ventured to reply: “ You asked me to take my needle and thread and sew up the snow hole in the roof of your pants! 392 Donald “What do you call such a hole?” “ Keed-la.”’ “What is a hole in the ground?” “ Poo-too,”’ “What is a hole in ice?” “That is another word.” “What is a hole in ivory?”’ “That is another word.” “What is a hole in iron?”’ “That is another word.” “Now listen,” | added, ‘‘I do not want any of these words. I want to know the simple word for ‘hole’. She thought a moment and replied: “There isn’t any such thing. lf it is a hole, it is a hole in something or it wouldn’t be a hole!” - Our work at this station was upon tides. Jack Barnes, the Newfoundland sailor, and | alternated in our watches every six hours. It was generally necessary to call Jack twice and even three times to arouse him _ thor- oughly. To my surprise, one day | barely touched him, using the words “Come on, Jack,” when he fairly jumped out of bed. Noting the bewildered and disappointed look on his face | inquired: “What’s the trouble, He grinned sheepishly and replied: Jack?” SHOO-E-GING-WA An Eskimo girl, and her pet puppy MacMillan “When you touched me | was dreaming | was in my bunk at the foot of East 23rd Street in New York and Cody stuck his head in the cabin and yelled: ‘Come on Jack, let’s go up the dock and get a drink’!”’ The night before Thanksgiving I told the Eskimos of the observance of the day at home. As they were particularly interested in the large amount of food consumed | promised them a bit extra for the day. It didn’t seem like much of a dinner, a tin cup of tea, eight small crackers, and a third of a can of corn each. I wondered what we could have as an extra. | happened to think that the cook had placed in my box a frozen jar of cran- berries. Then | had visions of a cranberry pie such as | had seen in bakers’ windows with the crossed straps and red squares. Just how to make that pie was a problem with no flour and no oven, but Thanksgiving was not Thanksgiving without a pie. | pounded and ground up the crackers as well as | could, poured them into a tin with a little water, and stirred up the mess, which looked very much like chicken feed. I knew | must have shortening and also knew that it must be some kind of grease. In my kit box | found a tin of what | thought was musk-ox tallow, heated it up and poured it all into my mixture. It now presented a slippery appearance. | spread it on the bottom of a tin plate and dumped on the cranberries. With a spoon 1 dribbled the straps across the top first one way then the other. It really had a very good resemblance to a pie. The oven was quickly fashioned from a ten- gallon oil tin. Some fifteen minutes or so following the lighting of the stove, | heard a sizzling and a sputtering. To my consterna- tion the grease was boiling up through the top of the pie and dripping over the edge of the plate. My red squares had disappeared, my pie was of a uniform yellowish appearance. It was evident that it would never become hard by baking, therefore why not freeze it? 1 dropped out through the hole in the floor of the igloo and crawled along the snow passage to a snow bank near the entrance and there buried my pie. In the evening, following a drama enacted on our snow bed in lieu of a stage, | served the pie to the delight of our Eskimo friends who were loud in their praises of the new dish. On the December moon we started on our return journey to the Roosevelt ninety miles The Humorous Side of Arctic Exploration to the eastward at Cape Sheridan. The men on board ship took special delight in enumerating the delectable dishes which Charlie, our cook, had prepared for Thanksgiving and ended the list with the inquiry “What did you have?”’ “A cup of tea, crackers, sweet corn, and a pie.” “Where did you get the pie?” “ Made it.” “What did you use for flour.” “Crackers.” “Where did you get your shortening?” “Used a tin of musk-ox tallow.” Our doctor sat reading across the ta- ble and with an amused look repeated “What did you use?” “That tin cube of musk-ox tallow | found in my box.” “That wasn’t musk-ox tallow. that in there for frost bites. tube of boric-acid salve.” “It was a very good pie neverthe- less,” Our Eskimo travelling companions were so much interested in daily notes that | endeavored to teach Kood-look-to some of the letters of the alphabet. It was amusing to watch him writing up the account of the day’s work, but embarrassing for me to be called upon to read what appeared to be the mental debauch of a typist. As we travelled along the north Greenland coast one day with Kood-look-to and Kio-tah far in the lead | noticed near a spot of blood- stained snow the letters drawn with a whip stock “ RM E4M”. I hadn’t the faintest idea what the Eskimo tried to convey, and drove on. That night in camp the Eskimo turned to me with the inquiry, “ Did you see that letter | wrote?” “Yes.” “What did it say?” Asa compliment to his chirography and to encour- age him in further work it behooved me to translate that Sanskrit. There was blood on the snow. There was an Arctic hare in the spot. It was easy. With confidence | re- plied, “Kood-look-to has killed a rabbit.’’ “Nearly right,” exclaimed the astonished and highly delighted Eskimo, “One mistake, Kio- tah has killed a rabbit.” I put It wasa Following my return from the northern point of Greenland, Peary ordered me to proceed to Greely’s old headquarters in Lady Franklin Bay known as Fort Conger. While A SUN BATH WITHIN The short summers of the North are very warm, and this youngster, sitting in the sunlight, needs no protection from the cold, although he may from the mosquitoes. This picture was taken as near the North Pole as 12 DEGREES OF THE POLE Panama is to the Equator there in June the snow began to melt from the ground revealing refuse of all kinds, among which | noticed a length of telephone wire and one mouthpiece. I explained to my Eskimo boy that in my country that wire went over the tops of poles to a great distance and that we talked through that wire, and that a man far away held his ear up to the end of the wire and heard everything we said. The boy was very much interested and inquired as to the particulars of the construction which I supplied as well as I could. My tidal watch was up and | went to bed in one of the small huts. Upon awakening several hours later to my astonishment | beheld a rudely con- structed telephone line stretching across the grounds for some two hundred yards. The Eskimo had constructed his five-foot poles by splitting boards taken from the main house. Around the top of each pole he had twisted the wire, and hanging to one end was the old mouthpiece. Holding this to his mouth he yelled something in Eskimo, dropped it quickly, and sprinting to the other end of the wire held it to his ear. He con- cluded that he wasn’t quite quick enough, and tried it again with flying hair and with the same unsatisfactory result. Detecting my nose projecting around the corner of the door- A CAPTURED POLAR BEAR CUB way, he instantly discontinued his experiments and with a laugh declared that he knew I| was lying, for no man could talk through a wire without a hole in it! Jack, the sailor, was a keen sportsman. The Eskimo knew it. While Jack was off watch and asleep Kood-look-to placed three dead ducks in a most life-like position on the edge of the ice across a wide crack. With strings through the mouth he had pulled back the head and neck and there they sat in the warm sun resting comfortably after an ardu- ous day of diving for shell fish. As soon as Jack awoke the Eskimo lost no time in communicating the fact that there were three fat ducks right in front of the house. Jack beamed all over as he filled the magazine of his .22 Winchester. Cautioning us not to alarm the quarry, our ardent game getter dis- played an example of stalking which | have rarely seen equalled, much to the amusement of the Eskimo convulsed with laughter and holding both hands to his mouth. Bending low, on hands and knees and on his belly, he crept ever closer through the rough ice ad- joining the shore until sure of his bag, he fired. The ducks sat there imperturbed, enjoying their rest and the warm sunshine. A new experience—perhaps they were deaf, thought Donald MacMillan Jack. He fired again and was astonished beyond measure to note that they still sat there but a few yards away looking him right in the eye. Following this third shot he jumped up from his place of concealment and ran towards them wondering if he had killed all three successively. Standing at the edge of the crack he looked across the narrow strip of water at the three ducks still unafraid. He waved both arms. No movement. Wear- ing a foolish look on his bewildered and grimy face he trudged back to the house with the words: “Where is that damn Eskimo?” This same Eskimo astonished Captain Bartlett some two weeks later upon our arrival at the ship. No native of the Smith tribe speaks English, but a few know a few expressions which they repeat parrot-like and at times with startling effect. The sailors were busily engaged in hoisting the quarter boats to the davits. One stuck in mid air due to a twisting of the fall. Bartlett stamped impatiently and rolled out a few very strong Anglo-Saxon words. The Eskimo looked over the rail at the boat, looked sym- pathetically at Bartlett, took his pipe out of his mouth, spat on deck, and said in a most nonchalant way, “Too dam disgusting!” Nothing ever quieted the captain so effec- tively. He was speechless with surprise for about a minute. On our return trip when in the pack ice of Kennedy channel we frequently encountered seals in the open pools. Each man ran for his gun and all blazed away in chorus. This was.a common practice among our Newfound- land seamen, and one which was not at all dangerous to the wild life of that region. Following such a fusillade one day, and tke jibes and laughter of all on deck, all were startled by the words from the sky “Damn fool, waste ammunition!” The comment cf old Oo-tah from his vantage seat up in the crow’s nest at the top of the mast. The fifty-year old Erik was charted to trans- port our expedition north in 1913. Every ship has almost as distinct a personality as man or woman. Some are honest and above board, others tricky and treacherous. Some you may depend upon to be consistent under certain conditions, others are as uncertain as the winds. Some are lean, small boned, delicate, and cadaverous looking; others are round, portly, and ponderous in bulk. The The Humorous Side Erik was of the latter type, with head up, chest out and shoulders thrown back she labored slowly with asthmatic breath, her lungs wheezing and bitterly complaining over her long journey. On the starboard bow, sunning themselves on a pan of ice, we could see a herd of walrus. Knowing that we had but little meat for our dogs the captain, a Scotch-Irishman, and as portly as his charge, turned to me with the inquiry, “Would you like those walrus?” Upon receiving my answer that we certainly would, without any preliminary warning such as “half speed”’ or “slow’’, he signalled to the engine room “stop!” To the engine-room force this meant nothing less than rocks or an iceberg under our bow! The red-faced two- hundred-pound engineer clambered up the iron ladder, shoved his head up through the engine-room hatch, glared at the captain and yelled at the top of his voice, “ You'll blow her up!” and instantly disappeared to see how much of the order he could safely obey. The old Erzk went sedately on as if determined to reach the Pole. The crest-fallen captain in command of his first steamer, with a puzzled look on his face, looked at the water over the side and noting but little change in speed, anxiously asked, “ What kind of a ship is this that they can’t stop herr” Panting with her of Arctic Exploration 395 exertions she finally slowed down, but far beyond the walrus. The four years at Etah, north Greenland, were the four shortest years of my life, due to the fact that we were in new surroundings and had many novel and interesting and laughable experiences, in fact, far too many toenumerate. Upon seeing several dog teams headed toward our house from across the harbor, the cook, anticipating a hungry crowd, filled the oven with cans of frozen beans. Not all of the cans were used, some were left in the oven and forgotten. While our Eskimo servant girl was engaged later in the day in sweeping the floor of our big living room, there was an explosion followed by a shower of beans! Servant girls have left without the formality of giving notice in this country, but never more quickly than ours did that day in Greenland. The beans were still sticking to the ceiling when we departed for home in 1917. In the spring one of my men sledged routes from village to village for the purpose of get- ting a few motion pictures. In the absence of a dark room he conceived the idea of fashioning a “changing bag”’ out of blankets, large enough for him to crawl into bodily and there fill the motion-picture magazines with. fresh film. When in the bag and standing erect he might be taken for almost anything A POLAR BEAR NEAR ETAH, NORTH GREENLAND Etah, the metropolis of northern Greenland, consists of a few burrows in the hillside and little else 306 but a man, especially among the Eskimos, who are very superstitious and “see things at night”’ and this is what a fat old dame in one of the villages beheld when she emerged from her tupik unsuspecting and not prepared to receive callers. Automatically her jaw dropped with the raising of her arms. She emitted a frightful yell and fled to the hill back of the village. It took some time to convince her that she had not actually seen old Torngak, the great Evil Spirit of the North. In the spring of 1915 I planned to cross Melville Bay on the January moon. My traveling companion was a Dane in charge of Rasmussen’s trading station at North Star Bay. He who controls trade is a king in the tribe and has everything but the power of life and death and in the old days even that. Nothing of importance is done without his permission. Just as we were about to leave, the Dane exclaimed, “Oh! vait one moment blease!”” Returning a few minutes later he calmly said, “Vell, | have married them.” “Married them! What did you say?” “Vell, he said he vanted her and | said, ‘All right.’ Now ve vill go.” In crossing the bay in low temperatures, | noticed that the Dane experienced consider- able trouble in dressing in the morning en- deavoring to stand in the nose of his bag while doing so. I suggested that he. place his clothes at his feet in the bottom of the bag at night and dress in the bag. As | had no bag but slept in the snow, Peary method, | always prepared breakfast. At my call: “All out” | noticed quite a commotion in Peter’s bag, a rising and falling of the ponderous folds which he was accustomed to use, attended with considerable grunting. All was quiet for a few seconds and then | heard in a most disgusted tone, “Oh, my Gott, | have my pants back side on, you know!” The soft coal used in our stove at Etah quickly clogged our stove pipe with soot. Job, our cook, conceived the idea of cleaning it by gently lowering a sounding lead from the top of the chimney to the connection on the back of the stove. Green volunteered to do this and in the dark clambered to the ridge pole with the coil of line and heavy lead. Green was as humorous as Job was practical and possibly was intentionally careless in his Donald MacMillan handling of the weight. Unsuspecting Job, standing in the kitchen listening patiently for the sound of the patent soot cleaner, re- ceived the shock of his life when the eight pound lead crashed through the back of the stove and landed heavily upon the floor! The cook not knowing that the line had broken rushed for the door, threw his head back, and yelled up into the darkness: “For God’s sake, don’t do that again!” - Job Small, my mate, who has accompanied me now on three trips, is a typical Cape Cod character, quaint, philosophical, and at times very pessimistic, but so much so that he is not depressing to his associates, but is instead a source of enjoyment, strange as that may be. Some twelve miles south of Etah we sat in front of our tent looking out upon the walrus grounds, for we were busily engaged in ob- taining our winter’s meat supply. Back of us was the talus slope rising gently from the water's edge to the vertical face of the cliff above, furnishing an excellent breeding ground for the dovekie or little auk. With a rapid whirr of their short wings they shot down over our heads to the sea and disappeared far off shore in search of shrimps for their young, apparently ever busy day and night. Job intently watched the disappearance of each flock and seemed particularly interested in the rapidity of their flight. Finally re- moving his pipe from his mout!: he ejaculated, “They ain’t got long to live going that way!” “What makes you think so, Job?” I in- quired. “Did you ever see an elephant walk?” I nodded. “God knows how long they live! Did you ever see an eagle up inthe sky? Notadamn flop to his wings. They live to be a hundred, I guess. Did you ever see a turtle walk? | dunno. They sleep all winter, they say.” He sat there musing for a few minutes, then turned to me and said: “I’m going to bed,” and off he went to the tent evidently to test his theory of “ How to live to be a thousand”’, namely, don’t move too rapidly. Such incidents during the day lighten the hard work of sledging up over glaciers at fifty and sixty below zero, working through and over the rough ice of the Polar sea and trudg- ing through deep spring snow on the home- ward journey in June. 1e Ly id E- e- VIVISECTION AND ANIMAL WELFARE Millions of Cattle, Horses, Sheep, and Swine Yearly Saved from Suffering and Death by Humane Scientific Research By ERNEST HAROLD BAYNES HEN the opponents of medical research, in the name of Humanity, seek to abolish vivisection, they seem to ignore the fact that they are striking at a practice which is funda- mentally humane. One “vivisector’”’ working in his laboratory will prevent more suffering to animals than all the officers in all the ani- mal rescue leagues in the United States put together, and, as will be shown, this is an absurd understatement of the facts. And here is no reflection on the animal rescue leagues, whose splendid work I have noted and admired in many cities. I am merely comparing vivisection with activities some- what more familiar to the public and ad- mittedly laudable. At this point | wish to state that for the purpose of this article | shall use the word vivisection in the sense in which it is used by the antivivisectionists in their endeavor to prevent all experiments on living animals. To be more specific, | accept the following definition given by the vice-president of The New England Antivivisection Society in the latest pamphlet (1923) issued by that body. He says: “The term ‘vivisection,’ as origin- ally used, implied the cutting or dissection of a living creature in way of experiment as dis- tinguished from treatment, but the term has now by general consent been extended to cover all experiments upon living animals for purposes of scientific investigation, or for any purpose other than treatment, even when such experiments involve no cutting operations of any kind.” The italics are mine. Let us try to look at this question from the viewpoint of some person who has at heart nothing but the very best interests of the animals themselves. -When “dumb crea- tures” are sick and suffering what are they to do? When horses have glanders or dourine, when cattle are afflicted with tuber- culosis or blackleg or foot-and-mouth disease, when sheep have anthrax, or swine have hog cholera or dogs have rabies or hook worm— what can they do about it? They have no physicians or boards of health; they do not know the nature of their diseases nor the means of preventing or curing them. They cannot even discuss their troubles with one another or with other animals or with men. They cannot come to their own relief. Left to themselves all they can do is to suffer and die, one by one or by millions as the case may be, and left to themselves that is exactly what they do. Now, if they are to have relief from their sufferings; if their diseases are to be pre- vented or cured and their lives lengthened, it is evident that the relief must come from out- side. By the process of elimination we find that it must come from man. Since man cannot communicate with them, to discuss his plans or to ask or receive consent, it is evident that he must use his own judgment and act as he thinks best for the welfare of his stricken fellow creatures. This point settled, he approaches his task. Let us imagine an ordinary case, in which he is confronted with a deadly disease of whose nature he knows little or nothing. Thousands of animals are suffering and dying from it, and in some mysterious way it is being spread to thousands of others. Before it can be checked he must find out how it is spread. Perhaps he suspects that it is being carried from sick animals to healthy ones by insects. There is one way to find out if he is right— he must permit a few healthy animals to be bitten by insects which have previously bitten sick animals. By doing this he may condemn those healthy animals to sickness and death. It is an experiment for a “ purpose other than treatment,” therefore it is vivisection. Being a man acting as an agent for those animals, has he a right to try it? Would man himself consider it right that healthy men should take such a chance in the interest of their fellows? Turn back the pages of history and let us see. At the close of the Spanish-Amer- ican War in 1898 a deadly disease, yellow fever, was rife in Havana. Surgeon General Sternberg appointed a commission consisting 398 of three doctors—Reed, Carroll, and Lazear— to find out how the disease was transmitted. At that time there was no animal known to be susceptible to yellow fever, and as ex- periments must be tried, human volunteers were called for. A number of men, including all the members of the commission, responded, and submitted to some most distressing ex- periments, which yielded only negative results. It was suspected that the disease was carried by mosquitoes and in order to find out if this were true, some of the volunteers allowed themselves to be bitten by mosquitoes which had previously bitten yellow fever patients. Those so bitten came down with yellow fever. Lazear and another man died,, and Reed barely escaped with his life. But they found out how yellow fever was transmitted, and thus furnished the basis for an intelligent campaign during which Havana was cleared of mosquitoes and consequently of yellow fever. Since then and by similar methods in other places, this disease has been practically abol- ished. Those few men suffered and died, and by so doing saved many thousands of their fellows from suffering and death. Now it is admitted that a man is justified in risking his life for the chance of saving one fellow being from a fire or from the ocean, how much more then is he justified in risking it on the chance of saving ten thousand of his fellows from disease. And if he takes such action when it seems to be for the best in- terests of bis own kind, as agent for the ani- mals who cannot act for themselves, should he not see to it that a few of them are sacri- ficed when it seems to be in the best interest of their own kind? All people having great Ernest Harold Baynes responsibility for the welfare of animals be- lieve that he should do this, and because they act on this belief, millions of animals are saved annually from suffering and premature death. Of course no one claims that these experi- ments are carried on solely for the purpose of keeping the animals well and happy; but the fact remains that they are kept well and happy and none the less so because their wel- fare means prosperity to our livestock indus- try and more food for a hungry world. The modern scientific method of dealing with disease in animals was developed by Pasteur, whose wonderful investigations fi- nally led up toa crucial experiment by which he undertook to prove that he could success- fully vaccinate sheep against anthrax, a dis- ease which was devastating the flocks and herds of France and also causing great loss of human life. The test was begun on May 5, 1882, at the Pouilly-le-Fort farm near Melun, and Pasteur’s reputation hung on the result. A large crowd of farmers, veterina- rians, doctors, and others gathered for the event, and most of them were sceptical to say the least. Fifty sheep were used in this ex- periment. Pasteur inoculated twenty-five of the sheep with his protective vaccine. On May 17th, he gave the same animals a second protective vaccination. The other twenty- five were not vaccinated. On May 31st he declared the twenty-five vaccinated sheep “protected’’ and the unvaccinated ones “unprotected.” Then he gave all fifty a full strength inoculation of anthrax virus. By June 5th, he predicted, all the unprotected sheep would be dead and all the protected sheep would be alive. He did not have to REGARDING VIVISECTION THESE PIGS ARE NOT “ON THE FENCE” Scientific research has developed many methods of disease prevention, and many herds of hogs are healthy and contented because of methods of prevention discovered through vivisection ng by fi- ch $S- is- nd ay ar he \a- he ay »X- of Jn nd ‘y- he ep 1es ull By ed ed eae Vivisection and Animal Welfare 399 THE BENEFICIAL RESULTS OF VIVISECTION These sheep are four months old, and average 68 pounds weight. They have been kept free of stomach worms, a common sheep disease, and other troubles because research has pointed out preventive methods and cures wait even that long for his results. When he arrived at the farm on June 2nd, twenty-two of the unprotected sheep were already dead and the other three were dying. All the vac- cinated animals were in perfect health. The sceptics were convinced, France rang with Pasteur’s praises, and his methods were adopted everywhere. The saving of animal life in France due to Pasteur’s discoveries more than paid the Prussian War indemnity of 1871, which amounted to five billions of francs. Any one with an imagination must realize that this also meant that millions of animals were saved from the suffering incident to disease. Among the many blessings for which we are indebted to Pasteur are a vaccine for chicken cholera and another for swine erysip- elas. The former was discovered by experi- mentsonhens. The latter discovery required the sacrifice of some scores of pigs, but when we find that in one year (1879) a million pigs had died of this disease in the United States alone, the sacrifice seems very small. It will help us to realize the amount of suffering endured by domestic animals if we glance at the following table prepared by the United States Department of Agriculture in 1915. It shows the annual money loss sus- tained by our country over a period of thirty years as a result of disease in domestic animals. DIRECT ANNUAL LOSS BASED ON RETURNS FOR THIRTY YEARS FROM ANIMAL DISEASES IN THE UNITED STATES Hog Cholera owes » . >on Texas Fever 40,000,000 Tuberculosis ; 25,000,000 Contagious Abortion 20,000,000 Blackleg 6,000,000 Anthrax SS ee 1,500,000 Scabies of Sheep and Cattle 4,600,000 Glanders ; 5,000,000 Other live stock diseases 22,000,000 Parasites (trichina and others) 5,000,000 Poultry diseases 8,750,000 $2 12,850,000 For the thirty years this means a loss of $6,385 ,000,000. This article is not concerned with money losses as such, nor with the attendant diminu- tion of our food and clothing supplies, or even with the sickness and death of human beings incident to some of these diseases in animals. But no thoughtful person can fail to realize that the amount of suffering involved in the loss by disease of many millions of animals is staggering to the imagination. To com- plain of the suffering of the few laboratory animals sacrificed in an intelligent effort to relieve these millions, is about as sensible as it would be, when a fire is wiping out a city, Ernest Harold Baynes ANOTHER HEALTHY HERD OF SHEEP They are free of parasites, and are contented and healthy. to object to the ringing of fire alarms, on the ground that it would disturb the firemen. Our Department of Agriculture at Wash- ington is very much alive to the importance of preventing such appalling losses, and it has a special bureau—The Bureau of Animal Industry—which is forever working on the problems involved. One of its most impor- tant duties is to prevent the occurrence of disease. Where this cannot be done the dis- ease must be checked and brought under control. In all this work vivisection is used; a comparatively few animals being sacrificed for the good of the many. One can hardly get a better idea of the importance of vivi- section from the standpoint of the animals themselves than by noting the headway which has been made against hog cholera, which had been causing the greatest loss of any single disease affecting American live- stock. By experiments on seventeen hogs there was discovered a serum which will pro- tect swine from this disease. In 1921, owing to extensive use of this serum, the loss was reduced from $75,000,000 to $27,907,000, a saving of about $47,000,000 to the farmers of this country in the case of one disease. But it is the welfare of animals that we are con- cerned with in this article. Forty-seven million dollars is the equivalent of say a mil- lion hogs. Here are a million animals that have been spared the suffering incident to Furthermore they will ultimately become healthful food disease, at the cost of suffering inflicted on a few of their fellows. What real lover of ani- mals could wish the million to suffer in order that the few might be spared? Let us take the next item on the list—Texas fever—which had been causing an average annual loss of $40,000,000. Years ago Dr. Theobald Smith, then with The United States Department of Agriculture, began to investi- gate this disease. He discovered that it was caused by an internal microscopic parasite which he found in the blood and in the liver and other organs of the sick animals. How this parasite was carried from sick cattle to healthy ones, no one knew, but he began to experiment. He placed healthy animals in enclosed pastures in which other animals had died of Texas fever. They, too, quickly sick- ened and died. Ticks were suspected of being the means of transmission, and another series of experiments proved the suspicion to be well founded. These experiments had revealed the hither- to unknown and most important fact that in- sects may be a means of transmitting disease. Dr. Simon Flexner has expressed the opinion that but for this discovery our knowledge of yellow fever probably would have been long delayed, and Dr. Ernest Charles Schroeder of the U. S. Bureau of Animal Industry has pointed out that this knowledge in turn led to the clearing of the Panama Canal Zone and Vivisection and the building of the Panama Canal. Yet there are those who would have prevented these experiments because they were made “for purposes other than treatment.” Let us see what those same experiments have done for the cattle themselves. Seven- teen years ago there were about three quarters of a million square miles of territory in this country, chiefly in the Southern states, quar- antined against Texas fever. On this vast area, nearly three and a quarter times as large as the former German Empire, were pastured millions of cattle. The disease and the quarantine necessary to control it, were crippling the Southern livestock industry— but that is another story. Think of the al- most innumerable infected herds, every animal suffering with ticks which not only sucked its blood and irritated its skin but gave it a fever which sapped its strength and its very life. Every year more than one eighth of all the cattle quartered in that area died from this one disease. In 1906 The U. S. Bureau of Animal In- dustry in co6peration with state and local authorities began the stupendous work of exterminating the ticks and freeing our cattle from Texas fever. Following further experi- Animal Welfare 401 ment there was prepared an arsenical solution which would kill the ticks without injuring the animals, and millions of cattle were “dipped’’—that is, made to swim through long baths filled with this solution. As a result of years of persistent effort 518,172 square miles, or 71 per cent. of what formerly was known as “the permanently infected area’’ have been released from quarantine, and the vast numbers of tormented animals made comfortable and happy. This work, based on knowledge gained through vivisec- tion, is still going on, and will be continued until Texas fever is stamped out. The third item on the list is tuberculosis, which causes a money loss of $25,000,000, and discomfort and death to the great number of animals represented by that large sum. It is combatted by the use of the tuberculin test, which makes it possible to determine at once whether an animal has the disease or not, in- stead of waiting for symptoms which may not appear until other cattle and perhaps children as well have become infected. Good headway is being made, and it is probably only a ques- tion of time before tuberculosis in cattle will be exterminated and its recurrence prevented. Similar work is being carried on for the 7 =o eo. DIPPING CATTLE The trough is filled with a strong mixture through which the cattle are forced to swim. Hogs and sheep are also put through similar baths. Vivisection taught us the advisability of dipping animals Ernest Harold Baynes A HERD OF REGISTERED CATTLE NEAR MARIETTA, GA. This herd of cattle is free of disease, because other cattle have been experimented on to determine the best methods of prevention and cure. control of glanders, a dreadful disease of horses, to which men also are subject. It is incurable and before it makes known its presence in the natural way, it may be com- municated to many other horses—perhaps at a common drinking trough—and thus cause wholesale destruction. In fact, some horses are simply “carriers,” and unknown even to their owners, go about spreading the disease, meanwhile showing no outward signs of it themselves. But by what is known as the mallein test, it is possible to tell almost at once, whether a horse has glanders or not. A preparation discovered and developed by vivisection is injected into the eyelid. If the disease is not present nothing happens, but if there is the slightest taint, the injection is followed by a reaction in the form of inflama- tion, and the horse can be destroyed before he infects his fellows or his owner. During the World War, every horse coming into an army which had an efficient veterinary ser- vice, was given the mallein test, and as a re- sult glanders was almost unheard of through- out the great conflict, in which enormous numbers of animals were used. The space allotted to this article will not permit me to do more than suggest that while vivisection is contributing to our knowledge of the diseases | have mentioned, and through our knowledge, to the control of these diseases, it is also contributing, in greater or less degree, to our knowledge and control of all the other plagues which afflict our live stock. Con- tagious pleuro-pneumonia, rinderpest, foot- and-mouth disease, and blackleg in cattle, dourine and surra in horses and cattle, scab and internal parasites in sheep; Malta fever ’ For every ‘‘vivisected”’ animal thousands of its kind eventually benefit in goats, hookworm and mange in dogs, tularaemia and mange in rabbits, and many diseases of farm poultry, are only some of the troubles which are being eradicated, kept under control, or excluded from our country by methods based on knowledge acquired and methods developed by the practise of vivi- section. And although the writer has purposely given that view of vivisection which he be- lieves the animals themselves would take if they knew what was best for them, he has done so solely for the purpose of showing that even as an eliminator of suffering in live stock, vivisection is the most humane practice known to man. By no other means has he been able to prevent and control the diseases of animals and the pain which is incident to these diseases, and the fact that he usually does this from motives of self-interest, does not lessen in any degree the comfort which these dumb creatures receive. Is it any wonder, then, that J]. R. Mohler, Chief of the U. S. Bureau of Animal Industry —the man with perhaps the greatest respon- sibility for the welfare of animals in this country—said not long ago: “In the light of my knowledge of what animal experimentation (vivisection) means to human welfare, | can say without extrava- gance that most terrible consequences would inevitably follow upon the general adoption throughout the world of the programme of prohibition and regulation of, and interfer- ence with, animal experimentation that is advocated by the opponents of this funda- mentally important means of the scientific investigation of disease.” THE SIGNIFICANCE OF STANLEY BALDWIN Great Britain’s Relief at Having at the Helm of State a Man Who Represents Her Steady and Solid Qualities. The Pleasure of France at Having a Man to Deal with Whose ‘“‘No”’ Means “‘No”’ By MARK HE writer spent some months of the present spring and summer in Europe. As it happened, the trip coincided with the occurrence of an event which the present writer has looked forward to, ever since the Paris Peace Conference, as likely to be, whenever it should occur, the first dependable sign of an actual and definite turning of the world in the direc- tion of stability. This event was the passing from power of the last of the war leaders, the last of those who guided the destinies of their respective countries through the war. The theory took only minor account of the abilities or characters of those war-time leaders. It was rather that the mere fact of a man having been Premier or Prime Minister during the war disqualified him from the possibility of success as a leader in the period of peace. And in the case of Lloyd George (all the other war leaders had long ago passed off the stage) it has always seemed that there was funda- mental and inherent in him just those qualities of temperament which, however well they equipped him for the alert, quick-stepping, opportunity-grasping leadership of war, by that same token disqualified him for the more sure-footed business of leading the world toward peace. Furthermore, what is equally important, the reputation of Lloyd George had made, the picture of him that had been built up in the public mind, was the contrary of those qualities and that kind of personality to which the people, in the differing mood and point-of-view of peace, are likely to give their confidence. Also, in addition to this theory, and in proof of it, it is the clear fact of recent history that Lloyd George, whether through bad luck or bad judgment, or through both, did several things during the period since the Armistice which, instead of promoting peace, delayed it and promoted further chaos. SULLIVAN Therefore, since Lloyd George was the official leader of Great Britain, and since Great Bri- tain is the biggest factor in the after-war situation, it seemed clear that the passing of Lloyd George would be the first unquestion- ably convincing sign that the period of confu- sion, of backward going, was truly behind us; and that the world, under new leaders all round, had shifted definitely into forward gear. As it happened, the passing of Lloyd George, and the taking of his place by Stanley Baldwin in May, was accompanied by pre- cisely those conditions (consisting chiefly of the personal qualities of the new leader) which gave the most concrete augury of a better time. Lloyd George, of course, had really passed out with the election of several months pre- vious. There had been a comparatively brief interval during which the helm of the British Government had been in the hands of Bonar Law. But during that interval, Bonar Law’s health had been such as to handicap him to a degree that was not only obvious to those close to the Government, but actually known and felt with vague inquietude by every news- paper reader. Asa result, the national feeling had been one of uncertainty, a feeling short of the sensation every one longed for, the sen- sation of having made a fresh start for a long pull. Toward the latter part of May, the state of Bonar Law’s health was appraised by his physicians, and by himself and his friends, as such that he could not look forward with confidence to bearing the heavy strain of his office for a sufficiently long period to set the country definitely in the new course that everybody felt was necessary. Taking ac- count of this, Bonar Law resigned, and his place at the head of the British Government was taken by Stanley Baldwin. Essentially, Mr. Baldwin is the real successor of Lloyd- 404 George—the few months of Bonar-Law’s feeble health was but an interlude. It was the elevation of Stanley Baldwin that was the real turning-point and marked the entrance of Great Britain into a new era—not only Great Britain but also, in the present writer’s judg- ment, the whole world. At the time this happened, the writer was in a position to observe the psychological aspects of the change, both upon those who, in the inner places of politics and business, feel themselves responsible for the course of Great Britain during what all expect to be a difficult time, and also upon the wider public. These psychological aspects of the change were as definite as something you could see and touch. The writer has never seen, in any American change of administration, nor as the result of any American election, any more sharply defined transition of public sentiment. Hardly ever was there so obvious the sigh of relief over uncertainty passed, followed by the long fresh breath of sober confidence and grave determination for the future. It was not that Lloyd George was disliked. On the contrary, even the most definite of the expressions of relief over his passing were usually tempered by a smiling affection for the charm of his personality, the infinite variety of his temperament. But there was, over the replacing of Lloyd George with a man of less variety but more simplicity, something like the sensation with which you step out upon solid ground at the end of an airplane trip in which the pilot has treated you—with- out always consulting you as to whether you really wanted it—to nose-dives, pirouettings, and all the other variations of aerial excite- ment within the repertoire of a pilot who for himself fattens upon the exhilaration of situations where the outcome is doubtful. DIVIDING LLOYD GEORGE’S CAREER OR the condensed and (so far as regards characterization of Lloyd George) the frankly superficial purpose of the present article, let us put a mark at the ending of the war, at Armistice Day; and divide Lloyd George’s record as Prime Minister of Great Britain into two parts, first his management of the war, and then his management of the peace. As to his management of the war, assume that it was good. It is an assumption that not all will agree with. But many will assent Mark Sullivan to it, who think that the other part, the management of the peace, was bad. Of the difference between the two there is a single figure of speech, uttered by Lloyd George himself, that tells the whole story. He was attacked for something he had done at the Genoa Conference, one of those quick devices of daring inconsistency with which he plucked the semblance of success out of the fact of failure. He replied, in effect, that when the world is in chaos it is like being captain of a ship in a storm. Under such circumstances, he said, it is a sufficient virtue if you merely keep the ship from sinking; anything you do, short of letting the ship go down, is justifiable; you must not hesitate to take advantage of any current, of any wind that blows; and, provided you come out of the storm with your ship afloat, you must not be judged because the passengers find themselves headed in a direction precisely opposite to that in which the captain gave them to understand he was going to take them. That figure of speech was a concrete and unqualified assertion of the doctrine of opportunism in politics. And its relevancy to the Lloyd George of war, as contrasted with the Lloyd George of peace was this; in war, opportunism is justified—at least it is justified to some extent, an extent that varies with the moral basis of judgment of the individual critic, with his distance from the scene, his detachment from the passion of the conflict. A time when sticking another human being with a bayonet is exalted as a supreme virtue, is hardly a time to quibble over the moral aspects of political opportunism. But in peace-time, opportunism is a differ- ent matter. Not only is it different inher- ently; the public judgment of it also is different. That is one reason why, in all countries, the war-leaders have found it difficult to remain in power after the coming of peace. The very things they did, the reputation they built up for quick changes of strategy adapted to changing crises—all that is in itself a disqualification for keeping the confidence of the people after peace has come. And in Lloyd George’s case, there was a feeling that his swift opportunism was not a mere war-time device but was part of the very deeps, or, if you want to listen to his more savage critics, the shallows of his character. Tog << _wF er™ FW Wee TH US er we were ee UL le mr be O e r; d e rre_lUM . Yn — (vw fr —~ OO The Significance of Stanley Baldwin 405 In any event, the courses which Lloyd George followed, or attempted and abandoned, after the war ended, not only confirmed his war-time reputation for a chameleon adaptive- ness to the need of the moment, but were gravely disturbing in themselves. As to Ireland, as to France, as to Russia, as to Germany, it had seemed to be a policy with no greater continuity than willingness to “try anything once.” The war was over. There was no longer imminent danger of the ship sinking. That excuse for disquieting changes of direction had gone. The need was to lay a new course toward some definite goal of fixed principles. The longing of the British people was for a straight and simple course toward a definite and easily understood goal—for a less flashing but more steady gaited leader—for one with more fixedness of purpose, even though with less resourcefulness of method—for one who would more accurately symbolize in his person, and express in his actions, the direct quali- ties of the English mind, than the brilliant temperamental Welshman ever could. THE NEW PREMIER O THIS vague but very appealing spirit- ual hunger of the British people, Stanley Baldwin was a complete answer. Baldwin is true to the English type, upright in business, not too imaginative, not subtle at all, simple in manner, direct and clear in statement; in argument, humorously good-natured but firm. Lloyd George once, when engaged in a political contest with a recent English states- man, described his adversary as “honest to the verge of simplicity.” It is not certain whether Lloyd George meant the phrase as a sneer (In any event it was the fate of Lloyd George, toward the end of his power, to have come to having caused many to think of him as a man who would use this phrase as something in the nature of depre- ciation). Mr. Baldwin took this phrase to himself. To have done so was perhaps a little more self-conscious, a little more unctuous than is characteristic of him. But he himself shared deeply the general feeling of England about the disquieting qualities of Lloyd George’s temperament, and the need for a leader of, let us say, less complex character and tempera- ment. Feeling this way, in a speech he made a few weeks after his elevation, about the causes of the success of himself and his party in the election; he said: The election was won by a phrase of Mr. Lloyd George, a phrase of six words and six words only. There was a vast new electorate in this country. A new democracy had been called into being by the last Reform Bill. There were millions of voters unattached to any party, and up and down the country people were wondering exactly what they wanted and for whom they could vote. One morn- ing they opened their newspapers and read that Mr. Lloyd George said that Mr. Bonar Law is honest to the verge of simplicity. The British people said, ‘‘By God, that is what we have been looking for!’”” Although | cannot hope to emulate my late leader, Mr. Bonar Law, if those six words can be uttered of me when the general election takes place, I shall be a proud man.” That episode, to the extent that it sug- gests unction or self-righteousness, is short of illustrating other qualities of Mr. Baldwin which, essentially, are more marked and more characteristic. He is modest, humorous, and has, to a degree that has engraved itself on his features, the quality of whimsicalness which is never found in men who take them- selves too seriously. That he should have vision is suggested by the fact that on his mother’s side he is a cousin of Rudyard Kipling and a nephew of Burne-Jones. On his father’s side, he inherited business ability and an iron manufacturing and engineering enterprise which he carried on to the point that enabled him to retire and enter politics at forty. Primarily, it is the iron manufacturer and the business man that commended Mr. Bald- win, both to his associates who put him for- ward as Prime Minister and to the wider British public. That public felt that here was a simple Englishman, with the charac- teristic qualities of the nation, whose motives and ways of thinking they would understand, and who, in his relations with the rest of the world, would by instinct do the things and say the things that would accurately express the common mind of his race. It would be difficult to overestimate the feeling that Mr. Baldwin’s selection gave to the British public, of being on sure and familiar ground once more. It pervaded all classes and all parties. Although Mr. Lloyd George was a coalition Prime Minister and therefore was presumed to represent the people with an approximation to unanimity, 406 it is probably a fact that Mr. Baldwin really represents them more broadly and more truly. Officially Mr. Baldwin is a member of the Conservative or Tory party. «The opposition for the present, and probably for some time to come, is the Labor party. Ordinarily one would expect that a Tory party headed by an iron manufacturer would present a perfect contrast to the sentiments, prejudices, and political desires of the Labor party, the kind of target they would most prefer for their attacks. The fact, however, was clearly otherwise. The Labor party has in London a more or less official labor organ, a daily paper. This paper, in its doctrines, is all that a pretty radical labor organ would be expected to be; and it is edited and written by men of exceptional ability, who lack nothing in their equipment for pungent and forceful political controversy. But the Daily Herald welcomed Mr. Baldwin not with brick bats but with bouquets. A typical passage from the labor organ’s comment was this: As a business man he has a strong sense of social responsibility. The idea of Disraeli that the landed gentry of England owe it to themselves to improve the lot of their laborers, he tried to adapt totrade. When there was a lock-out, he continued to pay the wages of his employees. His aim of introducing by means of kindness and consideration a new spirit of fellowship between employers and employed may be impracticable, but there is no doubt of his sincerity in pursuing it. That was labor’s official welcome to an iron manufacturer, a Conservative, a Tory, when he was made head of the British Government. Imagine Mr. Gompers and the organ of the American Federation of Labor welcoming the head of our Steel Corporation, Judge Gary, to the Presidency in any such language as that. As a further illustration of the confidence of the opposition Labor party in the new Prime Minister, it is a fact that in his attitude about France, Germany, and reparations, he has really a greater unanimity of support from the Labor leaders than he has from the leaders of his own party. BALDWIN’S PRACTICAL PATRIOTISM NOTHER incident, of which the writer was told by one whose position caused him to have contact with it, but which be- came public after, not before, Mr. Baldwin’s elevation to the Prime Ministry was this: Mark Sullivan During and since the war, there has been much talk in England of a “capital levy,” by which is meant the taking by the Govern- ment of a fixed percentage of the private wealth of the country—a proposal which, regardless of the questionableness of its prac- ticability, is regarded by most of the wealthy of the country as the last word in socialism, confiscation, communisim, and the like. About the time when one of the spasms of this dis- cussion was at its height, the editor of the London Times received a letter for publica- tion which said that whatever might be the practicability of a universal capital levy, the writer felt that there might be men who would like to make a voluntary contribution of a percentage of their wealth to the State, and who would appreciate a suggestion for a practicable way of doing it. For himself, the writer said, he had decided to give 25 per cent. of what he had to the Government, and had done so by buying that amount in govern- ment bonds, and cancelling them. The letter was signed with the initials “F. S. T.” When the editor of the Times received this letter, he felt that before printing it he should verify the facts. He discovered that the writer was Mr. Baldwin. Mr. Baldwin at that time held a minor position in the Govern- ment, known as Financial Secretary of the Treasury, which accounted for the initials. The 25 per cent. of his wealth that he gave was upward of half-a-million dollars. The problems that confronted the new Prime Minister all hung about one. And that one was a condition which, as I shall try to explain in a moment, carried him straight back to the contrast between himself and Lloyd George. Expressed in terms of the domestic economy of the country, Britain’s great problem was and is the restoration of normal business con- ditions in the world. Expressed in terms of foreign relation, it was and is the restoration of peace and economic stability to Europe. For Great Britain, these two problems are one. BRITAIN’S COMMERCE REAT Britain lives upon world-trade; and any complete paralysis of world- trade would be as effective a devastation of Great Britain as the complete encirclement of the island by hostile and effective submarines. And to the degree that the present state of world-trade approximates paralysis, Britain is The Significance of Stanley Baldwin menaced in her very life. The actual present expression of it is a million and a quarter of un- employed. These unemployed can only be restored to work, and Great Britain can only be freed from apprehension about its future existence, by the restoration of world-trade to normal. For the resumption of world-trade on a normal basis, it can be said with sufficient exactness, that the one essential step is the fixing of the sum which Germany must pay in reparations. So long as German repara- tions remain unfixed, world trade must con- tinue to be restricted. Equally fundamental is the fact that with the amount of the Ger- man.reparations fixed, the rest will follow. For Britain, the problem of fixing repara- tions is the problem of its relations with France; and when Mr. Baldwin faced that problem, one of his principal embarrassments was the record of his predecessor, Lloyd George. The French Government had taken a course about reparations which Britain did not deem wise, and-from which Britain had stepped aside. Mr. Baldwin, coming into power in Great Britain as a new figure, could have asked France the simple question, do you or do you not want to come back and coéperater And on receipt of a definite an- swer he could have laid out his course. BRITAIN AND FRANCE UT the new régime in Great Britain was deterred from so simple and direct a handling of the situation by an uneasy self- consciousness about some of the circumstances of the breach with France. For such a breach, there is, naturally, blame. Naturally also, each blames the other. France blames Britain, and Britain blames France. But even among those Englishmen most ready to put the burden of the blame on France, there remained the uneasy self-con- sciousness that some of the blame must be charged against Lloyd George, who had been the Prime Minister of Britain and had con- ducted the negotiations out of which the strain between the two countries grew up. The French put the blame on Lloyd George completely. The British, while not accept- ing that view wholly, nor even largely, had a sufficient sense of penitence about Lloyd 407 George’s manners—to use the mildest of words—toward France, to cause the new régime in Britain to want to practise the extreme of tact and patience with France, to do a kind of penance for what had happened during the Lloyd George régime. The French feeling about Lloyd George and about Mr. Baldwin, and about the contrast between the two, is illustrated by some ‘passages in one of the leading papers of France on the occasion of the election of Mr. Baldwin. The reader should bear in mind that it is a French point-of-view and a partisan point-of-view, nevertheless there is enough in it that coincides with the recollec- tions of Englishmen, to make them uneasy. The extracts are from a copyrighted article by Stephane Lauzanne, Editor of Le Matin. Rarely has the accession of a British Premier been hailed with such warm sympathy from France as the accession of Mr. Stanley Baldwin. The fact is all the more noteworthy that France knows very well that Mr. Stanley Baldwin will probably not approve her Ruhr policy. But France has come to the point where she is, above all, thirsty for clear- ness. She wants to know where everyone stands, and she wants to be sure that everyone will stand in the same place. The cause of the violent dislike—a dislike amounting to hate—which the French feel toward Mr. Lloyd George is the extreme mobility of opin- ion which led him to reject on Tuesday what he had suggested on Monday, and to burn on Wednesday what he had worshipped on Tuesday. When a man changes his opinions he must expect that he will have to change his friends. Macchia- velli, however great his capacity may have been, had no friends. And the French put Mr. Lloyd George on the same level as Macchiavelli. , If Mr. Baldwin desires to win the friendship of the French, it will be easy for him. It is not neces- sary that he replies “Yes” at once to all their propositions; but it is necessary that, when he will have replied “Yes,” it will not be noticed a fort- night later that he meant ‘‘No.’’ What poisoned the good entente of France and of England was the Conference of London of May, 1921, where a Brit- ish Premier was seen to accept the figure of 132 millions of gold marks for the reparations, inform Germany himself, run to the House of Commons to solemnly state that the settlement was final, that it was a just settlement—and then be the first to excuse the Germans for not paying the first in- stalment. LAFOLLETTE, SHIPSTEAD, AND THE EMBATTLED FARMERS What’s Happening in Wisconsin and Minnesota, and Why By CHESTER H. ROWELL HIS month’s article deals with the radical political revolt as it cul- minated in last year’s elections in Wisconsin and Minnesota. The following and concluding article will cover the outlying states of lowa, Kansas, and Nebraska. The same underlying econ- omic forces were doubtless operating in them all, but on the surface, the organized radical- ism of the West has flowed from two sources, the Non-partisan League of North Dakota and the older LaFollette movement in Wis- consin. The two streams merge in Minne- sota. Inthe adjacent states they mingle with the older Republican-Democratic politics. Wisconsin in one sense is not quite in the present story, since nothing new happened there. Senator Robert M. LaFollette and his disciple, Governor John J. Blaine, were both reélected. But actually it was more than a reélection. It was a come-back. And it was in part a re-alignment of forces, which helps explain the new workings of the same forces elsewhere. Politically, Wisconsin is a peculiarly one- man state. You can hear all sorts of things in Wisconsin, but they are all about Robert M. LaFollette. If it is business, LaFollette helped or hindered it. If it is religion, one church is for LaFollette and another against him. If it is education, the University of Wisconsin was once for LaFollette and then turned against him. If it ‘is politics, La Follette is the whole story. There is no Democratic party. LaFollette abolished it. The Socialist party has made a league with LaFollette. The Progressive party, in Wis- consin, split on LaFollette. The Non- partisan League was absorbed by LaFollette. The Republican party consists of the La Follette and anti-LaFollette factions. Gov- ernor John J. Blaine is a LaFollette governor, who organized a LaFollette legislature by a LaFollette bargain with Victor Berger, to put through a LaFollette programme. Politicians date the eras of their own careers “W. B.” and “A. B.”—“With Bob,” and “Against Bob.” Most of them have been through both. The price of potatoes is im- portant because it helped elect LaFollette. The World War, so far as Wisconsin is con- cerned, was fought over LaFollette. La Follette is a hero and patriot, or a traitor and anarchist; but it is always LaFollette. Every- thing touches him and everybody is for or against him. There are no neutrals. In popular reputation Senator LaFollette ranks as a radical and Wisconsin, therefore, as a radical state. In the strict economic sense neither attribution is accurate. La Follette may have been radically insurgent in politics, but he is no economic revolutionist. He is a reformer and an individualist, who has been belligerent, rasping, and non-coéperative in his manner, but has proposed nothing in- tended to subvert the present social structure. He has fought many businesses and business men, but he believes in business. He has always had the support of the radicals and usually the opposition of the conservatives. To the easy classification of the pigeon-hole mind all this labels him “radical.’”’ The real radicals think otherwise, but they have usu- ally worked with him, opportunistically. Wisconsin got its radical reputation partly from LaFollette’s speeches—which were frequently more radical than his deeds—and partly by doing some now obvious things first. The direct primary, public regulation of utili- ties, workmen’s compensation and the like seemed radical until their universal accep- tance brought them under the most conser- vative of all maxims, “Whatever is, is right.” But even in these older reforms, Wisconsin is not in all respects advanced. It has, for instance, not yet adopted the initiative, re- ferendum, and recall. Amendments to this end were proposed in California and in Wis- LaFollette, Shipstead, and the Embattled Farmers consin simultaneously, in Janu- ary, 1911. In California they were the law of the state in just eight months. In Wisconsin the present prospects are that they will finally be adopted in 1927, or just sixteen years from the orig- inal proposal. Twice as many years in Wisconsin as it took months in California is not ex- actly exceeding the speed limit. And as to the newer economic radicalism, represented in the State Socialistic experiment of North Dakota, Wisconsin has none of them. The campaign of 1922 found LaFollette facing a new situation. Since his last election the World War had intervened, and Senator LaFollette had opposed American entrance into that war and had voted against the draft law. He had also made one speech in which he was misquoted as saying “we had no grievance.” (What he said was “a_ grievance.”’) There had been nation wide in- dignation at his attitude and he had narrowly escaped expulsion from the Senate. Many of his former supporters in Wisconsin had repudiated him on that ac- - count. A check up of an old list of county and local organization leaders showed four fifths of them now opposing him. ‘To win vic- tory out of this situation meant to do a new thing, with new forces. For that matter, the personal - defection of former prominent supporters has been a familiar fea- ture of LaFollette’s whole career. Nearly all the safe and sane conservatives whom you meet around the Wisconsin Club were LaFollette progressives once. Partly it is a matter of personal temperament. La Follette is the exact reverse of the Tammany type of “What is the Constitution between friends,” which regards personal loyalty as the only important virtue. His loyalties are impersonal to principles and issues. He uses men and then discards them. Also, men use him and then leave him when they have got what they want. He lost some friends on © Underwood & Underwood ROBERT M. LAFOLLETTE Senator from Wisconsin since 1905, and governor for four years before he entered the Senate. has led him into strange company at times, but while the country at large seems often to grow restless because of his irritable presence, he seems to have the constant support of the voters of his state, who ap- parently like his brand of radicalism. fifths of his original organized supporters because of his opposition to _ our entrance into the War and, later, his opposition to the draft, but he has won again despite their opposition. populated by people of German birth or extraction Senator LaFollette’s tendency to radicalism It is true that he lost about four Wisconsin is, of course, largely the Roosevelt feud; some for personal rea- sons; some after they had grown old, rich, and conservative, and the largest single group on the war issues. The war presented not to LaFollette merely, but to the whole people of Wisconsin, a peculiarly difficult problem. Wisconsin is largely a “German” state. Its earlier Ger- man immigrants were the highly educated Prussian revolutionary exiles of 1848, whose grandsons are now among the leading citizens of the state. Later came a large influx mostly Chester H. Rowell THE WISCONSIN STATE CAPITOL AT MADISON Wisconsin’s radicalism is largely LaFollette, and with the passing of time it seems to grow more so. Much of the op- position to him is due to the War, and during the War public opinion forced many distasteful things down the unwilling throats of many super-radicals and pro-Germans. The Socialists are strong in the State (Milwaukee has been Social- ist since 1916) and even in the Legislature the Socialists are strong There are of working and farming people. more than 150,000 residents of German birth and of course many more of immediate Ger- man descent and tradition. Some of these have lived in all-German communities or neighborhoods, where German speech and feeling lasted longer than would have been possible in a more mixed population. Also there is a large Socialist element in the cities and a large radical element, largely foreign born, in the country which, though without direct German affiliations, was anti-war on general principles. Undoubtedly, prior to American entrance into the war there was a large pro-German element in Wisconsin, and probably a definite majority would have op- posed American entrance into the war if there had been a vote on it. La Follette was probably correct in his estimate that his vote against the war represented his people. The war once declared, Wisconsin did its full part, in troops, Liberty bonds, and public activities, with men of German names fre- quently in the lead. But in war time, con- formity and unanimity are compulsory. The majority no longer tolerates minority differ- ences of opinion, or even of feeling. In Wisconsin this enforcement of compulsory conformity was undertaken by the Loyalty Legion. It did its work thoroughly, not to say drastically, but naturally it left resent- ment behind which found voice when peace restored freedom of speech. Many other elements later to be enumer- ated combined to make LaFollette’s final numerical majority in 1922, but this was one of the most striking and important. Also— and this is its wider significance—this anti- war vote was an important element in the radical victories in neighboring states. There was a curious transposition of super-patriotism into economic conservatism and of pacifism into economic radicalism visible everywhere. The anti-LaFollette campaign on the part of the business class conservatives was con- ducted with characteristic futility. The super-patriots of the Loyalty Legion were now largely active in the American Con- stitutional League, which concealed behind plausible platitudes its real purpose of op- position to union labor. As elsewhere, the part of the “Constitution” for which these LaFollette, Shipstead, and the Embattled Farmers 200 per cent. Americans were most enthusias- tic was that imaginary clause which estab- lishes capitalistic industrialism and com- mands the open shop. As the time for primary nominations approached, mysterious meetings were held in the Wisconsin Club. “Whisper! For heaven’s sake don’t mention my name! But something must be done!” So, finally, a “Citizens’ Republican State Conference” was called. It put up an excellent gentleman, Rev. Dr. William A. Ganfield, president of Carroll College, a small Presby- terian Institution at Waukesha, who ran as a bone dry in the state that made beer famous. Ofcourse he was beaten unmercifully. Both sides conducted the cam- paign largely on the issues of 20 years ago, though LaFollette en- dorsed the Non-partisan League and secured its support. ‘Can you not understand this wonder- ful movement which is sweeping over the Middle West?’’, he was quoted as saying, “ It is organized because there is a belief among the people that there is a power that puts them at a disadvantage by controlling the market price of everything they buy. They have appealed tothe Democratic party; they have appealed to the Re- publican party, and they have appealed in vain for relief, for legislation to break the power that took out of their toil just what tribute it pleased.” But he did not much discuss the spe- cific State Socialistic proposals which were the core of the League’s policy in the state of its origin. Wisconsin already had an excellent codperative law and marketing commission, and La Follette took credit for that. He discussed freight rates, railway valuations, and the Esch- Cummins bill, and was supported by both farmers and workingmen on this issue. On the war issue, LaFollette’s tactics were interesting. He got the anti-war vote while maintain- ingawarattitude so correct as not to drive away from him pro-war 4il supporters who were with him on other grounds. He took with him an army officer of fine war record who spoke the first hour, saying that proud as he was of his own war record, he would be prouder to exchange it with La Follette’s. (Great applause). Then La Follette spoke for the next 42 hours, first on the war, and then on economics. He de- fended his war record in detail. He had promised his people, he said, to vote against entering the war, and he had kept that prom- ise. Also he had voted against the draft @©Harris & Ewing FRANK B. KELLOGG Elected Senator from Minnesota in 1917 and defeated by Dr. Shipstead, a Minnesota dentist, in 1923. behind Kellogg’s defeat, but a reason given in Minnesota for the loss of many votes is that Shipstead, the new radical Senator, made his campaign in a Ford, and. was accepted as one of the common people, whereas Kellogg made the fatal mistake of having money enough to own an expensive car and was politically foolish enough toeallow himself to be seen in it. Washington and their impression that while he is a charming gentleman with his friends he is not a good ‘‘mixer” with the crowd lost him some Many and complicated were the causes Furthermore, reports of his high social position in support 412 because he was sure it was unconstitutional. But, once the nation was committed to the war he had voted for all measures for its sup- port, with some minor exceptions which he explained in detail. Then he went on for three or four hours more, on general economic and political questions. He was never fin- ished when he ended, and began a new speech the next day from where he had left off, the night before. This habit of long speeches, by the way, is only one of the ways in which LaFollette reverses the rules of the game. Mention has already been made of his flaunting the Tammany rule of merely personal loyalty. He also defies that other political and journal- istic fiction that the people are morons, who must be entertained and must not be bored. LaFollette bores them deliberately, with interminable “highbrow” discussions—and they like it, and cry for more. Shipstead did the same thing in Minnesota and Brookhart in lowa, with the same result. Even con- servative candidates for Congress and other offices who gave the people facts instead of oratory and were not afraid to bore them, found these tactics successful in an otherwise radical year. Senator Borah reports that in Idaho the people demanded careful and de- tailed explanations of specific measures, and that they already knew a great deal about them. The Broadway vaudeville fiction that the limit of continuity of the human intellect is seven seconds evidently does not apply to these Western farmers. _ After receiving the Republican nomination LaFollette did not confine himself to Wis- consin. He went into Minnesota to cam- paign for Shipstead, the Farmer-Labor party candidate against the Republican nominee, his colleague Senator Kellogg. Two years before, in campaigning Wisconsin he had opposed Harding’s policies and said nothing for Harding’s candidacy. He favored Frazier, Non-partisan Leaguer, against’ McCumber, Republican, in North Dakota. In other words, he made no pretense of Republican “regularity.’’ Yet he was duly elected, as the Republican nominee, by 315,000 majority as compared with his own majority of only 65,000 one year before. Governor Blaine was also re-elected by 317,000, as against his own 115,000 two years earlier. Measured by leaders, La Follette had lost most of his former support. Measured by the people, he had Chester H. Rowell won the greatest victory of his career. The revolt was complete and in Wisconsin it was Republican.” “AN ARITHMETICAL MAJORITY” N ARITHMETICAL sum of unrelated elements” LaFollette’s opponents call his numerical majority. First comes the German vote, already mentioned, originally predominantly Democratic, though Republi- can in some counties. The war made it unanimously anti-Wilson and pro-LaFollette. These Germans were normally not radical, but some of them have become so after as- sociating with radicals on other grounds. Then there are her Scandinavians, tradition- ally Republican, but always inclined to radi- calism in economic policies. LaFollette had organized them early on his side, partly by the popularity of his policies among them, and partly by choosing their local leaders for political recognition. The farmers had been traditional La Follette supporters, and the general discon- tent culminating in this election year made them more so. Conditions in Wisconsin were much as they were in the other Western farming states, except that the large dairy industry had suffered less severely than the grain industries. Dairy farmers are de- scribed as less given to radicalism, partly because they are too busy to have much time for politics; and partly because they market their product in a more finished state and are less subject to the speculations of mid- “demen. Grain prices had slumped just when freight rates had gone up. Potato prices would scarcely pay freight. Debts were heavy, some of them contracted patriotically under Governmental urging, while credits, to meet or extend them, were suddenly contracted by Governmental policy. Farmers generally were disquieted with the failure of both parties to offer constructive rem- edies, but this disgust did not extend to LaFollette and Blaine, even though they did not at the moment offer much more. The farmers were satisfied that their hearts were in the right place. The city working men, especially in Mil- waukee, were avowed Socialists. They had elected Victor Berger to Congress and Dan Hoan, Mayor. Milwaukee has had a Social- ist government since 1916. It is a relatively conservative, right-wing Socialism, which has ye woOUm™ CO — Ww Ff ee LaFollette, Shipstead, and the Embattled Farmers 413 not done much actually Socialis- tic. This, however, is partly due to a law passed by a conservative legislature, as soon as Milwaukee went Socialistic, depriving the city of most of its powers of home rule. Milwaukee Socialists, in practice, have been rather laborite reformers than social revolution- ists. Their Communistic wing has split from them on this issue. In 1922, as already explained, the Socialist party by special dispen- sation put up no candidate for Senator and its members gener- ally supported LaFollette. The “old stock Americans” have been originally (except their outright reactionaries) largely La Follette supporters, but by 1922 a large part of their older leaders and many of the rank and file had turned against him. The arithmetical sum of these elements, plus whatever unclassi- fied votes went for him, consti- tuted La Follette’s majority. Whether they had any real unity is a question not easy of analysis. The subsequent history of the Blaine state administration, now for the first time in full control of the government, is another story too long for inclusion: here. The governor organized the leg-’ © Underwood & Underwood GOVERNOR J. A. PREUS Now a candidate for the Senate, but at the time of Kellogg’s defeat a islature by a combination with candidate for governor. Some political leaders urged Preus to run for the Socialists, but he was by the Senate in the election in which Kellogg was defeated, but he refused no means committed to all of their programme, and one of their pet measures—the abolition of the National Guard—was defeated with his open opposition. His own most radical policy was a new tax law, transferring some of the burden of state government from land to incomes and corporation returns. This was so ‘‘shocking”’ that some of the larger business magnates, headed by Z. T. Simmons, bed manufacturer of Racine, threatened to leave the state. In Minnesota we pass to a different and more typical situation. Here, under a dif- ferent primary law, the radicals, instead of capturing the Republican party, defeated it with a third party. In Minnesota there is no one dominating personality, and while there are many interesting personal figures— and was elected governor, practically forcing, at the same time, Kellogg’s renomination Senator Kellogg, Senator Shipstead, Gov- ernor Preus,and Mrs. Olesen—these personali- ties are rather the products than the creators of circumstances. The outstanding recent dramatic event in Minnesota, as in North Dakota and lowa, is the defeat of a nationally known Senate leader by a radical local candidate. Behind it, however, is a complicated political, eco- nomic, personal, and historic background. When Frank B. Kellogg first appeared as a Senatorial candidate six years ago, he was a more or less artificial product. Though he was known as one of the nation’s great lawyers and had been president of the American Bar Association, and though he had made a na- 414 tional reputation as “ Roosevelt’s trust bus- ter,” he had not been considered popularly available in Minnesota. His clients had been the steel trust and the great milling and lum- ber interests, and these, while assets to a lawyer, areconsidered liabilities to a politician. But Senator Moses V. Clapp, Progressive, was candidate for reélection in 1916, and big business interests in New York as well as in Minnesota were determined to defeat him. So they instigated thereby, eight country editors to sign a “ popular” demand to Kellogg to run. They spent much money and suc- ceeded in “selling” the slogan “a big man for a big job,” to the people. Kellogg went to Washington and at once took high place, But rumors began drifting back to Minnesota of those petty things which are sometimes more important in politics than the greater ones. Senator Kellogg and his family, the gossips said, moved in the highest social circles in Washington, but were much too good to associate with mere Minnesota Congressmen. The people recalled something of the same aloofness in his relations with them. Kellogg, though a charming gentleman with his friends, is not a “good mixer” with the crowd. If he must move among the people, he travels in a Pierce Arrow, with a chauffeur, and makes finished speeches from the other side of the footlights. He does not enjoy the ordeal. The last two years of his term, Kellogg was accused of playing the game for reélection. He joined the farm bloc, demanded a “ dirt farmer” on the Federal Reserve Board, and generally supported popular policies. But his personality did not fit the picture, and the people refused to take him seriously in this character. Long before nomination time far-sighted political observers foresaw Kellogg’s political weakness and thought it best for party success that he retire, preferably for Governor Preus, who could undoubtedly have been elected. Preus, himself, if left to his own inclination and judgment, would probably have pre- ferred this to running again for governor. He had long aspired to the Senate. But the same business interests who were behind Kel- logg for the Senate did not want to risk losing Preus from the governorship. They were afraid that if he did not run, some radical would be elected in his place. So those who do politics insisted that Kellogg and Preus both run. Preus refused to run for Senator Chester H. Rowell and practically forced Kellogg’s nomination. A law passed the year before made this sort of political manipulation easy. Minnesota has a direct primary law, but the politicians had succeeded in getting passed a law legal- izing pre-primary indorsing conventions, to make recommendations to the primary. Such schemes usually overreach themselves, as this one (an equally ingenious device in lowa) did at this election. It was easy to set up the convention to indorse Kellogg, but this very fact made it impossible to hold the opposing faction in the party. The radicals had been functioning in Minnesota as in Wisconsin, as a faction of the Republican party, but as soon as they saw the con- vention system practically restored and the delegates packed against them, they refused to play this game and left the party. Kellogg received the convention indorsement without contest from them, and in the primary his only opponent was former Congressman Ernest Lundeen, who was easily defeated. MRS. OLESEN, DEMOCRAT HE nomination in the Republican party, now reduced to its conservative faction, was easy, but the election was a more serious matter. The Democrats nominated Mrs. Anna Dickie Olesen, whose interesting can- didacy and winning personality attracted nation-wide attention. But the Democratic party was a dwindling factor in Minnesota and while Mrs. Olesen ran ahead of her ticket, she was a poor third in the final race. The national magazines paid more attention to Mrs. Olesen than the Minnesota voters did, and though Bryan and McAdoo came in the campaign for her they had little effect. The fact that she was a woman probably lost her at least as many votes as it gained. Her own campaign was very bitter personally against Senator Kellogg, this probably lost him more votes than it gained her. The rest went to Shipstead. Kellogg and Preus also both made the strategic error of pointing out that a vote for Mrs. Olesen would be thrown away, since the real opponent was Shipstead. The voters took them at their words—and voted for Shipstead. There was once a Democratic party in Minnesota, which served as the real opposi- tion party and was sometimes victorious. It elected John Lind three times to Congress LaFollette, Shipstead, and the Embattled Farmers and ran him three times for governor, once successfully. But it is now obliterated by the radical third party, and for practical pur- poses no longer exists. Now, comes Henrik Shipstead, Senator- elect, and the genesis of the third party movement. Shipstead is a tall, raw-boned, second-generation Norwegian. Though born in this country, he speaks with a slight accent. He comes by his radicalism hon- estly. His father left Norway too early to join in the radical movement of the eighties in that coun- try, but he was a mem- ber of the Farmers’ Al- liance, which became the Populist party, in this country. He was an intense man, a mar- tinet in family disci- pline. His son Henrik, now forty-two years old, made his own way through college, and graduated in dentistry at 22. He practised dentistry in a small country town in west- ern Minnesota, and though he afterward moved to Minneapolis, he has lived most of his life among country people and knows their ways and thoughts. “Some people like poker,” says Ship- stead, ‘‘and some gold, but my mania was books and reading.” So he practised dentis- try by day and read books at night, mostly on economics, sociology, and history. Naturally he was led first into an intellectual and then into a practical interest in contemporary politics. He became a “determinist.”” The deep forces, he concluded, work out the fates of peoples, and personalities are merely their accidental agents. But Shipstead early suspected that he might clean-cut, and won. Newberry case. HENRIK SHIPSTEAD A tall, second-generation Norwegian who tilted with his Ford against Senator Kellogg in his Pierce Arrow Shipstead made the most of Kellogg’s sup- port of the Esch-Cummins Bill and of his vote on the Shipstead had no campaign fund and little money, so he began speaking at church picnics. He made long speeches and talked serious economics to the farmers, and the people turned out in huge numbers to listen, and they voted for him 415 be one of those agents. He was a member of the legislature of 1916. He ran for Congress in 1918 against Andrew J. Volstead, but was defeated. In 1920 he ran for the Republican nomination for governor, and was defeated by only about 7,000 votes by J. A. O. Preus. The law did not then prevent a candidate defeated for a party nomination from running afterward as an inde- pendent and Shipstead did so. He proved no exception to the rule that such candidacies never succeed, and of course was badly beaten, but he re- ceived some 281,000 votes, against 416,000 for Preus. The Demo- cratic candidate was distanced with only 81,000. These candidacies had brought Shipstead to state-wide atten- tion, and he was the obvious candidate to oppose Kellogg in 1922. He would have run for governor in 1924 if this had not happened. The Republican nominations having been made with only perfunctory resort to the primary, under one law, the radicals proceeded to make their nominations un- der another law, with- out any primary at all. Radicalism had been organized in Minne- sota by the Non-partisan League, imported from North Dakota, but it had been function- ing as a faction of the Republican party. It is against the policy of the League to consti- tute itself a separate party, but “third party tactics,’’ which it regards as technically a different thing, are permissible. This course was followed. A League Conference was held, simultaneously with another meeting of the “Working Peoples’ Non-partisan 416 Political League,’”’ an independent organiza- tion. They agreed on a fusion ticket, with Shipstead for Senator and Magnus Johnson, a former State Senator, for governor. The farmers’ league would have preferred to take the name “Progressive party,’’ as was done in Idaho, but the working men preferred “Farmer-Labor”’, which already had a legal place on the ballot, and they prevailed. There being only one aspirant to each office, the law required no primary, and the nomina- tions were automatic. The campaign began, Kellogg in his Pierce Arrow and Shipstead in his Ford. Kellogg defended his record and proclaimed a plat- form liberal to the verge of radicalism. But he had the Esch-Cummins bill, for which he had voted though he disapproved of many of its provisions, and the Newberry case to plague him. Shipstead made the best of the unpopularity of both of these. Kellogg’s colleagues of the farm bloc attempted to come to his rescue, but while Kellogg was defending his record on the transportation act in one hall Senator Capper, speaking for him in an- other hall, was assailing it by precisely the arguments Shipstead was using. The scenery simply would not hold together. A Nor- wegian leader personally friendly to Kellogg prevailed on a farmer friend to go with him to hear Kellogg speak. Kellogg was explain- ing his effort to get a farmer on the Federal Reserve board. “Bunk!’’, said the farmer in Norwegian. “Let’s get out of here. We don’t want a farmer in a banker’s job any- way.”’ And he refused to hear any more. Shipstead fitted better into the picture. In the beginning he had no campaign fund and very little money. So he began speaking at church picnics. Minnesota has in many places the Continental Sunday. The farm- people come in for miles to attend church in the morning and then have a picnic in the afternoon. Shipstead talked serious econo- mics to these picnics; long LaFollette-like speeches, two or three hours long, without oratory or entertainment. The people were hungry for that sort of thing, and would turn out 1,000 or 1,500 strong when he was to speak. Then they would take up a collection, “for tires and gasoline.’’ Later in the cam- paign when he was speaking daily, Shipstead was some times delayed and would not arrive at a meeting until ten o'clock at night. The early-rising farmers would wait patiently, and Chester H. Rowell then listen until midnight. An earnest man with an earnest message was what they wanted. If there was no conservative man, of sounder scholarship and wider business experience to give them a more constructive message, whom shall we blame? Shipstead frankly acknowledged that he is a pessimist—what in the Populist days was called a “calamity howler’—and when ac- cused of it told Mark Twain’s story of the mysterious stranger who worked miracles but when called on to produce an optimist failed several times, until finally he succeeded by producing an idiot. He assailed the Federal government for first stimulating artificial inflation by encouraging the people to borrow to buy Liberty Bonds and to in- crease farm production, and then by Federal Reserve action precipitating an artificial deflation which deprived them of the means to meet the obligations thus incurred. He attacked the Esch-Cummins transportation act, charging that it “legalized eight billions of watered stock,” raised freight rates just when other prices went down, and guaranteed railroad profits just when farm guarantees were denied. He denounced “the disgraceful Newberry case” and demanded its reopening. He opposed the ship subsidy, the “abuse of the injunction power of courts in labor dis- putes” and the high tariff. Generally he assailed Wall Street and capitalistic control of government and made the usual appeal to farmer and labor sympathy. All of which, it will be seen, is rather an insurgent than a Socialistically radical programme. It did, however, secure him the support of real radicals, from Single Taxers to Communists, whose own views went much further than his. Irrelevant issues, particularly prohibition and the war, pledged the usual rdle. Popular rumor had it that Kellogg had promised the Hamm brewing interests to vote “wet.”’ He did vote dry, and these interests, with all that they could influence, were bit- terly against him. Shipstead, too, had voted dry, the only time when he was called on to take a position, in the legislature, but, for the purposes of this campaign, he refused to an- swer questions on the subject, on the ground that it was not in issue. Thus he gained the advantage of the wet defection against Kellogg without alienating any dry voters who might be for him on other grounds. There was a wet stampede for him in the last days LaFollette, Shipstead, and the Embattled Farmers of the campaign, with charges (which Ship- stead denies) that the brewing interest poured money into the fight. The German and anti-war vote would prob- ably have inclined to Shipstead anyway, but it was delivered to him bodily by LaFollette, as the campaign closed. 417 senting a national party, was the only serious contender and that a vote for a third-party candidate would be thrown away. Shipstead telegraphed back an open letter, saying in effect: “This is not a question of parties but of saving the homes of the people. The only difference between Shipstead’s own war record had been good, but early in the war he had come under the ministrations of the super-patriots, who painted his house yel- low, not for anything he had himself done or failed to do, but be- cause the Non-partisan League, with which he was affiliated, was then regarded disloyal. Ship- stead’s own good record was regarded by the League leaders as an asset in 1922, as coun- teracting the bad im- pression made by their own early course, but it did not prevent him from getting the whole anti-war vote. When LaFollette came into Minnesota to campaign for Shipstead his influ- ence transferred the Wisconsin situation, as to this vote, to Minne- sota. LaFollette’s Minne- sota speeches were very bitter against Kellogg, and once, losing his tem- per, he went so far as to make reference to the physical peculiarity of a slight stoop in Kellogg’s gait, saying that God had imposed it on him as a stigma of cringing. Even LaFollette’s associates feared that this over-stepping of the line would react against him, but apparently it did not. McAdoo, campaigning for the Democratic ticket, also gave Shipstead an opening. He made the statement that Mrs. Olesen, repre- © Underwood & Underwood MRS. ANNA DICKIE OLESON The Democratic nominee for Senator from Minne- sota, who, although she ran ahead of her ticket, was a poor third in the final race. was directed against Kellogg, and his mistake in pointing out that a vote for Mrs. Oleson would be thrown away because of the strength of Shipstead, probably gained Shipstead more .votes than it gained Kellogg the Republican and Democratic parties is that they work in differ- ent shifts for the same cause—except in emer- gencies like this, when they work overtime to- gether.” This reply struck the popular chord and did much toward counteracting the prop- aganda for party regu- larity. So Henrik Shipstead, dentist, was elected United States Senator against Frank B. Kel- logg, great lawyer, by 325,396 to 241,925, with only 79,899 for Mrs. Olesen and will repre- sent. Minnesota in the nation’s councils for the next six years. The Senate will find him a man to be reckoned with. He is not an ag- gressive press agent, like Brookhart, and he has no illusions that he can accomplish any great transformation of the world merely by being one member of the United States Senate. But he is intensely in earnest, a student rather than a scholar, with the radical’s suspi- cion of the motives of those who represent the capitalistic class. The peculiar limitations of his environment have been an asset to him as a politician, tut may be a handicap as a statesman. He has lived in- timately among small people and knows sym- pathetically their lives and feelings. There- fore, they are willing to trust him. He knows : % Her campaign 418 the larger things of business and government from books, and he is therefore acceptable to them as a teacher. But his practical ex- perience has been with small things. Now he is called to test his book knowledge on great things. An attitude of suspicion, backed by a constituency equally suspicions, is not the best preparation for profiting broadly in this new experience. Shipstead is honest. His colleagues will like and respect him. But they need not count on winning him. He is and will remain a radical. GOVERNOR “JAKE” PREUS IMULTANEOUSLY with this campaign for Senator came another campaign for governor of Minnesota which subsequent events may now give a national significance. Governor “ Jake”? Preus (he pronounces it “Price’’) had long been regarded as the heir- apparent to the veteran Senator Knute Nelson, now eighty years old, five times elected Sena- tor, and for forty years continuously Minne- sota’s representative as Congressman, Gov- ernor, and Senator. Nelson had even made the tactical blunder of declaring Preus heir- apparent. Ina speech in Minneapolis he had said: “| made Jake Preus my secretary and you made him governor, and he is a good one. I made Ivan Bowen Railroad Commissioner and he was a good one. Now, when my time comes to quit, who could be better in my place than Jake, and who better in his place than Jake, and who better in his place than Ivan?” The opening was of course too good for the opposition to miss, and the League again published a famous “King Canute” cartoon, depicting Nelson handing his scepter to the Crown Prince. Nelson’s term was not to expire until 1925, and while he had not definitely announced his retirement at that time it was expected. Preus would have preferred to run against Kellogg in 1922, but had consented, instead, to run for governor for the term which would expire just in time for him to succeed Nelson in 1925. Mean- time, in the words of an old time organization politician “the woods were full of candidates for both places. Preus was trying to steer them all into the gubernatorial campaign, while each of them was trying to steer the others into the Senatorial campaign.” All these calculations, however, were upset by the sudden death of Senator Nelson in May of this year. The “woods full of candi- Chester H. Rowell dates” were all precipitated into the Sena- torial contest, which is going on at this writing, The exigencies of long-distance magazine publication preclude the inclusion of that campaign in this article—beyond a bare foot- note of the result, if that should be announced before the forms go to press*—but if, as now seems likely, Governor Preus should be chosen Senator, to balance Shipstead’s radicalism with his relatively conservative liberalism, some account of what manner of man he is will be of national interest. Jacob Aal Ottesen Preus is a_ third- generation Norwegian-American, a graduate of Luther College, lowa (of which his father was also a graduate and long president) and of the law school of the University of Minne- sota. He is forty years old and has been in public office practically all his adult life. He was Senator Nelson’s secretary, governor Eberhart’s executive secretary, insurance commissioner, state auditor, and governor, these offices filling continuously all the years since his graduation from the law school in 1906. As might be expected from his career, he combines the politician’s art of knowing everybody and of never omitting a personal greeting with the scholar’s habit of really studying problems. His keynote speech as candidate for gov- ernor was an ingenious, though specious, argu- ment to the effect that inasmuch as a long list of Non-partisan League leaders had been Socialists, and inasmuch as proof-texts could be quoted from Socialist literature against Christianity, marriage, private property, and the right of land owners and employers to vote, therefore, the Non-partisan League is a step toward undermining all these things. He promised that the Republican party would take up the real grievances of the farmers and meet them. Most of his campaign for gov- ernor, however, was devoted not to his own candidacy, but to Senator Kellogg, who was known to be in greater jeopardy. Preus wasa more popular campaigner than Kellogg and he was also more fortunate in his opponent, Mag- *Note: Mr. Preus won the Republican nomination and Mr. Johnson the Farmer-Labor nomination, in the pri- maries on June 18th. Each defeated wet opponents, there- by largely eliminating that issue. The final election, therefore, will proceed on the clean-cut issues between the tadicals and the conservatives. Preus is favored by his much stronger personality; but the radical psychology ignores personal qualifications, a fact which gives Johnson a better chance than a comparison of the two men’s char- acters would seem to imply.—C. H. R LaFollette, Shipstead, and the Embattled Farmers THE MINNESOTA STATE CAPITOL AT ST. PAUL © Underwood & Underwood The state government of Minnesota is necessarily greatly interested in and greatly affected by the farmers and farm problems, and the radical tendencies of farmers have pointed the way that professional politics must take if they want farmer support. The result has been that the politicians have sometimes been slow to lead, and new leaders have taken their places nus Johnson, a big voiced dirt farmer, whose English was imperfect and whose manner was not impressive. Even so, in this year of radical reaction and with the handicap of the Kellogg slump, Preus just squeezed through by 14,300 majority. Two years before he had beaten Shipstead, a much stronger candidate, by 134,403. As governor, while calling himself a con- servative, Preus has been distinctly not re- actionary. He has promoted rural credits and farm coéperation laws and movements, he called the inter-state price stabilization conference, and has aggressively supported the work of the State department of agricul- ture, under N. J. Holmberg, Commissioner, and Hugh J. Hughes, director of markets, in meeting the grievances and problems of the farmers, the reality and seriousness of which he recognizes. If he should be elected to the Senate out of the present “ woods full of candi- dates,” he will be a party Republican, but of the liberal wing. The soil in which has grown this Minne- Sota radicalism, the recent personal and political manifestations of which have here been described, is geographically and racially a complex one. In the North are some al- most unexplored tundra districts. The South- ern counties are practically lowan, in products and population. The Red River valley, in the northwest, is identical with the adjacent section of North Dakota, and is inhabited largely by Scandinavian farmers. Many of the central counties are German, and in some of these even second-generation Ger- mans, born in Minnesota, can not speak Eng- lish. The same is true in some isolated Bohemian colonies. In the city industrial districts are many of the “newer” immigrants, from the Mediterranean and Southeastern Europe. Minneapolis is the greatest primary wheat market in the world, and Duluth prob- ably the second, but the wheat now comes largely from farther north and west. Wheat looms large in all political discussions, but Minnesota farmers are actually going more into dairying, which is a conservative business. Minnesota’s egg crop about equals its wheat crop in value. There are iron, copper, and 420 lumber resources. “Big Business’’ is repre- sented by the steel trust, the flour mills, the mining and lumber companies, and formerly by the Hamm breweries. Yet, with all these great interests, the majority of the people live in the country. If the farmers remain radical, they can, by combining with the radical element among the city working people, control the state. The national headquarters of the Non- partisan League have usually been in St. Paul or Minneapolis, so even North Dakota radicalism has been administered from Minne- sota. For these reasons, Big Business has been more afraid of radicalism in Minnesota than even in North Dakota. In agricultural North Dakota, the farmers have only them- selves to tax, and any Socialistic experiments they may choose to try are therefore self- limiting if they turn out to be unprofitable. In Minnesota there are also the huge indus- tries and mineral resources to tax, so radical- ism could, if it so determined, go much further. So far it has not done so. Racial alignments are much as in Wiscon- sin. The Germans are naturally Democratic and conservative, but they vote radical and anti-Democratic, on the war and liquor issues. The Germans drink beer and vote wet. The Scandinavians, if they drink at all, drink strong Akvait and vote dry. They are nat- urally radical. The old-time Americans are individualistic, dry, and Republican. In the older Progressive revolt against corrupt gov- ernment and corporative rule the reaction- aries regarded them as radicals. Now, in the modern economic revolt the radicals regard them as conservatives. The laboring people in the cities are less Socialistic than in Wis- consin, but they support Shipstead personally and to that extent join with the rural radicals. REAL GRIEVANCES HE farmers have had very real grievances. Farmers blamed, not Nature, but Govern- ment, fora banking system adapted to the credit needs of business and not of farmers. They blamed government for the inequality of price deflations which made the farmer’s dollar worth only sixty-seven cents in its power to purchase other producers’ goods. They blamed gov- ernment for protecting railroads and not farmers against a disastrous slump. They were not much interested in credit measures to enable them to get further into debt.. What Chester H. Rowell they wanted was better prices to get them out of debt. If they observed farms in increasing numbers going back to tenantry—that is, into the ownership of city men—they chal- lenged government to find out why and to propose a remedy. They did not hold Nature responsible if Nature’s most direct industry has to contribute, without compensation, the food to support the artificial industries of cities. They were not very open to the Marxian appeal to develop a labor-class con- ciousness, but they did develop a very acute farmer-class consciousness. And they de- manded of political parties that they recog- nize these things as the issues. When, instead, they were offered soporific slogans about the Constitution and Americanism, they turned to those who, even if crudely and unwisely, gave them a hearing on the real problems. They are deaf to appeals to the Ancient Sages, and ask only, “ What are you going to do about it now?”’ To that question the old parties must make answer, or there will be still more radicals elected, to ask it where they can not be ignored. INTELLIGENCE OR TROPISM HAT is—unless the cynics are right who say that “a full belly is always conser- vative.” Conditions in the grain-farming West were disastrous in 1920. They were still bad in 1922. So empty stomachs went radi- cal. Now they are better. Industry and commerce are already booming, and allowing for the usual lag, farming should be booming by 1924. If, in election year, crops, prices, and markets are good, if the sun shines and the rain falls, and Europe becomes able to buy and pay—then to the Republican party will redound all the glory. Harding and a Re- publican congress will be elected and all will be well in this best of all possible worlds. Voting is not an intellectual process, but merely an automatic tropism. Industrial workers may go radical even when times are good, but farmers do it only when times are bad. So we who are Republicans should pray for prosperity—to the greater end of Re- publican victory. Or else, those of us who are high-brows and believe with Aristotle that man is by nature both a political and a rational animal will hope that the Republican party, or the Democratic, will offer some more cerebral motive than a full stomach for voting “right.” rr wows ww itt WS Oo =r AN ENGLISHMAN’S ADVENTURES IN THE UNITED STATES With Lecture Audiences, Public Men, Sleeping Cars, Central Heating, and the General Public By PHILIP GIBBS HEN | first visited the United States in 1919, the whole nation was seething with a conflict of opinion between pro-Wilsonites and anti-Wilsonites. It was not a mere academic controversy which people could discuss hotly but without passion. It divided families. It caused quarrels among life-long friends. The mere mention of the name of Wilson spoilt the amenities of any dinner party and trans- formed it into a political meeting. In my first article for the New York Times, recording my impressions of America, | slipped out the phrase that | was “all for Wilson.” I received, without exaggeration, hundreds of letters from all parts of the United States, “putting me wise” to the thousand and one reasons why Wilson’s doings in Paris would be utterly repudiated by the Senate and people. He had violated the Constitu- tion. He had acted without authority. He had tried to commit the United States to his scheme of the League of Nations against their convictions and consent. On the other hand, there were many people who still regarded him as the greatest leader in the world and the noblest idealist. Ignorant, like most Englishmen, of the parties and personalities of American politics, at that time, | kept my ears open to all this, but couldn’t avoid falling into pitfalls. | made a delightful “gaffe,” as the French would say, by turning to one gentleman in the Union Club before he acted as my chairman to the lecture | was giving there, and asking him to tell me something of Wilson’s character and history. It was Mr. Charles Hughes, ex- governor of New York, and defeated candi- date for the Presidency against Wilson him- self. It was the last question which | ought to have asked, as people explained to me later. But | shall never forget the fine and thought- ful way in which Mr. Hughes answered my question and the subtlety with which he analyzed Wilson’s character, without a touch of personal animosity or a trace of meanness. | was aware that | was in the pre- sence of a great intellect, and a great gentle- man. I had the opportunity of talking to Mr. Hughes in each of my three visits, and when he was Secretary of State in Washington, and each time | was more impressed with the con- viction that he was likely to become one of the greatest statesmen of the world, and, un- like many great statesmen, had a fine and delicate sense of honor and a desire for the well-being, not only of the United States but of the human race. Between my first and second visits Wilson’s tragedy had happened, and the United States had refused to enter the League of Nations. The Republican party had swept the country, inspired by general disgust and disillusion- ment with the Peace of Versailles, by a tidal wave of public opinion against any Adminis- tration which would involve the United States in the jungle of Europe’s racial passions, and by a general desire to be rid of a government associated with all the restrictions, orders, an- noyances, petty injustice, extravagance, and fever of the War régime. As a friend of mine said, the question put to the electors was not “Are you in favor of the League of Nations?’’ but “Are you sick and tired of the present Administration?’’ And the answer was, “By God, we are!” President Harding reigned in place of Pres- ident Wilson. Owing to the kindness of a brilliant American journalist named Lowell Mellett who had acted for a time as war- correspondent on the Western Front, and who seemed to have the liberty of the White 422 House, the Senate, Congress, and every office, drawing-room, and assembly at Washington, I was received by the President, and had a little conversation with him which ended in a message to the British people through the Review of Reviews, of which | had become editor. It was a message of affection and esteem for the nation which, he said, all Americans of the old school regarded still as the Mother Country—a generous and almost dangerous thing to be said by a President of the United States. A PRESIDENTIAL ANECDOTE TALL, heavy, handsome man, with white hair and ruddy face, the new President seemed to me kind-hearted, honest, and well- meaning, without any great gifts of genius or leadership, and a little timid of the enormous responsibility that had come tohim. A year later | saw him again, and had the honor of in- troducing my son Tony. He was surprised that | had a son of that height and age, and it reminded him instantly of an anecdote re- ferring to Chief Justice White and a little lawyer who introduced a tall husky son to him. “Ah,” said the Chief Justice, “a block of the old chip, I see!”’ | saw a distinct change of opinion after my first visit (1 am not pretending that | had anything to do with it) in favor of closer friendship with Great Britain, and economic coéperation with Europe. In every city to which | went | found at least twoor three thou- sand people, according to the size of my place of lecture, quickly and ardently responsive to the idea that America and Great Britain, acting together, might lift the world out of its ruined state and lead civilization to a higher plane. In city clubs, women’s clubs, private dinner-parties, drawing-room meetings, | found great numbers of people desperately anxious about the responsibility of the United States toward European nations, eager to do the right thing, though doubtful what to do, poignantly desirous of getting some lead higher than that of self-interest (though not conflicting with it) and with a generous warm- hearted sympathy for the British folk. Doubtless these groups were insignificant in numbers to the mass of citizens with whom | never came in touch, among whom there was an old strain of suspicion and hostility to England, and all sorts of currents of prej- udice, ill will, hatred even, among Irish, Philip Gibbs German, and foreign stocks, in addition to the narrow nationalism, the vulgar selfishness, of many others. That is true, but the people | met, and to whom | lectured, were the in- telligentsia, the leaders of social life, and busi- ness life, the wives, mothers, and daughters of the “leading citizens,” the arbiters and, to some extent, the creators of public opinion. Their hopes, ideals, visions, must, sooner or later, be reflected in national tendencies and acts. Only blind observers would now say that the United States has not revealed in re- cent acts and influence that broadening of out- look which | perceived at work below the sur- face in 1921, and did something, perhaps—not much—to help, by a simple and truthful re- port of facts from this side of the world. In the United States | had, strange as it may seem, a certain authority as an economic expert! This may surprise my intimate friends, and most of all my wife, who knows that | have never been able to count my change, that | have not as much head for figures as a new-born lamb, and that | have never succeeded in making out a list of ex- penses for journalistic work without gross errors which have put me abominably out of pocket. Yet many of the greatest financiers in the United States—men like the brothers Warburg, and Mr. Mitchell of the National City Bank—invited me to address them on the economic situation in Europe, and agreed with my arguments and conclusions. I re- member one dinner at which | expounded my views on that subject to no less than sixty of the leading financial experts in New York, afterward being subjected to a fire of ques- tions which, to my own amazement, | was able to answer. The truth is, as | quickly perceived, that a few very simple laws under- lie the whole complicated system of interna- tional trade and finance. As long as one held on to those laws, which | did, like grim death, one could not go wrong in one’s analy- sis of the European situation, and all facts and figures adjusted themselves to these ele- mentary principles. HERBERT HOOVER CALLS MONG the men who asked me to tell them a few things they wanted to know, or the things they knew (better than I did) but wanted to discuss, was Mr. Herbert Hoover, for whom | have the deepest admiration and respect, like all who have met him. He came An Englishman’s Adventures in the United States into my room at the Lotos Club one day, un- announced except for a tap at the door by his friend and assistant, George Barr Baker. | had just returned from a journey, and my room was littered with shirts, socks, collars, and the contents of my bags. He paid no heed to all that, but sat back in an armchair and after some questions, talked gravely of world affairs. | need not record here that conversation | had with him—the gist of it is in my book of American impressions, “ People of Destiny,” but | was glad and proud to sit in the presence of a man—so simple, so frank, so utterly truthful—who organized the great- est work of rescue for suffering humanity ever achieved in the history of the world—the American Relief Administration. But for that work, many millions of men, women, and children in the nations most stricken by war would have died of starvation, and Europe would have been swept from end to end by the scourge of pestilence which follows famine. It was Hoover’s business genius, his driving power, the faith that was in him, without any flummery, which created the machinery of that organized charity, and by a kind of mira- cle made it work with wonderful efficiency. I seem to have been bragging a little in what | have lately written, making myself out to be an important person, with unusual gifts. That is not my intention, or my idea. The fact is that the people of the United States give any visitor who arrives with decent cre- dentials a sense of importance, and elevate him for a while above his usual state of insigni- ficance. They herald him with an exaggera- tion of his virtues, his achievements, his rep- utation. Any goose is made to believe him- self a stately swan, by the warmth of courtesy shown toward him, by the boosting of his publicity agent, and by the genuine desire of American citizens to make a guest “feel good”’ with himself. This has a strange and exhilarating effect upon the visitor. It gives him self confidence. It actually does develop virtues in him. His goose quills actually change into something like swansdown, and his neck distinctly elongates. There is something in the very at- mosphere of New York—electric, sparkling, a little intoxicating—which gives a man Courage, makes him feel bigger, and not only feel bigger but be bigger! This is no fantasy, but actual fact. In the United States | was a more dis- tinguished person than ever | could be in 423 England. 1 spoke more boldly than ever | could in England. | was rather a brave fellow for those few weeks each year, because so many people believed in my quality of character, in my intelligence, in my powers of truth-telling, whereas in England no one be- lieves in anybody. So | do not boast or preen myself at all when | write about the wonderful times | have had in the United States. It happens to everybody who does not go out of his way (or hers) as some do, to insult a great-hearted people, to put on “side” in American drawing- rooms, to say with an air of superiority “We don’t do that in England, you know!” I visited many American colleges, and with solemn ceremony was initiated into the sacred brotherhood of a Greek letter society which is the highest honor that can be given to a foreign visitor by the youth of America. In Canada—at Winnipeg—! was made a Veteran of the Great War by a gathering of old soldiers. At Salt Lake City | lectured to 6,000 Mor- mons—most moral and admirable people— in their Tabernacle, and was received on the platform by a Hallelujuh Chorus from sixty Mormon maidens. In Detroit, where | began my first speech of the day at 9:30 in the morning, I spoke down a funnel on the subject of the Russian Famine, which was “ broadcast”’ to millions of people late that night. | travelled thousands of miles, and in every smoking carriage talked with groups of men who told me thousands of anecdotes and put me wise to everv aspect of American life from the inside. I was entertained at luncheon, dinner, and supper by the “leading citizens”’ of scores of cities, and made friends with numbers of charming, courteous, cultured people. AMERICAN VS. BRITISH REPORTERS WAS interviewed by battalions of reporters who received me as a brother of their craft, and never once let me down by putting into my mouth words | did not wish to say. They were mostly young college men and, though | hate to say it, a keener, better-educated crowd, on the whole, than the average of their kind in English journalism. I will record only one more of the wonderful things that happened to me as a representa- tive of English journalism in New York. 424 Philip On the eve of my departure, after my second visit, a dinner was given in my honor at the Biltmore. It was organized by Mrs. Mac- Vickar, who has the organizing genius of a lady Napoleon, and a Committee of ladies, and a thousand people were there. They in- cluded all the most distinguished people in New York, many of the most distinguished in America, and they were there to testify their friendship to England. They were there also to express their friendship, if | may dare say so, to me, as a man who had tried to serve England, and America too, in speaking, and in writing, the simple truth. They wrote all their names in a book that was given to me at the dinner, and | keep it as a great treasure, holding the token of a nation’s kindness. What added a little sauce piquante to the proceedings was the delivery from time to time during the dinner of notes from Sinn Feiners parading outside the hotel. The first message | read was not flattering. “You are a dirty English rat. You ought to be de- ported.”” Another informed me that | was a paid agent of the British Government. Another was a general indictment informing all American citizens that it was a disgrace to dine with me, and an act of treachery to their own nation. Another little missive described me as a typical blackguard in a nation of cut-throats. So they followed each other to the high-table, where | was the guest of honor. ; THE DANGERS OF AMERICA HAD a great time in the United States on each of my three visits, but, notwithstand- ing all | have said, | shall never make another lecture tour in that country. The fatigue of it demands the physique of an Arctic explorer combined with that of an African lion-tamer. Several times | nearly succumbed to tinned tomato soup. Twice did | lose my voice in a wind forty below zero, and regain it by doses of medicine which destroyed my digestive organs. Nightly was I roasted alive in sleeping-berths. Daily did my head swell to unusual proportions, not in conceit, but in a central heating system which is a terror to Englishmen. Visibly did | wither away as | travelled from city to city, received by depu- tations of leading citizens on arrival, after a Gibbs sleep-disturbed night, with the duty ahead of keeping bright and intelligent through a long day’s programme, saying the right thing to the gracious ladies who entertained me at lunch, the bright thing to the City Club which entertained me at dinner, the true thing to all the questions asked about Europe, England, Lloyd George, Prohibition, Mrs. Asquith, the American flapper, Bolshevism, France, and the biological necessity of war, to business men, professors, journalists, poets, financiers, bishops, society leaders in Kansas City, or Grand Rapids, the President of the Mormon church, the editors of the local newspapers, the organizers of my lecture that evening, and the unknown visitors who called on me at the hotel all through the day, and every day. One can’t keep that sort of thing up. wearing. . .. | remember that in the Copley Plaza Hotel at Boston, a little old gentleman carrying a black bag tapped at my door and introduced himself by the name of Dr. Gibbs. He said that his hobby in life was to search out Gibbses in the United States, and he had found thousands! He presented me with a copy of the Gibbs Family Bulletin, and open- ing his black bag produced a photograph of his great-grandfather. It was my son Tony who called my atten- tion to the fact that | was amazingly like that venerable man, who was toothless (he lived before the era of American dentistry) and with hair that had worn thin as the sere and yellow leaf. | decided that I should become ex- actly like him, “sans hair, sans teeth,” if | continued this career as an English lecturer in America, In order to avoid premature old age, | made a resolve (which | shall probably break) not to make another lecture tour in the United States. But of all my journalistic adventures, | count these American experiences as my most splendid time, and for the American people | have a deep gratitude and affection. I can It’s only try to repay their kindness by using my pen whenever possible to increase the friend- ship between our countries, to kill prejudice and slander, and to advocate that unwritten alliance between our two peoples which | believe will one day secure the peace of the world. rs, n- lat ed ith PxA~ an lice ten the GRAIN MARKETING UNDER GOVERNMENT RULE A Simple Explanation of the Grain Futures Act, Which Was De- signed to Prevent Speculative Manipulation of the Price of Wheat By EDWARD JEROME DIES HE long arm of the Government has been extended around the nation’s grain exchanges. To-day these commodity markets are functioning under a new law known as the Grain Futures Act. This new law may be said to represent the climax of one of the most drama- tic fights in agricultural history. Like all new laws having to do with govern- ment in business, this statute, effective early in May, has been the cause of extreme un- easiness. During the first few days of its operation, the telegraph wires and cables clattered with messages of inquiry. Most of these messages were directed to officers of the Chicago Board of Trade, the hub of world grain commerce. They came from farmers, exporters, millers, country elevator owners, and bankers. They constituted a veritable deluge of questions. Is the futures market destroyed? Has specu- lation been abolished? _Is it unlawful to hedge our wheat at harvest time? Is there a limitation on quantity purchases and sales? To all such questions the emphatic answer was No. But in spite of repeated assurances, and in spite of attempts by the Federal Department of Agriculture to encourage normal use of the grain futures market, the law created such tremendous uncertainty during the first month that the speculative public left the mar- ket almost completely. The result was that wheat prices dropped to levels not justified by the statistical position of that grain. In analyzing the new law it should be clearly stated at the outset that there is no intent to bar speculation. On the contrary, speculation is recognized as a necessary factor in the economic marketing of grain. There are five outstanding points in the law. 1. The exchange must compel each member to retain for three years records of all trades made by or through his firm. Such a policy was voluntarily being followed. 2. A complete report to the Secretary of Agriculture must be made by the exchange or any member at any time that official deems a report necessary. This is to note possible irregularities. 3. Dissemination of false crop or marketing news is forbidden. The exchange itself has long had rules for the expulsion of members guilty of such sharp practice. This rule now becomes a Federal law. 4. Provision is made for vigorous action against any one attempting price manipula- tion. 5. The exchange must admit to member- ship representatives of codperative bodies and permit them to rebate profits to the farm group members as patronage dividends. In opposing this provision the grain trade argued that the whole morale of the exchange had been builded upon a uniform commission rate; that cutting commissions would under- mine the fundamentals of the exchange, and that there should not be such discrimination in favor of new members as against old ones. That, briefly, outlines the new law as ap- plied to modern grain marketing. What will be the result? ] asked the question of Mr. John J. Stream, president of the Chicago Board of Trade and for years a leader in the grain industry. “It is too early to predict,” he replied. “American grain exchanges have been given the stamp of governmental approval. We feel that this action will tend to encourage the grain trade into greater use of the futures trading system. “Certainly every provision of the act will be strictly conformed to by our association. Should the law fail of its purpose, it will be through its own deficiencies. Edward Jerome Dies WHERE THE BUYERS CONGREGATE The whole exchange floor of the Chicago Board of Trade. This market, like other grain ex- changes, is now under Federal supervision through the enactment of the Grain Futures Act “The grain exchange has now met all the demands of leaders of the various agrarian coéperative groups. Our association will do its utmost to maintain the high standard of marketing efficiency which for years has been an outstanding chapter in commercial history. This will be possible, however, only through the constructive help of farmers and their leaders and a lessening of political agitation— an agitation that in recent years has wrought havoc with many industries and at times threatened to undermine the nation’s eco- nomic structure. “We hope the new law will solve any real or imaginary ills. But the future alone holds the answer.” Secretary of Agriculture Wallace has prom- ised to administer the law in a careful, judi- cious manner that will not tend to create trade disturbances. “Reports that this law will put the grain exchanges out of business or interfere with their legitimate functions are entirely with- out foundation,” said a statement authorized by Secretary Wallace. “It does not interfere with hedging transactions. Neither does it interfere with ordinary speculation in the buying and selling of contracts for future delivery. “If, however, there should be evidence of undue manipulation or attempts to corner the market, or of the dissemination of false information about crop or market conditions, such conduct would be inquired into and promptly dealt with as required by law. The law gives authority to observe and in- quire into the operations on grain exchanges and to speak with authority concerning such matters.” Grain marketing has always been a big problem, and one subject to controversy. The crop is marketed in a period of a few months and must be doled out to foreign buyers and to domestic consumers through- out the year. The present system, with futures trading facilities, has its imper- fections, but as Secretary Wallace and others testified at Congressional hearings, it is by far the best system yet devised. It was de- veloped step by step with the growth of agriculture. Back in the days when the Middle West was new, when paddlewheel steamers churned the muddy streams, and when railroads were only a hope, the farmer hauled his grain to town and received the price the merchant cared to pay. There was no means of de- termining true values. Three quarters of a century ago the Chicago Board of Trade was formed by a group of merchants to enforce fair trade practices and to gather and disseminate crop information. This solved some of the problems of the grain farmer. Years later, as production increased and the question of distribution became more and more acute, it was found that dealing in contracts for the future delivery of grain was necessary to the economical marketing of the crops. Thereupon the so-called futures grain market was created. Speculation makes the futures market. And the futures market makes possible “hedging” or commercial price insurance on grain. Leading economists told Congressional Grain Marketing Under Government Rule committees that it is the ability to hedge grain and thus protect against losses that has re- duced the toll between producer and consumer to a point lower than exists in any other staple foodstuff. Few outside the grain industry are familiar with the exact process of hedging. Let us take a suppositious case of a country elevator. The owner has purchased from reighboring farmers 5,000 bushels of wheat at $1 a bushel, which price is based on the prevailing price in the world market at Chicago. The eleva- tor man will be unable to deliver that wheat to the next owner for perhaps sixty days. Meantime unforeseen conditions may cause prices to fall, with loss to the elevator man. To protect himself he goes into the futures market and sells 5,000 bushels of wheat for delivery at some future time. This separate transaction in the futures market constitutes a hedge. Later on the elevator man delivers the physical wheat which he had purchased from the farmers. In the meantime the price has fallen to, say, 90 cents a bushel. On the physical wheat, then, the elevator man loses 10 cents a bushel. It is now time for a ie 427 him to round out his hedging transaction (the separate deal in the futures market). He does so by buying in the 5,000 bushels he had sold short at $1 a bushel. He buys the 5,000 bushels at the prevailing price of 90 cents a bushel. Therefore he makes 10 cents a bushel on his hedging transaction. This profit off- sets the loss on the physical wheat. So the elevator man made only his normal elevator service profit. He was not concerned with price swings, as his transaction was insured by the hedge. Without this insurance, the elevator man would be compelled to pay less for the farm- er’s wheat. For he would then be carrying the risk himself and the bill would inevitably be passed along to the farmer in the form of lower prices. In the same general way the futures market is used for hedging by millers, exporters, manu- facturers of food products, and others who must anticipate their future needs. The market thus becomes a delicate machine which reacts quickly to world conditions and in so doing tends tostabilize the domestic and foreign grain crops in their competition with each other. ‘ i ia * 79 BUYING AND SELLING Every trade in the futures market is recorded by official clerks. Under the law, records of these grain trades are kept on file for three years for possible government inspection 428 At harvest time hedging sales hit Chicago in a mighty outpour of millions of bushels. It is at such periods that the value of organ- ized speculation is most forcibly driven home. The speculator always is in the market under normal conditions, and this gigantic volume of hedging sales is absorbed with only the usual price fluctuations. Like an insurance company the speculative side of the market is ready to assume the risk which the producer, distributor, and consumer wish to avoid. It is the aim of the Government to administer the new law without destroying this compe- tent speculation which seems to have been harnessed for the public good. Dissatisfaction which brought about the new law grew out of post-war price deflation. There was a Government fixed price for wheat during the war and therefore no reason for a wheat futures market. - In other words there could: be no speculation as to what the future price would be. The Government had settled it. A few months after the close of the war, the normal marketing machinery was restored with the usual facilities for trading in con- tracts for future delivery of wheat. But the war-time demand for wheat had vanished.- Values started tumbling. Along with prices of all other farm products wheat prices slumped. downward and downward. Canada and the Argentine, like America, had Edward Jerome Dies surpluses to offer the world. And the world was not doing its customary buying. Quite naturally the farmer was disturbed. An outcry was sounded against the middle- man and the marketing machinery. The common contention of farm leaders, shorn of all its bewildering phraseology, was that big traders in the futures market were able on occasion to swing prices to the discomfort of the farmer. Such a condition required immediate action. The solution, they said, was new laws, and by January of 1921 Congress faced more new marketing legislation than had been introduced in half a dozen previous sessions. Many intended panaceas were so obviously unsound that they were given only superficial examination. The more fantastic bills would have junked the whole system. For a time the agitation all but paralyzed the grain trade. Reports reached Washington that the ex- changes planned to close their doors if certain legislation went through. Finally interest centred upon the Capper- Tincher bill. This measure, enacted into law, was based on taxation. A heavy tax was placed on every bushel of grain traded in contrary to the law. The Supreme Court found this law unconstitutional. Immediately another bill was prepared. Its provisions were largely the same, but it THE TELEGRAPH DEPARTMENT OF THE CHICAGO BOARD OF TRADE These instruments send out grain and provision price quotations. A powerful radio station now broadcasts quotations every 3¢ minutes Grain Marketing Under Government Rule SAMPLES OF GRAIN ON Gis * re< 2] | eee guy v ¥ L 7 ‘ot. THE TRADING FLOOR Four hundred million bushels of grain are handled annually in the cash department of the Chicago Board of Trade had the interstate commerce law instead of taxation as a basis. Public hearings, which had been in progress periodically for nearly two years, were resumed in Washington in July of 1922. Meantime it had been shown that natural conditions had caused the post- war price slump. Several other complaints made early in the fight likewise had been clarified to the satisfaction of conservative farm leaders. So the situation simmered down to a place where extravagant charges of frequent and deliberate market manipulation were largely brushed aside. Farm leaders, the Govern- ment, and the grain trade were genuinely an- xious to obtain a law that would correct any evils and still leave the market free, open, and competitive, where the farmer’s grain might be sold at any business hour for a price based on world supply and demand. The present grain futures act, some parts of which were strongly opposed, was the result. It is to the credit of the grain exchanges that the moment the law was held constitu- tional by the Supreme Court they set about to aid the Government in its enforcement. Rules of the Chicago Board of Trade, an asso- ciation of 1,600 members with Chicago bank balances of two hundred million dollars, were at once amended to conform to the statute. The Department of Agriculture then desig- nated the board a contract market under the law. Other leading exchanges took like ac- tion and also came under Government super- Vision. Thus ends the three-year battle for Federal legislation. To-day the farmers have a law that will absolutely prevent market manipu- lation. The Secretary of Agriculture merely calls for reports if he suspects irregularities. That legal club alone will prevent any sane man from entering the market on a broad scale with a view to depressing or enhancing prices. But in reaching out after the big, powerful speculator whose real or imaginary exploits are suspected of creating a bad influence, the law seems to have frightened away the ordi- nary speculator whose support of the market is essential under the present system. Market observers and editorial writers in the grain belt are almost unanimous in assert- ing that the ordinary speculator was driven from the market simply through fear of Gov- ernment in business. Yet there is every rea- son for the speculator to feel more secure than in the past. The Government takes note of his usefulness in the world of commerce, and supervision of the market is intended to pro- tect him as well as the farmer and miller from unfair practices. It is a riddle that must solve itself. When the rather puzzling law is understood, there is every reason for the market to become health- ier than at any time since the cry went up for Government rule. On the other hand, if the new statute causes a shaky, narrow market, poorly supported by the speculative public during the heavy hedg- ing period of harvest, farmers may suffer from low prices. In such event, say the marketing economists, farmers themselves will demand repeal or amendment of the law at the next session of Congress. ) A PIG HUNT IN THE SULU ISLANDS How Five Men from the American Army Camp at Bongao, Sulu Islands, Went Pig Hunting, and the Surprising Outcome of Their Trip. A Heroic Story of the American Troops in the Philippines By LT.-COL. SYDNEY A. CLOMAN NE day Sergeant De Wolf came to me and said that a party consisting of himself, Corporal Mygatt, Musician Greathouse and Privates Gibbons and Car- ter would like permission to go pig hunting the following week on northern Tawi-Tawi Island, and asked if | could not go with them. | occasionally accompanied these hunting parties, so replied that | would join them and that we would leave on the following Monday. It was always a pleasure to be with these particular men. Hardy, resourceful, and full of fun, better companions could not be imagin- ed, and the fact that I usually entered the mosquito-haunted jungle with a supply of whiskey and quinine with which | impartially dosed them all did not detract from my own popularity as a member of such expeditions. De Wolf was a blonde giant of such intelli- gence and attainments that | had long had my eye on him as being worthy of a commis- sion. Mygatt was then a tall, wiry stripling, who later received his commision, became himself the governor of a province of Mindanao, and after splendid service in the World War resigned as a Lieutenant-Colonel. Great- house was a Texan of remarkable strength and endurance and his later experiences are almost unbelievable. Gibbons was a young- ster who had run away to sea from a fine home, became a rolling stone, and because of his knowledge of boats and sails was invariably my companion on all expeditions. Carter the youngest of the party, was a blithe and happy youth who loved the service and especially our unusual life at Bongao. | was subject at this time to occasional attacks of malaria that would for a few days put m. entirely out of business. The be- ginning was a fainting spell, but the truly heroic treatment of our French doctor and my own good constitution were usually sufficient to restore me to health in a few days. I was greatly disappointed when one of these at- tacks came on just before we were to leave on our hunting trip, and the whole party re- quested that the departure be postponed until | should be able to join them. But after a day’s delay with no change in my condition, I told them to go on and that | would join the next party. So they left in our sail-rigged whitehall boat and made their first stop at Bilimbing, a town on the east coast of Tawi-Tawi, about twenty miles away. This is a large and prosperous village, noted for the building of fine boats and ruled by four chiefs of equal rank but un- equal wealth and power, the principal one being the Panglima Djenal who presented me with the kriss at my first durbar, as already related. Djenal was away at this time, but they met the other chiefs, wandered over the town, and did some trading for curios and fruit. When they left the town a couple of hours later, they were followed by a large prau containing ten natives whom they had met at Bilimbing, and who said they also were bound for nothern Tawi-Tawi to get building material. After following the coast north to the point where they expected to hunt, it was concluded because of the mosquito pest to camp for the night on a sand-bar about a mile off shore. Just before nightfall the party of natives joined them there and a pleasant evening was had by all. The soldiers were whist players, and as that game seemed to greatly interest the Moros, they were pre- sented with a deck of cards. The next morn- ing both boats crossed to Tawi-Tawi, and the hunting party made its permanent camp on a small open hill top about sixty feet above the beach. A large tent-fly was pitched, the hunting and cooking gear was moved up, and finally the plug pulled from the bottom of the boat and she was allowed to sink in a shallow until needed for the return to Bongao. In the meantime, the natives were busy and A Pig Hunt in helpful. They collected some bejuco vine and building material and made a new car to replace one belonging to the whitehall that had been broken. They were unarmed, but of course all carried the heavy chopping knives with which they work in the woods. After supper, Mygatt cleaned his rifle while the other four spread a blanket and started their whist game, with the natives again as interested spectators. Later, Mygatt un- dressed and went down to the beach for a swim, leaving his companions engaged in their game, with the natives squatting around them. By this time night was falling. While Mygatt was bathing, he heard some shots and screams, shortly followed by the noise of natives running to the beach. At that stage of tide, there were a number of small moss-covered rocks above the water, and he at once submerged as far as possible with his head behind one of the rocks. After searching for him for a time, the natives got into their boat and pushed off in the darkness. One of the terrors of the long night following was the lack of knowledge of their where- abouts and the-expectation that they would return at any moment. Mygatt then returned to camp, found a dis- tressing state of affairs, and learned what had happened. The natives, squatting behind the whist players at a given signal had drawn their jungle knives and tried to behead them. De Wolf was struck fairly on the neck and was killed instantly. Gibbons was struck just above the neck, making a three-inch gash in the skull from which his brains oozed. He called out that he was blind, but managed to stagger across the tent and get his loaded rifle. He actually succeeded in firing some shots, but of course without effect, and soon his left hand was severed and he was hacked to earth. A native then seized his rifle and shot him through the body below the heart, and he was at last helpless. The one whose job it was to slash at Carter’s neck made a mess of it. The knife struck a cord of the tent-fly and flew out of his hand. However, he some- what redeemed himself by grabbing a hatchet and sinking it into Carter’s back, temporarily paralyzing him. The butcher detailed for Greathouse caught him squarely on the neck, but the knife not only was dull (it hangs on my wall now) but about the middle of the blade a large fragment had been broken from the edge about an inch long and one half inch the Sulu Islands 431 deep. The head was practically half severed from the body, but by wonderful luck this big nick in the blade arched over the spine. The carotid artery was pressed against the spine, and while its walls were mutilated by the ragged edge they were not quite broken through. All rifles and weapons had been taken by the natives. Then followed a night of horror. Gibbons was still alive, but all that could be done was to tie up such wounds as possible and stop the loss of blood. It was noted afterward on his final papers that he had forty-six wounds including those mentioned above. The heroic struggle of Gibbons against these savages was an inspiration to us all in the events that followed. Carter and Greathouse recovered to some extent, but Mygatt could do nothing except place towels soaked in sea water in their wounds and try to prevent the awful infection of the tropics. And throughout the night, the Moros might step from the jungle at any minute and finish up these unarmed men. It is inconceivable that they did not do so. THE RETURN TO BONGAO HE next thing Mygatt had to do was to raise the boat and bail it out, and this was the work of hours. Then the dead and-wound- ed were carried down the hill and a start made for Bongao. The wind was light or contrary, so nearly the entire distance had to be rowed. Carter helped some, and Greathouse was able to give unexpected assistance. Because of the severing of some of his neck muscles, he did not have full control of his head and when unsupported his left cheek rested against his left breast. So all night long with a brine- soaked towel in his gaping wound, he held his head on straight with his left hand and rowed with his right. When owing to the low tide the boat grounded on a submerged coral flat off Bilimbing, he went over-board with My- gatt and helped push the boat through half a mile of shallows. When, however, the hot tropical sun arose, the effect was sudden and serious. Poor Gibbons at last died, and Greathouse and Carter lost consciousness and slid into the bottom of the boat with the dead. About nine o’clock that morning a soldier who had been down to the Point came up to me and said, “Sir, | think something has happened to De Wolf’s party. The boat is lying off the Point almost becalmed. Mygatt is sitting in the stern with bowed head, and 432 he would not answer my hail.””__| sent him on with instructions to the surgeon to join me at once, and hastened to the landing place, where | found the tide slowly bringing the whitehall in. Mygatt was able to steer but could not speak. “The dead, steered by the dumb, came upward with the tide.” Soon loving hands moved the bodies to the hospital, while | took charge of Mygatt. He had reached his limit, and | was dreadfully afraid that he would collapse before | could get some information from him. However, | gave him a jolt of whiskey, and he gave me the few details that | had to know at once. He was then tucked away in his own bed, and the men in that vicinity spoke in whispers during the remainder of the day. When he awoke about four o’clock in the afternoon he was quite normal and able to give a complete account of the affair. Our surgeon had been at work with the wounded, but reported that while he hoped for the best he could do but little for them. They had recovered from their collapse, but the wounds were infected and it was mostly a question of whether this infection would break through the walls of the artery in the case of Greathouse, or work in to the spine in the case of Carter. PREPARING THE EXPEDITION N THE meantime, from the moment Mygatt landed, | had been preparing an expedition. All native boats at Bongao were embargoed, not only because | would need the boats, but also to stop the news going out of my intended departure. Owing to the fact that this was a most puzzling blow out of a clear sky, | could not tell whether it was the beginning of a campaign of murder by the chiefs, or an isolated instance of killing by irresponsibles for the rifles and loot. So | put Datto Tan- ton under surveillance and notified him that he would be taken with me but that | would take no native contingent except a couple of boatmen and guides. Every effort was made to scrape up boats, but at that time no large praus were at Bongao and only the whitehall and a few outrigger canoes were available. Loaded to the utmost, only forty men could be accommodated. And then came _ the question of the men. For certain special work, | chose about twenty, leaving the others for the men themselves to select. | closed my eyes to the methods used, and have no aoubt Lt.-Col. Sydney A. Cloman that many a man got his coveted place by holding three of a kind, or rolling an elusive seven. In any case, the camp was soon noticeably divided into the joys and glooms, and | was told that no place was for sale, nc difference how fabulous the offer. Finally. some of the disappointed ones came to me and asked if they could go if during the night they could rig some sort of a sea-going craft that would carry them. | consented, and when the expedition left the next morning, we were accompanied by two weird looking catama- rans that caused much laughter. | had ex- pected some of the boats to capsize in their overloaded condition, but | did not anticipate any particular danger as the men were good swimmers, the water deliciously warm, and beaches or coral reefs were always near. As for the sharks, we would have to trust to provi- dence. | was not disappointed in my expecta- tions. After the first puff, the doughty cru- saders in the catamarans were in the water, but instead of the wild excitement of rescue they received only a shout of laughter from the other boats and the forlorn and disappointed castaways were picked up orpthe beaches on our return. Later, several other crafts got into difficulty, but all of them were righted and joined us later at Bilimbing. At last we were on our way. I had Mygatt and Datto Tanton with me as | wanted to get the last shred of information from the former and keep the latter under my eye. He knew that | was puzzled and uncertain about him, and he was very unhappy that I had not called upon his native contingents for help. | never distrusted him again. The _ breeze freshened and at one time I| was gravely con- cerned as to the ultimate strength of my force, as several of the boats got into trouble and dropped behind. However, all we could do was to push on with the remainder, trusting to the laggards to help each other and hoping that the sharks were all asleep. When we finally rounded the point and Bilimbing lay before us, the expedition had dwindled from 45 to 15 men; but later in the day and during the following night all straggled in with the ex- ception of the hopeless catamarans. As soon as we were seen, the alarm gongs began to beat in Bilimbing but no movement was visible in the town. As usual it was built on piles, the beach beneath being dry at low tide, the run-ways of scaffolding connecting the houses with each other and with the shore. ngs ent uilt low ting ore. Ny AN LZ HOW THE BILIMBING MURDERERS WERE CAUGHT After the arrival at Bilimbing of Colonel Cloman and his party of fifteen men, the three chiefs of the village were ordered to put in their appearance. Because the one soldier who escaped uninjured from the murderers could identify but one Bilimbing citizen as a member of the murderous group, Colonel Cloman assured the three chiefs that he would have them shot at intervals of one minute if they did-not find the guilty men. The chiefs soon “caved” and presently the ten men were tied to stakes and trees on the shore 434 The tide at this time was about half-flood and many boats were tied below the houses. Our dispositions were simple and made with the greatest haste. One boat was sent directly in to cut the town off from land, while men were dropped off on the seaward side in water about waist deep to complete the surrounding movement. The orders were also simple— to permit any one approaching the town to enter it, but to shoot any one leaving it. | kept six men with me as a necessary striking unit, and we took our post on a large black rock rising from the beach near the town and which was then being slowly surrounded by the incoming tide. HOW WE FOUND THE CRIMINALS N MY demand, the three chiefs came out and joined me on the rock and transmit- ted my orders to the inhabitants about leaving the town. No sooner was this done, than a man dropped into a boat lying under one of the houses and began to row frantically to sea. | asked Sergeant Brockman the name of the man who was on that post. He replied that it was Corporal Reynolds. “Then the Moro is a dead man,” | said. The Corporal was by all odds the worst shot in the company—one of those rare cases where all instruction and endeavor was of no avail; but | have often noticed that for some unexplainable reason the failure on the target range brings in the biggest bag of game and never misses killing when he accidently discharges his rifle in barracks. Sure enough, the Moro soon sprang into the air and dropped back into the bottom of his boat. The tide finally brought him to our rock and we found that he had been shot through the body below the heart. He wasa perfectly innocent man whohad become locoed by the order against leaving the town, and | am happy to say recovered and lived happily thereafter as a pet of the delighted and sur- prised Corporal. He was used as a sort of “Exhibit A’? when the Corporal was jollied on the rifle range. After this little diversion, | resumed my serious conversation with the three chiefs. They said they were not implicated in the murders in any way. This was believable. They said they did not know who was guilty, and in fact had never heard of the affair until 1 told them. | knew this to bea lie. In the intimate life of a Malay tribe, it would be im- Lt.-Col. Sydney A. Cloman possible to keep the chiefs in ignorance of such an important event. However, | was not ready for extreme mea- sures, for | believed | had a plan that would cut out the guilty from the herd. | therefore told the chiefs to order every man in the town to strip to the waist and come out unarmed. Over 400 men were soon on the rock which by that time was entirely surrounded with water. We kept them under the guns, but the dis- parity of numbers made me rather anxious, particularly as in the pursuance of my plan it would be necessary to use three of my six men for other purposes. Mygatt looked them over as they arrived, and set aside several as suspects; but although | did not ex- pect to find the guilty among them, | was rather disturbed to discover that either be- cause of the horrors of the night of his escape or because of the traditional fact that under certain conditions “all coons look alike,” he would not be able to pick out the guilty na- tives with any certainty, and certainty would be important to all concerned. A sergeant and two men were then sent into the town to make a house-to-house search for men who had not come out, and there is where | ex- pected to find the guilty. In any case, they had disobeyed the order to come out, and when about 20 of them were pulled out of their hiding places and sent to the rock, | noted without surprise or grave displeasure that the butts of the rifles had been rather busy on the heads. Mygatt identified one of these positively. But there it ended and our well-laid plan had come to an impasse. It was time for serious measures, and | was not averse to using them. I carefully ex- plained to the three chiefs that their law as well as ours made them accessories after the fact, and this was punishable by death; and then asked them if | had ever lied to them or anyone else. They said | had not, and that they would believe me. | asked them if they would believe me if | told them that I was going to shoot them, and they solemnly said that they would. | then pronounced them guilty and told them that the senior would be shot exactly at nine o'clock, one minute later the next senior, and one minute after that the junior. The only thing that could possi- bly save them would be turning over all ten murderers before that time, and even then the offense of becoming participants after the crime would have to be seriously judged. | A Pig Hunt in called the attention of the senior to the fact that the other two held the edge, as they could still confess and save themselves after he was very dead, but the house was not very re- sponsive to my joke. Tanton asked that they be returned to the town under his charge as his advice would be wanted, and | cheer- fully consented as they could not possibly get away. In the meantime, our delayed boats began arriving with the men no worse off for their ducking and exposure to sharks. WHY THE CRIME WAS COMMITTED O MAKE a long story short, the chiefs caved and soon ten men were tied up to trees and stakes on shore. | spent the entire night talking to them one by one, learned that Cari was their ring leader, which blows each one struck, and where the rifles were con- cealed. The object of the murders was the most important question, and was virtually unsolvable. Was it for revenge? “No, Tuan, we never saw the men before.” Was it for the rifles? “No, if we would take them out ‘of hiding, you would know us and kill us.” After hours of talk, it always came down to the fact that the soldiers were in their power and could be killed; much like a child will throw a pebble at a bird or an automobile. | found ‘that one man had struck no blow and sug- gested that he was guilty in a minor degree; but from every stake there was much laughter and | learned that he was the one who had conceived the plan and coached Cari in it! Soon after Cari had confessed his leadership and had been returned to his stake, | heard a strange choking sound from the darkness and found Tanton twisting a cord about his neck until it was not much larger than a broom stick. The old fellow, filled with re- sentment and worry over the crime that had disturbed my confidence in him, was trying to take a quiet and summary revenge. | was in time to save Cari and get his tongue back in his system. The end of the tragic story was very rapid and complete. On being released from their Stakes in preparation for breakfast and the return to Bongao, they made a desperate the Sulu Islands 435 break for liberty and in the melee were all killed. At that time the little-brown-brother craze in America had gone to a length now almost inconceivable. Among these deluded “hu- manitarians” the treacherous murder of a splendid American caused no remark other than that “he should not have been there,” while the news of the death of the murderer aroused shrieks of rage and resentment. When finally the account of my expedition appeared in the American papers, my mail be- came very heavy. | had letters of commen- dation and letters of censure and newspaper clippings galore. Two that arrived in the same mail seemed strangely complementary to each other. One was a passionate letter from a young lady in St. Louis with grave designs upon my bachelor state and who wished a picture of her “dream-man” with- out delay; the other was a mythical picture of me from a Boston paper in which the artist truly tried to make the punishment fit the crime. Ferocity and degeneracy could be read in every protuberance of my mis-shapen skull and gorilla-like face, and he had even impregnated the cut of my clothes with his venom. By simply enclosing this portrait of the “dream-man” to the young lady, | managed to preserve my bachelorhood for several more years, and doubtless did some young Missourian a good turn. Some weeks later, | took it into my head to go up and spend the night at Bilimbing alone; and to any one who knows the Malay charac- ter and tribal organization, this is not nearly as reckless as it sounds. This | did, thereby causing the chiefs great anguish of mind for they knew exactly what was coming to them if my visit were not an uneventful one. | slept peacefully in a house surrounded by thirty native sentries with knives, and was almost lifted into a boat and shoved off by the enthusiastic populace the next morning. Bilimbing has since been a prosperous and orderly town, but there are too many be- reaved and irresponsible relatives of the late deceased there for me ever to expect an invi- tation to their Old Home Week. VENTILATION FOR HEALTH AND COMFORT The Effects of Heat and Humidity on the Human Body, and What Science Is Doing to Provide the Right Kind of Air Indoors at All Seasons By FLOYD W. PARSONS Photos by courtesy of the American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers N THE warfare of mankind against heat and cold, we have advanced farther in our defense against cold than against heat. The Arctic regions have been more nearly conquered than the tropics. People in the Far North have made greater progress in dispelling cold than those living near the Equator have, made in combating the dis- comforts and dangers of heat. The twin science of heating is ventilation, and although our heating practices are more or less crude, they are far superior to the ven- tilation methods we have so far developed. In a near to-morrow we shall devote as much attention to cooling our homes, offices, and factories in the summer-time as we now give to heating them in the winter. Already there are successful arrangements by which indoor spaces are cooled by means of indirect radiat- ing surfaces without fans. There is no scien- tific or technical reason why we cannot cool rooms with the same radiators, piping, etc., that we now use to heat them. With suchan arrangement the radiators would have to be placed on pans to catch the drip of moisture from the cold surfaces in the warm months Suppose we take a bucket of chilled air and carry it around ona warm summer day. This we can do, and literally not spill a drop of the air. The cool air is heavy and will not rise out of the bucket. But if we make a hole in the bottom of the vessel, then we lose our cold air, for it will flow out like water. By bearing this in mind Dr. Bell proved how easy it is to keep an ordinary residence cool in the hot months. In cooling his house he discovered how necessary it is to keep the doors closed and the windows open at the top instead of the bottom. No house can be cooled in-summer unless it is air-proof at the base. Just the reverse of this idea is helpful in cold weather when the thing we want to save is the warm air. The fact is that the whole problem of keep- ing warm or cool is closely linked up with the subject of ventilation. We have come to know how silly it is to judge air by using a dry-bulb thermometer, for the dry-bulb tem- perature does not determine comfort. We have also commenced to understand the vital importance of humidity in the air we breathe. If the air contains too little moisture, then the rate of heat loss from the body by evaporation becomes too rapid, and a sensation of chilli- ness is produced. When there is an excess of humidity, there is retarded evaporation, which produces a feeling of nervous irritation and enervation. We will have made a long step forward when every person understands that for every degree of temperature and velocity of air motion, there is a proper degree of relative humidity. There is no better way to cut down our fuel bills than by simply moistening the indoor air we breathe. The average person will feel warmer at a temperature of 68 degrees with a 50 per cent. humidity than at a temperature of 80 degrees with a 25 or 30 per cent. hu- midity. Last winter in one large factory the workers were listless and individual produc- tion was most unsatisfactory. A ventilation expert was called in, the temperature reduced 11 degrees to an average of 68, the humidity increased to 46 per cent., and as a result of these changes the productive capacity of the employees for work was increased one-third. It is impossible in the winter-time to pro- vide proper air conditions in our homes and working places without calling to our aid some method of air-moistening. In a great many of our Central and Eastern States, the average winter temperature is about 34 degrees and the humidity about 58 per cent. If we take this outside air and try to make it comfortable indoors, it must be heated to at least 80 de- grees, for in warming it up the humidity is Ventilation for Health and Comfort decreased to about 22 per cent., which is 10 per cent. under the moisture content of the Sahara Desert atmosphere. Temperature is largely responsible for the wide variations in human efficiency. Dry air is largely responsible for many ailments of the nose and throat. When the air we breathe is lacking in moisture, an extra load is thrown on the respiratory membranes, producing irri- tation, lowered vitality, and a predisposition to colds. Very dry air also takes the moisture from the woodwork of the house, the walls, and the glue in the furniture, thus causing warping, the appearance of unsightly cracks in plastering, and rapid deterioration of the furniture. In actual house-heating practice it is seldom feasible to provide a humidity of more than 40 per cent., for if the moisture in the air is greater than this, it is likely that the condensa- tion on the windows will be excessive unless double windows are used. In order to humidify an average house of, say, 15,000 cubic feet air capaci.y, it will be necessary to evaporate a littl: more than 1 gallon of water per hour during the daytime. Water pans for radiators and furnaces, and efficient hu- midifying apparatus can be easily obtained in almost every community. At one time the whole thought of ventila- 7 437 tion experts was directed to preventing people from being poisoned by their own exhalations. Now we understand that carbon dioxide in the air is nothing like as injurious as it was first thought to be. Our investigations have proved that the increase in carbon dioxide which takes place in theatres and crowded rooms is very slight, and the reduction of oxygen in the air is of small consequence. The discomfort and dangers of ill-ventilated rooms are seldom due to the excess of carbonic acid, bacteria, or dust, but nearly always to excessive temperatures and unpleasant odors. It is the increasing heat and moisture which are chiefly responsible for human discomfort. In overheated rooms people perspire and va- porize the odorous substances in bodies and clothes. A partial remedy for odors is to keep rooms cool. And we may add that high tem- peratures will produce fatigue to almost as great a degree as will physical exertion. So-called “vitiated” air, while not nearly as harmful as was once supposed, does increase the susceptibility of humans to disease. It has been definitely proved that the breathing of stale air measurably decreases one’s appe- tite, and this effect must not be minimized, for it bears a close relation to body nutrition. But of even greater importance than vi- tiated air is an atmosphere filled with smoke A WIND TUNNEL IN THE DEPARTMENT OF STANDARDS, WASHINGTON, D. C. In this tunnel are tested such equipment as roof ventilators, in order to determine their efficiency and capacity for removing foul air from schools, warehouses, et cetera Parsons A VIEW FROM THE This is the largest theatre in New York—one of the largest in the world—and the problem of ventilation is a serious STAGE OF THE one. and dust. Some forms of dust found in occu- pied rooms are altered chemically or decom- posed when brought into contact with radia- tors or heating coils, and the result is a libera- tion of unpleasant and harmful odors that cause a sensation of discomfort and stuffiness. Dust is also a carrier of micro-organisms, which spreads disease. But notwithstanding the serious nature of this dust problem, we have never yet determined nor defined a standard of air cleanliness. Nor have we developed a simple and accurate apparatus or means for indicating when any such stand- ard is maintained. It is not enough to say that a certain air is heavily laden with dust, or that it is comparatively free from dust, for such expressions mean but little. We must define dusty atmospheres in terms of so many particles per cubic foot. And as to the effect on health of a smoke- laden air, the truth concerning this matter is just commencing to be understood, and the result in many communities undoubtedly will be remedial action to remove this long- standing evil. A smoke-polluted atmosphere is filled with acrid, poisonous compounds and soot particles which serve as carriers of the Fresh air comes in over the proscenium arch and through the small domes shown in this picture. out through small dome ventilators located beneath the seats. devoted almost entirely to ventilating ducts CAPITOL THEATRE IN NEW YORK It is drawn The interior of the balcony is a great chamber injurious products of human fatigue. These floating particles increase pulmonary and nasal disorders, augment the pneumonia rate, lessen the duration and intensity of sunshine, increase the frequency and duration of fogs, destroy artistic effects, both interior and ex- terior, and reduce individual working capac- ity. Sunshine is the most important factor in the preservation of health, and anything that lessens it is a menace to mankind. The substitution of gas, coke, and other smokeless fuels for the present grades of raw coal we burn will largely end the smoke nuisance. But our ventilation engineers are not rest- ing content with merely providing means to supply air in proper volume; they are follow- ing the instincts of the true scientist, and bending their efforts toward the attainment of an adequate supply of pure air, at a min- imum of cost. Investigation has shown that in many of our schools and other well con- structed buildings, of each four pounds of coal burned, one pound goes for heating and three pounds for ventilation or for producing rapid air changes. It is easily possible to return 50 per cent. of the warmed-up air to the heaters instead of supplying fresh outdoor Ventilation for Health and Comfort air entirely, and in such a case, instead of 3 pounds of coal being used simply to supply ventilation, only 13 pounds are needed, so that it is evident such a practice affords a saving of 37.5 per cent. Last winter, during the coal shortage, some of our schools, with the use of air washers, re-circulated upward of 70 per cent. of the air that had been heated, and in these cases 2.1 pounds of coal were conserved out of each 4 used, so that the percentage fuel saving amounted to 52.5 per cent. What percentage of air we should re- circulate, is a question which must be decided by further research. We already know that the cleansing efficiency of an air washer is greatly affected by the cleanliness of the water used. The efficiency of nature’s process of air cleansing by raining has been proved be- yond doubt. In one of our big cities where air washing and re-circulation have been care- fully studied, the tests indicate that the air which has been washed is certainly of as good quality as the unwashed outside air. Next let me touch on the use of ozone in ventilation work. Some people have claimed that ozone could be used as a substitute for mechanical ventilation, and such an assertion of course is wholly misleading. But the possibilities of ozone in ventilation work are undoubtedly greater than the majority of 439 people imagine. The utilization of ozone is a partial solution of the cost of ventilation. Here we have a substance that is.an allotropic form of oxygen. The general belief is that the molecule is made up of three atoms instead of two, and in this somewhat unstable form it gives off an atom of oxygen when brought in contact with substances that can be oxidized. Ozone is a powerful bactericidal agent, and can be used as a disinfectant in place of sul- phur dioxide, formaldehyde, or hydrocyanic acid. In fact, it is 160 times as powerful a disinfectant as sulphur dioxide, 37 times as powerful as formaldehyde, and nearly twice as powerful as hydrocyanic acid gas. As a deodorant, it has no superior. In the case of delicate odors, it destroys them, while with stronger odors it acts as a masking agent, due to its action on the olfactory membrane. When high concentrations of ozone are used, even the most powerful odors are destroyed. As to the effect of low concentrations of ozone on the human body, there is consider- able evidence coming to hand which indicates that the ozone is not only harmless, but that its effect on the individual is beneficial. Medical research has developed the fact that when objectionable odors are present in the air people breathe, their respiration is de- pressed and the result is a deficient oxidation of the blood. Therefore, whether ozone really SUBJECTS OF A VENTILATION AND HEATING TEST hese are the employees of the U. S. Bureau of Mines Experimental Station at Pittsburgh, Pa. , Who were used in the tests of the American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers to determine the ‘‘equal comfort zone” 440 masks an odor or completely destroys it, the effect is healthful because the individual breathes more freely and fully. In other words, when bad odors are present in the air, there is an involuntary contraction of respira- tion, of which bodily reaction the individual is entirely unconscious. But of even greater importance in ventila- tion is the inhibitive effect of ozone on the growth of bacteria and mold in the common air ducts of mechanically ventilated buildings. Some of our meat-handling companies have discovered this fact, and as a result there is coming to be a wide use of ozone machines in cold-storage plants and other places subject to dampness and shut off from sunlight. It has been particularly noticed that ozone acts favorably in preventing the growth of mold in storage rooms where sausages are aged. Because of this germicidal action of ozone in air, some of our ventilation experts are now recommending that ozone equipment be in- stalled with sufficient capacity to treat all of the air that is being circulated in a mechan- ically ventilated building during certain hours of the day or night when the place is not occupied. In this way it is possible to build up a concentration of ozone sufficient to dis- infect and sterilize the entire building. A large proportion of the schools in one of our greatest Middle Western cities is now using this purifying agent with results that are most interesting and satisfying. Ex- perience here has shown that while ozone, like hydrogen peroxide, does attack secretions and extraneous matter when present in high con- centrations, yet it does not affect living tissues and is not an irritant to the mucous membrane. Even when present in the low concentrations used in ordinary ventilation, ozone does de- stroy a large percentage of the germ life of the air. In the schools referred to above, there was a marked improvement in the health of the children after the ozone system was installed. A new day is dawning in the art of ventila- tion. For example, there is the splendid work of Dr. Paul Anderson, who is directing the carrying out of a programme of research for the fraternity of ventilating engineers, that is disclosing new truths almost daily. Dr. Anderson will tell you, for instance, that he has discovered that fat men endure high temperature and humidity better than thin men. He will also explain that drinking ice Floyd W. Parsons water does not develop cramps in people after they have been subjected to an hour’s expo- sure to high temperature. His results indicate that human beings can endure great varia- tions of external temperature, and at the same time retain their physiological efficiency. Then there is the fact that increasing pulse- rate is more the cause of discomfort than is body temperature, when in a heated room. Before long we will know how quickly and accurately to determine the amount of dust in the atmosphere. We will understand all the essential facts connected with the “com- fort zone” in heating and with the physiologi- cal reactions of the human body to various temperatures and humidities. We will have heat meters—one has already been completed —that will measure the flow of heat units through a given area. We will know how to ventilate ships, garages, sleeping cars, and other enclosures where the ventilation prac- tised to-day is an abomination and an insult to our intelligence. There is nothing in the world more plentiful than air, and nothing more vital to our lives. But remarkable as have been our discoveries relating to the handling and use of air, such advances as we have made will never equal in value the benefits to us in comfort and health that will result from the intelligent control of the temperature and humidity of the air in which we live and breathe. Already we know that there is a direct re- lation of the death rate and of health to the wet-bulb temperature. It has been found that fairly moist weather is more healthful than dry weather of the same temperature. It has been proved that cold waves, unless of extraordinary severity, are beneficial to health while a rising temperature, even in the winter, is harmful. In making this statement, the investigator carefully distinguishes between a drop in temperature and the continuance of low temperature. Then there is the further fact that a variable climate is in general much more healthful than a uniform climate, even though the latter has an almost ideal temper- ature. With such truths before us, and in the light of the fact that we can manufacture indoors practically any kind of weather we desire, at a moderate cost, it would seem that we have a solid basis on which to develop an intelligent ventilation practice that will make us happier, longer-lived, and more prosperous. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource World's Work Vol. 46, no. 4 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1923-08-01 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Internet Archive Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived https://archive.org/details/sim_worlds-work_1923-08_46_4 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Arthur W. Page, editor KKK https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/6400b0161e2bb7e0efe89ce79ff320b5.jpeg f20b2f9c4f227420ad3b6e6f1b5ccc1d https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/ba3f8c81d41320852c7613c2627fee1d.jpeg 402a2867d2eb3f95cd435b65d0eb3432 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource <em>Dallas Morning News</em> Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource <I>Dallas Morning News</I> Title A name given to the resource World Reviews Tactics of Klan, Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1921-09-22 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Genealogy Bank KKK Klan Timeline Membership (KKK) Postal Service Postmaster (KKK) https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/3ac989d45f05ecc651e4c6c8f200f283.png 603e298bb85b5ff71fff166ed40ce21f Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource <i>Denton Record-Chronicle</i> Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1922-12-22 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Description An account of the resource WKKK Formed in Atlanta, GA Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource <i>Denton Record-Chronicle</i> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available NewspaperARCHIVE.com Title A name given to the resource WKKK Formed in Atlanta, GA KKK Klan Timeline WKKK https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/119f329cf28755146ba53f403550b321.pdf e6088fc0043866cd356eb74e37f550cf Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource <i>Fort Worth Star-Telegram</i> Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource <I>Fort Worth Star-Telegram</I> Title A name given to the resource Witness Explains How Money was Raised to Help Mayfield’s Race Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1924-05-14 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Newspapers.com by Ancestry Earle Mayfield KKK Klan Timeline https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/4c5571edc006551d7758fddc9cb61747.jpg 01a500be33b705eba3b79fe6458c55ba Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Death Certificates Type The nature or genre of the resource still image Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1959-04-06 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Description An account of the resource Willie Polk Death Certificate Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource State of Texas, Department of Health Services Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Ancestry Title A name given to the resource Willie Polk Death Certificate Death Certificates https://www.rethinkingviolence.com/files/original/c00a89ac1eb115aa826c7752d92b3cc1.jpg 9cb3a258f7df2b9e18880305eafa7110 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource <i>Denton Record-Chronicle</i> Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1924-04-10 Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Description An account of the resource Willie Alexander and Jesse Washington arrested for Chicken Theft Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource <i>Denton Record-Chronicle</i> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available NewspaperARCHIVE.com Title A name given to the resource Willie Alexander and Jesse Washington arrested for Chicken Theft Charley Miller Chickens County Court (Denton) Delinquency Fire Marshal (City of Denton) Food James A. Young Jesse Washington map Minor Paroled Theft Willie Alexander